Függelék:Sanskrit-English/p
Ugrás a navigációhoz
Ugrás a kereséshez
Sir Monier-Williams (1819–1899) - A Sanskrit-English Dictionary (1899) |
a -
¤ -
ā -
i -
ī -
u -
ū -
ṛ -
ṝ -
ḷ -
ḹ -
e -
ai -
o -
au |
p[szerkesztés]
- pa the first labial consonant
- ○kāra m. the letter or sound pa
- ○varga m. 'the p series', the labial series of consonants
- pa mf(pā and pī)n. (√1. pā) drinking (cf. aṃhri-, aneka- &c
- also paka in taila-paka)
- m. or (pā) f. the act of drinking L
- pa mfn. (√3. pā) guarding, protecting, ruling (ifc
- cf. aja-, kula- &c
- also paka in hasti-paka)
- (ā), f. guarding, protecting L
- pa m. (in music for pañcama) the fifth note of the gamut
- pa m. (only L.) wind
- a leaf
- = pūta
- (ā), f. = pūta and pūritaka
- paṃś or paṃs, cl. 1. and 10. P. paṃśati or ○sati, paṃśayati or ○sayati, to destroy Dhātup. xxxii, 73
- paṃsaka ○sana, prob. wṛ. for pāṃsaka, ○sana
- pakatha wṛ. for paktha
- pakkaṭī f. Thespesia Populnea L
- pakkaṇa m. n. the hut of a Cāṇḍāla or any outcast, a village inhabited by savages or barbarians MBh. Kād
- pakta-pauḍa wṛ. for pakhauḍa
- paktavya pakti, paktha, pakva &c. See under √2. pac, p. 575
- pakvaśa m. a Cāṇḍāla L. (cf. pakkaṇa, pukkaśa)
- pakvāpakvā onomat. (imitative of the cry of birds) MBh
- pakṣ cl. 1. and 10. P. (Dhātup. xvii, 14
- xxxii, 17) pakṣati, ○ṣayati, to take, seize (parigrahe, Dhāt.)
- to take a part or side W
- pakṣá m. (ifc. f. ā or ī) a wing, pinion (in one passage, n.) RV. &c. &c
- a symbol. N. of the number two Var. Hcat
- a feather, the feathers on both sides of an arrow (cf. gārdhra-p○)
- the fin of a fish (cf. nis-tvak-p○)
- the shoulder
- the flank or side or the half of anything RV. &c. &c
- the side or wing of a building AV. [Page 573, Column]
- the wing or flank of an army MBh. Hariv
- the half of a lunar month (the first half from new moon to full moon was called pūrva or apūryamāṇa, later śukla or śuddha
- the other half apara or apa-kṣīyamāṇa, later kṛṣṇa or tāmisra
- each fortnight consists of 15 Tithis or lunar days called prathamā, dvitīyā &c.) Br. GṛŚrS. MBh. Var. &c
- a side, party, faction
- multitude, number, troop, set, class of beings
- partisan, adherent, follower, friend (śatru- 'the enemy's side' or 'a partisan of the enemy'
- mahā-, 'one who has many adherents') MBh. Kāv. &c
- side, i.e. position, place, stead (○kṣe ifc. instead of or by way of) ib
- quantity ( See keśa-)
- one of two cases or one side of an argument, an alternative (○kṣe, 'on the other hand', with atra, 'in this case', pakṣântare, 'in the other case') Pāṇ. Sch
- a point or matter under discussion, a thesis, a particular theory, a position advanced or an argument to be maintained (cf. pūrva-, uttara-)
- an action or lawsuit Yājñ. Sch
- (in logic) the proposition to be proved in a syllogism Tarkas. Bhāshāp
- any supposition or view, motion, idea, opinion (mukhyaḥ pakṣaḥ, 'an excellent idea' Śak. Sch.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- the sun Sāy. on RV. iii, 53, 16
- N. of sev. men VP
- (in alg.) a primary division or the side of an equation in a primary division
- the wall of a house or any wall L
- an army L
- favour L
- contradiction, rejoinder L
- the ash-pit of a fire-place L
- a royal elephant L
- a limb or member of the body L
- the feathers of the tail of a peacock, a tail L
- proximity, neighbourhood L
- a bracelet L
- purity, perfection L
- mfn. = pācaka, bādhaka Sāy. on RV. vi, 47, 19. [Cf. OGerm. fahs ; AnglṢax. feax.]
- ○kṛt m. a partisan, follower VāmP
- ○kṣaya m. the end of a half month Var
- ○kṣepa m. the stroke or beat of a wing Bhpr. (v. l. pakṣôtk○)
- ○gama mfn. moving with wing, flying
- m. a bird R
- ○gupta m. 'wing-protected', a species of bird L
- ○grahaṇa n. taking the side of (gen.) Kām
- ○grāha (Hariv.),
- ○grāḍhin (R.), mfn. one who takes the side or chooses the party of (gen. or comp.)
- ○ghāta See pakṣâgh○
- ○ghna (with tri-śālaka), n. (a house) wanting (lit. killing) a side i.e. having three halls towards east and south and north (but not one towards the west) Var
- ○ṃ-gama mfn. = ○kṣa-g R
- ○cara m. = -gama m. (cf. jala-pakṣa-c○)
- an elephant strayed from the herd Kād
- the moon L
- ○cchid m. 'cutter of the wings' (of mountains), N. of Indra Kālid
- ○ja m. 'produced in half a month, 'the moon (also -janman) L
- N. of partic. clouds VP
- ○tā f. partisanship, adherence to a party (○tāṃ-√gam, with gen. 'to take the side of') MBh
- (in phil.) the taking up a side or argument
- maintaining or defending a thesis
- the essential nature of a proposition
- the being the premiss to be proved
- N. of sev. wks
- -kroḍa m. -grantha m. -ṭippanī and -ṭīkā f. -rahasya n. -vāda m. -vādârtha m. -vicāra m. -siddhânta-grantha m. N. of wks
- ○tva n. the being a part of (comp.) Śaṃk
- the being the premiss to be proved Tarkas
- the being a lawsuit Yājñ. Sch
- = -tā L
- ○dvaya n. both sides of an argument W
- a month (lit. 2 half months) ib
- ○dvāra n. a side or inner or back door, private entrance Mṛicch
- ○dhara mfn. having wings (cf. m.)
- taking the side of, clinging to (gen. or loc.) MBh
- m. a bird Hariv
- an elephant that has strayed from the herd L
- the moon L. (cf. -cara)
- N. of Jayadeva (author of the Tattva-cintāmaṇy-āloka) Cat
- (ī), f. N. of wk
- -miśra m. N. of an author
- -vyākhyā f. ○rôddhāra f. N. of wks
- ○dharmatā-vāda m. N. of wk
- ○nāḍī f. a quill Suśr
- ○nikṣepa m. the placing on the side of. counting among (comp.) Sarvad
- ○pāta m. 'falling of the feathers, the moulting of birds L
- flying, soaring Ratnâv. ii, 7
- adopting a side or argument, siding with, partiality or inclination for (loc., gen., acc. with prati, or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (also Ratnâv. ii, 7)
- a partisan, adherent W
- -kṛta-sneha mfn. manifesting party attachment, sympathizing MW
- ○pātin mfn. flying
- ifc. siding with, favouring Kāv. Pañc
- ○ti-tā f. Rājat. Naish
- ○ti-tva n. MW
- ○pāli f. a wing, Caṇḍak
- a private or back door L
- ○pucchá n. wings and tail ŚBr
- ○cchá-vat mfn. having wings and tails ib
- ○puṭa m. a wing (lit. 'the hollow of the wing') Hariv. Kād
- ○poṣaṇa mfn. favouring a party, factious BhP
- ○pradoṣavrata n. N. of wk
- ○pradyota m. N. of a partic. position of the hands in dancing Cat. [Page 574, Column]
- ○bala n. strength of wing MW
- ○bindu m. 'wingspot, a heron L
- ○bhāga m. the side or flank, (esp.) the flank of an elephant L
- ○bhukti f. the course traversed by the sun in a fortnight BhP
- ○bheda m. distinction between two sides of an argument
- the difference between the two halves of a lunar month MW
- ○mūla n. the √or articulation of a wing L
- ○yāga m. N. of wk
- ○racanā f. forming a party or faction
- -naipuṇya n. skill in forming &c. Daś
- ○rātri f. a kind of play or sport Cat
- ○vañcitaka n. a partic. position of the hands in dancing ib
- ○vat (○kṣá-), mfn. winged, having wings or flanks ŚBr. MBh. &c
- belonging to a party, having adherents or followers MBh. (Nīlak. 'belonging to a good family, wellborn')
- ○vadha m. 'side stroke', paralysis of one side Car. Bhpr
- ○vāda m. expression of opinion, stating a case MBh
- ○vāhana m. 'whose vehicles are wings', a bird L
- ○vikala mfn. having mutilated wṭwings Mṛicch
- ○vyāpin mfn. embracing the whole of an argument MW
- ○śas ind. by or for half months or fortnights MBh
- ○sammita mfn. corresponding to the (size of the) wings KātySr
- ○sundara m. Symplocos Racemosa L
- ○hatá mfn. paralysed on one side ŚBr
- ○hara m. a recreant, traitor MBh
- ○homa m. an oblation lasting for a fortnight or to be offered every fortnight L
- -vidhi m. -samasya-vidhāna n. N. of wks
- pakṣâkāra mfn. wing-shaped MW
- pakṣâghāta m.= ○kṣa-vadha Car. Suśr
- refutation of an argument or view W
- pakṣâdi m. the first day of a half month PārGṛ
- pakṣâdhyāya m. casuistry, logic Divyâv
- pakṣânta m. the end of the wings of an army arranged in the shape of a bird MBh
- the last or 15th Tithi of either half month, new or full moon Gobh. Mn. &c
- pâkṣântara n. an individual or particular case L
- another side or view of an argument Śak. Sch
- pakṣâbhāsa m. a seeming or fallacious argument, a fallacy, a false plaint Yājñ. Sch
- pakṣâvalī f. N. of wk
- pakṣâvasara m. (L.),
- pakṣâḍvasāna n. (Var.) the last Tithi or day of either half month, day of new or full moon
- pakṣâṣṭamī f. the 8th Tithi or day of either half month PārGṛ
- pakṣâhati f. a stroke with the wings MW
- pakṣâhāra m. one who eats food only once in a half month MBh
- pakṣêśvara m. N. of an author (prob. = ṣa-dhara) Cat
- pakṣôtkṣepa m. v. l. for ○kṣa-kṣepa
- pakṣôdgrāhin mfn. = ○kṣa-grāhin MW
- pakṣaka m. a wing (ifc
- cf. sa-)
- N. of the number two Hcat
- a fan Gal
- a side door L
- a side Śiś
- a partisan L
- pakṣatí f. the √or pit of a bird's wing VS. Kāv. Rājat. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 25)
- the feathers or plumage of a bird Kād. Bālar. (ifc
- -tā f.)
- the first Tithi or day of the half month (also ○tī) L
- ○puṭa m. pl. the expanded wings Caṇḍ. (cf. pakṣa-p○)
- pákṣas n. a wing Uṇ. iv, 219 Sch
- a side RV. vi, 47, 19
- the side part of a carriage AV. ŚāṅkhBr. Gobh
- the leaf or side-post of a door VS. TBr. Kāṭh
- the wing of an army, ŚāṅkhBr a half or any division ŚrS
- a half month TāṇḍBr
- the side or shore of a river ib. ŚāṅkhŚr
- pakṣālikā f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh
- pakṣālu m. a bird L
- pakṣi m. a bird (only acc. sg. ○kṣim R. B. iii, 14, 2
- pl. ○kṣīn MBh. xii, 9306)
- pakṣi in comp. for ○kṣin
- ○kīṭa m. a species of small bird MW
- ○jyotiṣa n. N. of wk
- ○tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place Cat
- ○tva n. the state or condition of a bird Kathās
- ○pati m. 'prince of bird', N. of Sampāti R
- ○pānīya-śālikā f. a trough or reservoir for watering bird L
- ○puṃgava m. 'bull among bird', N. of Garuḍa Hariv
- of Jaṭāyu R
- ○pravara m. 'most excellent among bird's', N. of Garuḍa Hariv
- ○bālaka m. a young bird MW
- ○manuṣyâlaya-lakṣaṇa n. N. of wk
- ○mārga m. 'bird's Path', the air Gal
- ○mṛga-tā f. the form or condition of a bird or of a beast Mn. xii, 9
- ○rāj or m. 'king of bird', N. of Garuḍa or of Jaṭayu R. Kathās
- ○rāja m. 'king of bird', N. of Garuḍa or of Jaṭayu R. Kathās
- ○rājya n. the sovereignty of the feathered tribes MW
- ○śārdūla m. (in music) a kind of dance
- ○śālā f. 'bird-house', an aviary or a nest L
- ○śāvaka m. a young bird MW
- ○siṃha (L.),
- svāmin (Hit.), m. lion or lord among bṭbird', N. of Garuḍa. [Page 574, Column]
- pakṣī7ndra m. = ○kṣi-rāj R. Ragh. Kathās
- pakṣī7śa m.id. R
- pakṣín mfn. winged (lit. and fig.) RV. &c.&c
- (ifc.) taking the side of. siding with Hariv
- m. a bird or any winged animal RV. &c. &c
- the bird Garuḍa as one of the 18 attendants of the Sun L
- N. of Śiva MBh
- a day with the 2 nights enclosing it L
- an arrow L
- a partic. sacrificial act TāṇḍBr
- (iṇī), f. a female bird Hariv
- (with or sc. rātri) a night with the 2 days enclosing it Gobh. Gaut
- the day of full moon L
- N. of a Śākini L
- pakṣila m. N. of the saint Vātsyāyana L
- ○svāmin m. id. (as identified with Cāṇakya) Sarvad
- pakṣī-√kṛ to appropriate, become master of anything Hcar
- pakṣīya mfn. taking the side or party of, siding with (comp.) Hariv
- pakṣu m. N. of a serpent-demon L. (wṛ. for vakṣu?)
- pakṣma m. or an. eye-lash (in gen. pl. ○māṇām MBh. iv, 390)
- n. lead Gal
- pakṣma in comp. for ○man,
- ○kopa m. irritation in the eye from the eyelashes turning in wards (Entropium) Suśr
- ○pāta m. 'falling of the eyelashes', closing of the eyes Ragh
- ○prakopa m. = -kopa Suśr
- ○yūkā f. a louse in the eyelashes L
- ○sampāta m.= -pāta
- -ja (with kāla), m. an instant MBh
- ○spanda m. quivering of the eyelashes Kāvyâd. ii, 149
- pakṣmâkṣa mfn. suffering from Entropium (cf. above) L
- pákṣman n. (sg. and pl.) the eyelashes (○ṇonipātena', in the twinkling of an eye, in an instant' MBh
- cf. pakṣma-pāta &c.: above) TS. ŚBr. &c. &c
- the hair (of a decr) Śiś. i, 8
- the filament of a flower ib. v, 85
- a thin thread L
- the leaf of a flower Kād
- a wing L
- a whisker MW
- pakṣmala mf(ā)n. having long eyelashes Kāv. Suśr
- having long or thick hair, hairy, shaggy Śiś
- downy, soft Kād. Bālar
- ○dṛś f. (a woman) having long eyelashes Viddh
- pakṣyá mf(ā)n. being in or belonging to the wings (cf. below)
- changing every half month RV. iii, 53, 16 (Sāy. 'descended from Paksha i.e. the sun')
- produced or occurring in a fortnight W
- (ifc.) siding or taking part with Kathās
- ○vayas mfn. whose strength lies in his (its) wings, Śulbas
- pakṣṇu See p. 575, col. 2
- pakhoda and pakhauda m. Capparis Divaricata L
- pagārā f. N. of a place Inscr
- páṅka m. n. (g. ardharcâdi, said to be fr. √1. pac 'to spread') mud, mire, dirt, clay (ifc. f. ā) Suparṇ. Mn. MBh. &c
- ointment, unguent (in comp
- cf. kuṅkuma-, candana- &c.) Kāv. BhP
- moral impurity, sin L
- ○karvaṭa m. mud on the banks of a river, soft mud L
- ○kīra m. an aquatic bird, lap-wing L
- ○krīḍa and m. 'sporting in mud', a pig L
- ○krīḍanaka m. 'sporting in mud', a pig L
- ○gaḍaka m
- ○gaṇḍī and f. a small fish, Macrognathus Pancalus L
- ○gati f. a small fish, Macrognathus Pancalus L
- ○grāha m. the marine monster Makara L
- ○cchid m. 'mud-destroyer', Strychnos Potatorum (the fruit of which is used for purifying foul water) Mālav
- ○ja n. (ifc. f. ā) 'mud-born', a species of lotus, Nelumbium Speciosum (whose flower closes in the evening) MBh. Kāv. &c. (in Kathās. once ā f.)
- m. N. of Brahmā Cat. (for paṅkaja-ja)
- mfn. lotus-eyed Jātakam
- -janman m. 'lotus-born', N. of Brahmā Hariv
- -nayanā f. a lotus-eyed woman Bhām
- -nābha m. 'having a lotus springing from his navel', N. of Vishṇu Ragh. BhP
- -netra mfn. lotus-eyed' (said of Vishṇu) BhP
- -pattra-netra m. having eyes like lotus-leaves MW
- -mālin mfn. wearing a lotus-crown (Vishṇu) BhP
- -lāvam ind. (fr. √lū) cutting off like a lotus-flower Bālar
- -vat mfn. furnished with a lotus Nīlak. on MBh
- ○jâkṣī f. = ○ja-nayanā Amar
- ○jâṅghri mfn. whose feet are adorned with lotus-flowers (Vishṇu) BhP
- jâvalī f. N. of a metre Col. (cf. paṅkâvalī)
- ○jâsana-stha mfn. sitting on a lotus-throne (Brahmā) Var
- ○jiṅ mfn. furnished with a lotus MBh
- (nī), f. Nelumbium Speciosum (the plant or a group or the flexible stalk of such lotuses), also a lotus-pond (= ○nī-saras) Kāv. Pur
- ○janman n. = -ja n. L
- ○jāta n. id
- = pāpa-samūha Dharmaś
- ○jit m. N. of a son of Garuḍa MBh
- ○tā f. the nature or property of mud, muddiness Śiś
- ○dantá mfn. having mud or clay between the teeth Suparṇ. [Page 574, Column]
- ○digdha mfn. mud-smeared
- -śarīra m. 'having a mud-smṭsmeared body', N. of a Dānava Hariv
- ○dhâṅga m. 'having mud-smeared limbs', N. of a being attending on Skanda MBh
- ○prabhā f. (with Jainas) N. of one of the 7 divisions of hell (where mud takes the place of light) L
- ○bhāj mfn. sunk in the mire W
- ○bhāraka mfn. laden with mud, muddy W
- ○bhāva m. = -tā Ragh
- ○magna (paṅká.), mfn. immersed in mud Suparṇ
- ○majjana n. immersion in mud MW
- ○maṇḍuka (!), m. a bivalve conch L. (wṛ. ○dūka)
- ○maya mf(i)n. full of mud, muddy MW
- ○ruh and n. = -ja n. L
- ○ruha n. = -ja n. L
- ○hiṇī f. (Vcar.) = -jinī
- ○lagna mfn. sticking in mud Bhpr
- ○vat mfn. muddy, covered with mud Hariv. R
- ○vāri n. vḷ. for pakva-v○
- ○vāsa m. 'mud-dweller', a crab L
- ○śukti f. 'mud-shell', the stair-case shell L
- ○śūraṇa m. 'mud-√', the fibrous eatable √of a lotus (also written -ṣūraṇa, or -sūr○)
- paṅkâkta mfn. smeared with mud Hit
- paṅkâvalī f. N. of a metre Col. (cf. paṅkajâv○)
- paṅkaya Nom. P. ○yati, to make muddy, trouble Kir. xi, 19
- to besmear Hcar
- paṅkāra m. (only L.) Blyxa Octandra
- Trapa Bispinosa
- a dam, dike
- stairs, a ladder
- paṅkin mfn. muddy, ifc. covered with anything as with mud MBh. (cf. mala-)
- paṅkila mf(ā)n. = prec. MBh. Hariv
- thick, condensed L
- m. a boat, canoe L
- paṅke loc. of paṅka in comp
- ○ja n. = ○ka-ja L
- ○ruh n. id., Prasann
- ○ruha n. id. Dhūrtas. BhP
- m. the Indian crane L
- -vasati m. loc-dweller, N. of Brahmā Vcar
- ○hâkṣī
- f. a loc-eyed woman Bhām
- ○hiṇī f. Nelumbium Speciosum ib
- ○śaya mfn. resting or dwelling in mud Suśr
- paṅkaṇa wṛ. for pakkaṇa
- paṅkti (also ○ktī m. c. and in comp.), f. (fr. pañcan) a row or set or collection of five, the number 5 AV. Br. &c
- a sort of five fold metre consisting of 5 Pādas of 8 syllables each ib
- any stanza of 4 X 10 syllables Col. (= chandas L.)
- the number 10 Hcat. (cf. -grīva &c. below)
- any row or set or series or number, a group, collection, flock, troop, assembly, company (e.g. of persons eating together or belonging to the same caste) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
- the earth L
- wṛ. for pakti, q.v
- ○kaṭa m. a species of grass ĀpGṛ. Sch
- ○kaṇṭaka m. a white-flowering Achyranthes L
- ○kanda m. a partic. bulbous plant L
- ○krama m. order, succession Hit
- ○grīva m. 'ten-necked', N. of Rāvaṇa L
- ○cara m. 'going in lines', an osprey L
- ○dūṣa (MBh.),
- ○dūḍṣaka (Var.),
- ○dūḍṣaṇa (Āpast.), mfn. 'defiling society', (any person) improper to associate with
- ○doṣa m. 'societybane', anything which defiles a social circle MBh
- ○pāvana mfn. purifying society, respectable (opp. to dūṣa) Mn. MBh. &c
- -pāvana mfn. doing honour to a social circle TS. Sch
- ○bīja m. Acacia Arabica L
- ○mālā f. a species of plant Gal
- ○ratha m. 'having 10 chariots', N. of Daśaratha (Rāma's father) Ragh. Pur
- ○rādhas (○ktí-), mfn. containing fivefold (or numbers of) gifts RV
- ○vihaṃgama-nāma-bhṛt m. = -paṅkti-ratha, or daśa-r○ Vām. ii, 1, 13
- ○śas ind. by rows or numbers Śiś. xiv, 33
- paṅktikā f. the number ten, a decade Hcat
- a row, line (in akṣara-p○) Bhartṛ
- paṅktī for paṅkti in comp
- ○kṛta mfn. combined into groups Hariv
- ○hara See pāṅktīhari
- paṅkty-uttarā f. a kind of metre RPrāt
- paṅgu mf(vii, or ū)n. (fr. √paj ?
- Uṇ. i, 37 Sch.) lame, halt, crippled in the legs AV.Par. Yājñ. MBh. &c
- N. of those elements of the body which are themselves without motion (but are moved by the wind) Bhpr
- m. N. of the planet Saturn (as moving slowly) Cat. (cf. -vāsara)
- of Nirjita-varman Rājat
- ○graha m. the seamonster Makara (cf. paṅka-g○) W
- one of the signs of the zodiac (cf. makara) MW
- ○tā f. lameness, motionlessness
- -hāriṇī f. 'destroying lameness', a species of shrub L. Mn. xi, 51
- ○tva n. = -tâ Tattvas
- ○bhāva m. = -tā Vcar
- ○vakra-karma-prakāśa m. N. of wk
- ○vāsara m. Saturday KāśīKh
- paṅguka mfn. = paṅgu, lame MBh
- paṅgula mfn. id. L
- n. (?) lameness Suśr
- m. a horse of a glassy or silvery white colour L. [Page 575, Column]
- paṅgūyita n. limping, lameness Śrīkaṇṭh
- pac or pañc, cl. 1, P. Ā. pacati, ○te, or pañcati, ○te, to spread out, make clear or evident Dhātup. vi, 14: Caus. -pañcayati (xxxii, 108), See pra-pañcaya
- pañca mf(ā)n. spread out Uttarar
- m. (in music) a kind of measure
- pac cl. P. Ā. (Dhātup. xxiii, 27) pácati, ○te (cl. 4. Ā. pácyate, below.
- p. pacāna MBh. iii, 13239 [cf. kim-pacāna]
- pf. papāca [2. sg. papaktha or pecitha Pāṇ. 6-4, 121 Sch.], pecur
- pece, pecire [ápeciran, i AV
- peciran Pat. on Pāṇ. 6-4, 12]
- aor. pákṣat RV
- apākṣīt, apakta Gr
- Prec. pacyāt ib
- fut. pakṣyati, ○te or paktā Br
- ind. p. paktvā́ AV. MBh
- inf. páktave AV. Br
- paktum, pāṇ viii, 2, 30 Sch.), to cook, bake, roast, boil (Ā. also 'for one's self') RV. &c. &c
- (with double acc.) to cook anything out of (e.g. tandulān odanam pacati, 'he cooks porridge out of rice-grains') Siddh
- to bake or burn (bricks) ŚBr
- to digest Suśr
- to ripen, mature, bring to perfection or completion RV. &c. &c
- (with double acc.) to develop or change into (e.g. puṇyâpuṇyaṃ sukhâsukham, 'merit and demerit into weal or woe') Vop
- (intrans.) to become ripe or mature Bhpr.: Pass. pacyáte (○ti MBh
- aor. apāci Gr.), to be cooked or burnt or melted or digested or ripened or developed RV. &c. &c
- to be tormented Divyâv
- also intrans. = pácyate (cf.above), to become ripe or mature, to develop or ripen RV. VS. Br. (with acc. of the fruit that is borne or ripens Maitr. Kāṭh
- Pāṇ. 3-1, 87 Vārtt. 14 Pat
- lokáḥ pácyamānaḥ, 'the developing world' ŚBr.): Caus. pācayati, ○te Br. (aor. apīpacat Gr
- Pass. pācyate, p. ○cyamāna MBh.)
- to cause to cook or be cooked (Ā. 'for one's self'), to have cooked or to cook ŚBr. MBh. &c. (cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 74 ; 4, 52, (?) Sch.)
- to cause to ripen TBr
- to bring to completion or to an end, cure, heal Suśr.: Desid. pipakṣati Gr.: Intens. pāpacīti Gr
- pāpacyate, to be much cooked, to cook very much or burn excessively, to be much afflicted BhP. Suśr.: Desid. of intens. pāpacishati, ○te Gr. [Cf. Gk. ? for ? ; Lat. coquo ; [575,] Slav. peka, pes8ti.]
- paktavya mfn. to be cooked or baked MBh
- to be matured or digested W
- paktí (VS. pákti), f. cooking, preparing food Mn. ix, 11 (anna-p○)
- food or any dish of cooked food RV. VS
- digesting, digestion Mn. Yājñ. Suśr
- place of digestion (= -sthāna) Suśr
- ripening, development (cf. loka-), having results or consequences Var. Kāv
- purification MBh. xii, 9745 (Nilak.)
- respectability, dignity, fame Suśr
- ○dṛṣṭi f. du. digestive organs and sight Mn. xii, 120
- ○nāśana mfn. spoiling digestion Suśr
- ○śūla n. violent pain or inflammation of the bowels proceeding from indigestion, colic L
- ○sthāna n. place of digestion Suśr
- paktṛ́ mfn. who or what cooks or roasts or bakes (with gen.) AV. ŚBr. MBh. &c
- digestive, promoting digestion Suśr
- m. or n. the digestive fire, force of digestion Car
- pakḍtra n. the state of a householder who possesses a sacred fire or that fire perpetually maintained by him Uṇ. iv, 166
- pakḍtrima mfn. obtained by cooking Pāṇ. 3-3, 88 ; iv, 4, 20
- ripe HPariś
- cooked W
- pakthá m. N. of a man protected by the Aśvins RV. (○thasya saubharasya, N. of 2 sāmans ĀrshBr.)
- pl. N. of a people ib
- pakḍthin m. 'who cooks the oblation' (Sāy
- prob. N. of a man) ib
- pakvá mf(ā)n. (considered as p.p. of √2. pac
- Pāṇ. 8-2, 52) cooked, roasted, baked, boiled, prepared on a fire (opp. to āma) RV. &c. &c. (also applied to the milk in an udder)
- warmed (cf. dviṣ-) Gobh. Mn. &c
- baked or burnt (as bricks or earthenware pots) ŚBr. Var. &c
- ripe, mature (lit. and fig.) RV. &c. &c. (also applied to a tree with ripe fruits)
- grey, hoary (as the hair) Dhūrtas
- accomplished, perfect, fully developed (as the understanding, character &c.) MBh. BhP
- ripe for decay, near to death, decrepit, perishing, decaying ib
- digested W
- n. cooked food, dish RV. AV. ŚBr
- ripe corn AV
- the ashes of a burnt corpse ib
- ○kaṣāya mfn. whose passion has become extinguished BhP
- ○kṛt mfn. cooking, maturing, dressing food
- m. Azadirachta Indica L
- ○keśa mfn. grey-haired W
- ○gātra mfn. having a decrepit or infirm body Divyâv
- ○tā f. ripeness, maturity, greyness (of the hair) L. [Page 575, Column]
- ○rasa m. wine or any intoxicating liquor made of the juice of the sugar cane Bhpr
- ○vat mfn. one who has cooked &c. MW
- ○vāri n. sour rice-gruel (= kāñjika) L
- boiling or distilled water W. (v. l. paṅka-v○)
- ○sasyôpamônnati m. a species of Kadamba L
- ○harita-lūna mfn. cut (grain), ripe but not dry L
- pakvâtīsāra m. chronic dysentery Bhpr
- pakvâdhāna n. the receptacle for digested food, the stomach, abdomen Suśr
- pakvânna n. cooked or dressed food Mn. Var. &c
- pakvâśaya m.= ○vâdhāna MBh. Suśr. (cf. āmâś○)
- pakvâśin mfn. eating only cooked food, Pracaṇḍ. i, 19
- pakvêṣṭaka mfn. made of burnt bricks Mṛicch
- -cita n. a building constructed with burnt bricks Yājñ
- pakvêṣṭakā f. a burnt or baked brick Var
- -maya mf(ī)n. made of burnt bricks Hcat
- pakvaká m. (?) AV. xx, 130, 6
- pakṣṇu mfn. who or what cooks or matures Vop
≫pac
- pac mfn. (ifc
- nom. -pak Pāṇ. 6-4, 15 Sch.) cooking, baking
≫paca
- paca mfn. id. (cf. alpam-, iṣṭi-, kim- &c.)
- m. and (a), f. the act of cooking &c. L
- ○paca m. 'continually bringing to maturity' (?), N. of Śiva MBh
- ○m-pacā f. Curcuma Aromatica or Xanthorrhiza Bhpr. (vḷ. -bacā L.)
≫paca
- paca 2. sg. Impv. of √pac
- ○prakūṭā and f. g. mayūra-vyaṃsakâdi
- ○lavaṇā f. g. mayūra-vyaṃsakâdi
- pacaka m. a cook, cooking, baking L
- pacat mf(ntī)n. cooking, roasting &c
- ○puṭa m. Hibiscus Phoeniceus L
- pacatá mfn. cooked, boiled &c. RV. VS. ŚāṅkhBr
- m. fire L
- the sun L
- N. of Indra L
- n. cooked food (= pakti) Nir. vi, 16
- pacata 2. pl. Impv. of √pac
- ○bhṛjjatā f. (2. pl. Impv. of √pac and √bhṛjj) continual baking and roasting, g. mayūra-vyaṃsakâdi
- pacati-kalpam ind. (?) Pāṇ. 5-3, 67, (?) Sch
- pacatyá mfn. cooked, dressed RV. iii, 52, 2
- pacana mfn. cooking, maturing (cf. anvāhārya-, eṇī-)
- m. fire L
- (ā), f. becoming ripe, ripening L
- (ī), f. the wild citron tree L. (vḷ. pavanī)
- n. (pác○) a means or instrument for cooking. RV. ŚBr
- cooking, roasting, maturing, becoming cooked or ripe MBh. Suśr. BhP
- ○kriyā f. cooking, dressing food Gaut
- pacanâgāra n. 'cooking room', a kitchen ĀpGṛ. Sch
- pacanâgni m. a fire for boiling ib
- pacanikā f. a pan L
- pacamānaka mfn. accustomed to cook one's food Baudh
≫paci
- paci m. fire L
- cooking, maturing L
- pacelima mfn. being soon cooked, cooking or ripening quickly Pāṇ. 3-1, 96 Vārtt. 1 Pat. Kull. on Mn. iv, 172
- m. (L.) Phaseolus Mungo or a similar species of bean
- fire
- the sun
- paceḍluka m. a cook L
- pacya mfn. becoming ripe, ripening ( kṛṣṭa-pacya)
- paccanikā or paccanī f. a partic. part of a plough Kṛishis
- pac-chabda pac-chas &c. See under 3. pad, p. 583
- paj or pañj, to become stiff or rigid, only pf. Ā. pāpaje with apa, he started back from (loc.) RV. x, 105, 3. [Cf. Gk. ? ; Lat. pango.] [575,]
- pajrá mf(ā́)n. solid, stout, fat, strong RV. [Gk. ?]
- m. N. of Kakshivat and other men ib
- [575,] (ā), f. the Soma plant ib
- n. N. of a Sāman Lāṭy
- ○hoṣin mfn. having fat or rich oblations (Indra-Agni) RV. vi, 59, 4 (cf. Nir. v, 22)
- pajriyá m. N. of Kakshīvat RV
- pañjaka m. N. of a man Rājat
- pañjara n. a cage, aviary, dove-cot, net MBh. Kāv. &c
- a skeleton, the ribs Prab. Caṇḍ. (also m. L.)
- N. of partic. prayers and formularies VāmP
- m. (L.) the body. Udbh
- the Kali-yuga L
- a purificatory ceremony performed on cows L
- a kind of bulbous plant (v. l. pañjala)
- ○kapiñjala m. a partridge in a cage Mṛicch
- ○kapota m. a pigeon in a cṭcage ib
- ○kesarin m. a lion in a cṭcage Kād
- ○cālana-nyāya m. the rule (exemplified by the story) of shaking the cage (by 11 birds who united their strength for this purpose although they differed in other ways) Śaṃk
- ○bhāj mfn. 'keeping the cṭcage, remaining in it Kād. [Page 575, Column]
- ○śuka m. a parrot in a cage Mṛicch
- pañjarâkheṭa m. a sort of basket or wicker trap in which fish are caught L
- pañjaraka m. or n. a cage, aviary &c. MBh. . Pañc
- pajoka m. N. of a poet Cat
- paj-ja See 3. pad
- pajihaṭikā f. (pad +?) a small bell Chandom
- a kind of metre ib
- pañc See √1. pac, col. 1
- pañca See under 1. pac ib
- pañca in comp. for pañcan ( See p. 578)
- ○kapāla (páñca.), mf(i)n. prepared or offered in five cups or bowls, m. (with or, sc. puro-dāśa) an oblation so offered ŚBr. ŚrS
- ○karṇa mfn. branded in the ear with the number 5 (as cattle) Pāṇ. 6-3, 115 (?)
- m. N. of a man TĀr
- ○karpaṭa m. pl. N. of a people MBh
- ○karma n. (L.),
- ○karman n. (Suśr.),
- ○karmī f. (L.) the 5 kinds of treatment (in medicine, viz. giving emetics, purgative medicines, sternutatories, and enemas of two kinds, oily and not oily)
- ○mavidhi and ○mâdhikāra m. N. of medic. wks
- ○kalpa m. one who studies or has studied 5 Kalpas (esp. those belonging to the AV.) L
- (ī), f. N. of wk
- ○kalyāṇaka m. a horse with white feet and a white mouth Hcat
- ○kaṣāya m. (?), a decoction from the fruits of 5 plants (the Jambū, Sālmali, Vāṭyāla, Bakula and Badara) L
- -ja and ○yâttha mfn. produced from the above decoction Suśr
- ○kāṭhaka-prayoga-vṛtti f. N. of wk
- ○kāpittha mfn. prepared with the 5 products of Feronia Elephantum Suśr
- ○kārukī f. the 5 artisans in a village L
- ○kāla-kriyā-dīpa m
- ○kāla-paddhati f
- ○kāla-pravartana n. N. of wks
- ○kūrca n. = -gavya KāśīKh
- ○kṛtya n. the 5 actions by which the supreme power manifests itself (viz. sṛṣṭi, sthiti, saṃhāra, tirobhāva and anugraha-karaṇa) Sarvad
- (m.) a species of, plant L
- ○kṛtvas ind. 5 times Lāṭy. KātyŚr. Suśr
- ○kṛṣṇa m. 'having 5 black spots', a species of poisonous insect Suśr
- ○kṛṣṇala n. 5 Kṛishṇalas or coins so called Gaut
- ○laka mfn. comprising 5 Kṛishṇalas MW
- ○koṇa m. a pentagon Col
- ○kola or n. the 5 spices (viz. long pepper, its √, Piper Chaba, plumbago and dry ginger) Car. Bhpr
- ○koḍlaka n. the 5 spices (viz. long pepper, its √, Piper Chaba, plumbago and dry ginger) Car. Bhpr
- ○kośa (ibc.) the 5 sheaths supposed to invest the soul W. (cf. kośa)
- -viveka and -samṇyāsâcāra m. N. of wks
- ○krama m. a particular Krama (or method of reciting the Vedic text) consisting of 5 members ( See pāṭha) L
- N. of a Buddh. wk. (also -ṭippanī f.)
- ○krośa m. or a distance of 5 Krośas, the ground extending to that distance round Benares (cf. RTL. 218, 1 ; 435)
- ○kroḍśī f. a distance of 5 Krośas, the ground extending to that distance round Benares (cf. RTL. 218, 1 ; 435)
- ○śa-mañjarī f. (○rī-sudarśana n.), ○śamāhātmya n. ○śa-yātrā f. or ○śī-yātrā-vidhi m. N. of wks
- ○kroṣṭṛ mfn. = pañcabhiḥ kroṣṭrībhiḥ krītaḥ Pat
- ○kleśa-bheda mf(ā)n. afflicted by the 5 kinds of pain ŚvetUp
- ○kṣāra n. = -lavaṇa, q.v
- ○khaṭva n
- ○khaṭḍvī f. a collection of 5 bedsteads L
- ○gaṅga n. (C.),
- ○gaṅgā f. (B.) N. of a locality MBh
- ○gaṇa-yoga m. a collect. N. of 5 plants (viz. vidārī-gandhā, bṛhatī, pṛśni-parṇī, nidigdhikā and sva-daṃṣṭrā) L
- ○gaṇḍaka mfn. (prob.) consisting of 5 parts (said of the Dharma-cakra) Divyâv
- ○gata mfn. 'arrived at 5', raised to the 5th power Col
- ○gati-samatikrānta m. 'having passed through the 5 forms of existence', N. of Gautama Buddha Divyâv. (some reckon 6 forms, See MWB. 121)
- ○gava n
- ○gavī f. a collection of 5 cows
- ○vadhana mfn. one whose property consists of 5 cows L
- ○gavya n. the 5 products of the cow (viz. milk, coagulated or sour milk, butter, and the liquid and solid excreta) L
- N. of wk
- -ghṛta n. N. of a partic. mixture Rasar
- -melana-prakāra m. N. of wk
- ○vyâpâna-vat mfn. having an anus made of the Pañca-gavya Hcat
- ○gārgya mfn. = pañcabhir gārgibhiḥ krītaḥ Pat
- ○gu mfn. bought with 5 cows Pāṇ. 1-2, 44 Vārtt. 3 Pat
- ○guṇa mfn. fivefold
- having 5 virtues or good qualities MBh
- ○gupta m. 'covered or protected in a fivefold manner', a tortoise (as drawing in its 4 feet and head
- cf. pañcâṅga-g○) L
- the materialistic system of the Cārvākas L
- ○gupti f. Medicago Esculenta L
- ○gṛhitá mfn. taken or taken up 5 times ŚBr. KātyŚr
- ○tin mfn. one who has taken up 5 times Lāṭy., Sch,
- ○goṇi mfn. 'carrying 5 loads', bearing a heavy burden, Vajras (cf. Pāṇ. 1-2, 50 Vārtt. 1 Pat.) [Page 576, Column]
- ○gauḍa-brāhmaṇa-jāti
- ○granthī
- ○graha-yoga-śānti f. N. of wks
- ○grāmī f. a collection of 5 villages Yājñ
- ○ghāta m. (in music) a kind of measure
- ○cakṣus m. 'five-eyed', N. of the Buddha (who was supposed to have the māṃsa-c○, dharma-c○, prajñā-c○, divya-c○ and buddha-c○ i.e. the carnal eye, the eye of religion, the eye of intellect, the divine eye and the eye of Buddha MW. (cf. Dharmas. lxvi)
- ○catvāriṃśa mf(ī)n. the 49th (ch. of MBh. and R.)
- ○catvāriṃśat (pá○) f. 45 ŚBr
- ○candra m. N. of a man Rājat
- ○cāmara n. N. of 2 kinds of metre Col
- -stotra n. N. of a hymn by Śaṃkara
- ○cit�īka (pá○), mfn. piled up in 5 tiers or layers ŚBr. Kāṭh. ĀpŚr. &c
- ○cīra m. a Buddh. saint also named Mañjuśī (the teacher of Buddhism in Nepal MWB. 202, n. 1) W
- ○cūḍa (pá○), mf(ā)n. having 5 protuberances (cf. f.)
- (also -ka) having 5 crests or tufts of hair Kathās
- (ā), f. = -coḍā ŚBr
- N. of an Apsaras MBh. R
- ○ḍā-maṇi m. N. of wk. (also ○ṇi-ṭīkā)
- ○coḍā f. a brick with 5 protuberances TS. ĀpŚr. Śulb
- ○cola m. or n. N. of a part of the Himâlaya range L
- ○janá m. (pl.) the 5 classes of beings (viz. gods, men, Gandharvas and Apsaras, serpents, and Pitṛis) TS. ŚBr. &c. man, mankind Hcar. (○nêndra m. prince, king Rājat.)
- (ibc.) the 5 elements MBh
- N. of a demon slain by Kṛishṇa MBh. R. &c. (cf. pāñcajanya)
- of a son of Saṃhrāda by Kṛiti BhP
- of a Prajāpati ib
- of a son of Sagara by Keśini Hariv
- of a son of Sṛiñjaya and father of Soma-datta ib
- (ī), f. an assemblage of 5 persons L
- N. of a daughter of Viśva-rūpa and wife of Bharata BhP. (v. l. pāñcajanī)
- ○nī́na mfn. devoted or consecrated to the 5 races TS. TBr. (also ○nīya AitBr. ŚāṅkhŚr
- Pāṇ. 5-i, 9 Vārtt. 4 Pat.)
- m. an actor, a buffoon L
- the chief of 5 men W
- ○jitaṃ-te N. of a Stotra
- ○jñāna m. 'possessing fivefold knowledge', a Buddha L
- ○ḍākinī f. N. of a female attendant on Devi W
- ○takṣa n
- ○taḍkṣī f. a collection of 5 carpenters L
- ○tattva n. the 5 elements collectively (cf. tattva) L
- (in the Tantras) the 5 essentials (= pañca-makāra, q.v.)
- -prakāśa m. ○tvâtmaka-stotra n. N. of wks
- ○tantra n. N. of the well-known collection of moral stories and fables in 5 books from which the Hitopadeśa is partly taken (also -ka)
- of a poem by Dharma-paṇḍita
- -kāvya-darpaṇa m. N. of wk
- ○tanmātra n. sg. the 5 subtle rudiments of the 5 elements Kap
- ○tapa mfn. = -tapas mfn
- ○tapas n. (ibc.) the 5 fires (to which an ascetic who practices self-mortification exposes himself. viz. one fire towards each of the 4 quarters, and the sun overhead)
- mfn. sitting between the 5 fires Mn. vi, 23 (cf. MWB. 30, n. 2)
- po'nvita mfn. id. R
- ○tā f. five foldness, fivefold state or amount Mn. viii, 151
- an aggregate or a collection of 5 things (esp.) the 5 elements, viz. earth, air, fire, water and akāśa ether, and dissolution into them i.e. death (-tām with √gam, yā &c., to die, with upa-√nī, to kill) Kāv. Suśr. Pur
- ○tāra mfn. five-starred MW
- ○tikta n. 5 bitter things (viz. nimba, amṛtā, vṛṣa, paṭola, and ṇidigdhikā) Bhpr
- -ghṛta n. a partic. mixture, Rasav
- ○tīthī f. any five principal places of pilgrimage (esp. Viśrānti Saukara, Naimisha, Prayāga, and Pushkara) VarP
- N. of a sacred bathing-place Kathās
- bathing on the day of the equinox (?) W
- ○triṃśá mf(ī)n. the 35th ŚBr
- + 35 Jyot
- ○trinśat (pá○), 35 ŚBr., ch. of MBh
- ○śac-chlokī and ○śat-pīṭhikā f. N. of wks
- ○triṃśati f. 35 Rājat
- ○triṃśika mfn. having the length of 35, Śulb
- ○trika mfn. (pl.) 5 x 3 MBh
- ○tva n. fivefoldness
- the 5 elements BhP
- dissolution, death (pañca-tvaṃ gata mfn. dead Hit
- cf. -tā) Yājñ. R. Var. &c
- ○daka (?), m.pl. N. of a people MBh
- ○daṇḍa mfn. having 5 sticks Pañcad
- -cchattra-prabandha m. N. of a tale. 1
- ○daśa mf(ī)n. the 15th AV. &c. &c
- + 15 ŚāṅkhŚr
- consisting of 15 RV. &c. &c
- containing or representing the Pañca-daśa Stoma, connected with it Br
- (ī), f. (sc. tithi) the 15th day of a half month, the day of full or new moon TBr. Yājñ. Var
- N. of sev. wks. (also ○śī-tantra n. -prakaraṇa n. -yantra-vidhāna n. -viveka m. -vyākhyā, f. -viveka m. -vyākhyā f. -samāsa, m.) 2
- ○daśa for ○śan in comp
- -karman n. N. of wk
- -kṛtvas ind. 15 times Lāṭy
- -cchadi (pá○), mfn. having 15 roofs TS
- -dhā ind. in or into 15 parts or ways MārkP. [Page 576, Column]
- -mālā-mantra-vidhi m. N. of wk
- -rātra m. a period of 15 nights, a fortnight Pāṇ. 3-3, 137 Kāś
- -rcá (for -ṛca), mfn. consisting of 15 verses AV. Br
- -vat (○śá-), mfn. possessing the Pañca-daśa Stoma ŚBr
- -varṇamālikā f. N. of. Stotra
- -vartani mfn. forming the path of a Pañca-daśa Stoma TS
- -vārṣika mf(ī)n. 15 years old Pañc
- N. of a kind of Cāturmāsya ĀpŚr
- ○śâkṣara (pá○), mfn. consisting of 15 syllables VS
- ○śâha m. a period of 15 days Mn. v, 83
- ○sâhika mf(ī)n. lasting 15 days Yājñ. iii, 323
- ○daśan (pá○), mfn. pl. (gen. ○śānām ŚBr
- instr. ○śabhis L.) 15 RV. &c. &c
- ○daśama mf(ī)n. the 15th, KūrmaP
- ○daśika mfn. having the length of 15, Sulb
- ○daśín mfn. consisting of 15 parts ŚBr
- ○dāman mf(mnī)n. having 5 cords Pāṇ. 4-1, 29 Kāś
- ○dīrgha n. sg. the 5 long parts of the body (viz. the arms, eyes, belly knees Buddh., nose, and breast) L
- ○daivata mfn. having 5 deities (organs of sense) YogaśUp
- ○daivatya n. a partic. gift to Brāhmans (at the offering of which 5 deities are thought to be present) Hcat
- ○drāviḍa-jāti f. N. of wk. (cf. pañca-gauḍa-brāhmaṇa-j○)
- ○drauṇika mf(ī)n. containing 5 Droṇas (a partic. measure of capacity) MBh
- ○dhanus m. N. of a prince VP
- ○dhā́ ind. in 5 ways or parts, fivefold AV. &c. &c
- bandhyā-prakāśa (?), m. N. of wk
- ○dhāraṇaka mfn. upheld or subsisting by the 5 elements MBh
- ○dhīva mf(ā)n. = pañcabhir dhīvarībhiḥ krītaḥ Pat
- ○nakha mfn. '5-clawed', having 5 nails Var
- m. a 5-clawed animal Mn. MBh. R
- an elephant L
- a lion Gal
- a tiger L. (also ○khin Gal.)
- a tortoise L
- ○nada n. the Pañjāb or country of 5 rivers (viz. the Śata-dru, Vipāśā, Irāvati, Candra-bhāgā, and Vitastā, i.e. the Sutlej, Beās, Rāvii, Chenāb, and Jhelum or Behut) MBh. R. Rājat. (also ī f. Hcat.)
- N. of sev. Tirthas (esp. of one near the junction of the Kiraṇā and, Dhūta-pāpā with the Ganges after the union of the latter river with the Yamunā and Sarasvati) MBh. SkandaP
- m. or n. N. of a river produced by the junction of the 5 rivers of the Pañjāb and which falls into the Sindhu L
- m. a prince of Pañca-nada MBh. (pl. the inhabitants of PṭPañca-nṭnada MBh.)
- N. of an Asura Hariv
- of a teacher VāmP
- -kṣetra-māhātmya n. N. of wk
- -tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place (cf. above)
- -māhātmya n. N. of wk
- ○nalīya n. N. of wk
- ○navata mf(ī)n. the 95th (ch. of MBh. and Hariv.)
- + 95 (○te dinaśate, on the 195th day) VarBṛS. xxi, 7
- ○navati f. 95 (ch. of MBh.)
- -tama mf(ī)n. 95th
- the 95th (ch. of R.)
- ○nātha m. N. of an author Cat
- ○nāman (pá○), mf(mnī)n. hiving 5 names AV
- ○mâvali f. N. of wk
- ○nāli mfn. lasting 3 X 24 minutes Sāh
- ○nidhana n. N. of sev. Sāmans ĀrshBr
- ○nimba n. sg. the 5 products (viz. the flowers, fruit, leaves, bark, and root) of the Azadirachta Indica L
- ○nirgranthī-sūtra n. N. of wk. =
- ○nīrājana n. waving 4 things (viz. a lamp, lotus, cloth, mango or betel leaf) before an idol and then falling prostrate W
- ○pakṣin m. or n. (?), N. of a small wk. containing auguries ascribed to Śiva (in which the 5 vowels a, i, u, e, o are connected with 5 birds) L
- ○kṣi-śāstra n. N. of wk. on augury
- ○pakṣī f. N. of sev. wks. on astrology
- -ṭīkā f. N. of sev. Comms
- ○pañcaka (R.),
- ○pañcan (BhP.), 5 X 5 (ibc.)
- ○pañcanakha m. species of 5 animals allowed to be killed and eaten (vix. the hare, porcupine, alligator, rhinoceros, and tortoise) W
- ○pañcāśa mf(i)n. the 55th (ch. of MBh.)
- ○pañcāśat (pá○), f. 55 ŚBr. &c. &c
- ○pañcin (pá○), mfn. fivefold Br
- ○paṭala m. or n
- ○paṭaḍlikā f. N. of wks
- ○paṭu mfn. = pañcabhiḥ paṭviibhiḥ krītaḥ Pat
- ○pattra mfn. having 5 feathers R
- m. '5-leaved', a species of Caṇḍāla-kanda L
- ○pada (pá○), mf(ā)n. containing 5 Padas ŚBr
- (ī), f. taking 5 steps, consisting of 5 feet or steps or parts TS. GṛS. (fr. -pad?)
- 'only 5 steps', a cold or unfriendly relationship (opp. to sāptapadīna, q.v.), Bañc, ii, 123
- the 5 strong cases (viz. nom. and voc. sg. du. pl
- acc. sg. du.), APrāt
- N. of a river in Śāka-dviipa BhP
- ○dârthī f. ○dī-vivṛti f. N. of wks
- ○pariṣad f. an assembly taking place every 5th year Buddh
- ○parṇikā or f. a species of small shrub L
- ○parḍṇī f. a species of small shrub L
- ○parva mf(ā)n. (river) having 5 windings ŚvetUp
- ○parvata n. 'the 5 peaks' (of the Himâlayas) L
- ○parvan mfn. 5-knotted (as an arrow) R
- m. a stick with 5 knots Kauś
- ○va- and ○vii-māhātmya n. ○viiya-vidhi m. N. of wks. [Page 576, Column]
- ○pala (Yājñ.),
- ○palika (KātyŚr. Sch.), mfn. weighing 5 Palas
- ○lī f. a weight of 5 Palas Kathās
- ○pallava n. the aggregate of 5 sprigs or shoots of the Āmra, Jambū, Kapittha, Bīja-pūraka, and Bilva (according to others, of the Āmra, Aśvattha, Vaṭa, Parkaṭī, and Yajñôdumbara
- or of the Panasa, Āmra, Aśvattha, Vaṭa, and Bakula L
- or of the spondias, rose-apple, Bel or marmelos, citron, and wood-apple W.)
- ○paśu m. (!) sg. the 5 sacrificial animals KātyŚr
- mfn. destined for the 5 sacrificial animals Vait
- ○pātra n. a partic. vessel for purifying water used at the Ācamana (q.v.) RTL. xxi
- n. 5 cups or vessels collectively or a Śrāddha in which offerings are made in 5 vessels L
- ○pāda (pá○), mfn. 5-footed RV. AV
- (ī), f. N. of wk. on the Uṇ-ādis
- ○pādikā f. N. of a philos. wk
- -ṭīkā f. -ṭikā-tattva-dīpana n. -"ṣdhyāsabhāṣya-vyākhyā (○kâdh○), f. -vivaraṇa n. (○ṇa-prakāśikā f.), -vyākhyā f. -śāstra-darpaṇa m. N. of Comms
- ○pitta n. the gall or bile of 5 animals (viz. the boar, goat, buffalo, fish, and peacock) L
- ○pura n. N. of a city Śukas
- ○purāṇīya mfn. worth 5 Purāṇas (a partic. coin) Kull. on Mn. xi, 227
- ○puruṣam ind. through 5 generations of men ĀpŚr. Sch
- ○puṣpamaya mf(i)n. formed or consisting of 5 flowers Kathās
- ○pūlī f. 5 bunches Pāṇ. 2-1, 51 Vārtt. 6 Pat
- ○prakaraṇa n
- ○prakaraḍṇī f. N. of wks
- ○prayāga m. a kind of oblation RTL. 367
- ○prayoga m. N. of wk
- ○prastha mfn. having 5 elevations or rising grounds (said of a forest) BhP
- ○praharaṇa mfn. having 5 carriage-boxes ib
- ○prâṇa m. pl. the 5 vital airs (supposed to be in the body)
- ○ṇâhuti-khaṇḍa m. or n. (?) N. of wk
- ○prādeśa mf(ā)n. 5 spans long KātyŚr
- ○prāsāda m. a temple with 4 pinnacles and a steeple W
- ○phuṭṭika m. 'weaving 5 Phuṭṭikās (s.v.) in a day', N. of a Śūdra Kathās
- ○baddha mfn. pl. joined into 5 Hariv
- ○bandha m. a fine equal to the 5th part of anything lost or stolen Yājñ
- ○bandhura See -vandh○
- ○bala n. the 5 forces (viz. faith, energy, recollection, self-concentration, reason) MWB. 50
- ○balā f. the 5 plants called Balā (viz. balā, nāga-b○, mahā-b○, ati-b○, and rāja-b○) L
- ○bāṇa m. 'having 5 arrows', N. of the god of love Kālid. Daś. &c
- vijaya and -vilāsa m. N. of wks
- ○bāṇī f. the 5 arrows (of the god of love) Naish
- ○bāhu m. '5-armed', N. of one of the attendants of Śiva Hariv
- ○bindu-prasṛta n. N. of a partic. movement in dancing Daś
- ○bila (pá○), mfn. having 5 openings ŚBr
- ○bīja n. a collection of 5 kinds of seeds (viz. of Cardiospermum Halicacabum, Trigonella Foenum Graecum, Asteracantha Longifolia, Ligusticum Ajowan, and cumin-seed
- or of Trapusa, Karkati, Dāḍima, Padma, and Vānari
- or of Sinapis Racemosa, Ligusticum Ajowan, cumin-seed, sesamum from Khorasan, and poppy) L
- ○bodha m. N. of wk
- ○brahma-mantra m
- ○brahma-vidyôpaniṣad or f. N. of wks
- ○brahmôpaniṣad f. N. of wks
- ○bhaṅga m. pl. boughs of 5 partic. trees Hcat
- ○bhaṭṭīya n. N. of wk
- ○bhadra mfn. having 5 good qualities or auspicious marks Hcar
- consisting of 5 good ingredients (as a decoction), ŚarṅgS
- vicious L
- m. a kind of pavilion Vāstuv
- n. a partic. mixture Bhpr
- ○bhāra mfn. having the weight of 5 Bhāras Siṃhâs
- ○bhāṣā-maṇi m. N. of wk
- ○bhuja m. 5-armed, pentagonal
- m. N. of Ganêśa Gal
- a pentagon W
- ○bhūta n. pl. the 5 elements (earth, air, fire, water, and ākāśa) Kap
- -parityakta mfn. deserted by the 5 elements (as a dead body) MW
- -vādârtha and -viveka m. N. of wks
- ○tâtmaka mfn. consisting of 5 elements (as the human body) Suśr
- ○bhūryābhimukhā (!), f. N. of an Apsaras Kāraṇḍ
- ○bhṛṅga m. or n. N. of the 5 plants Deva-dālī, Śamī, Bhaṅgā, Nirguṇi, and Tamala-pattra L
- ○bhautika wṛ. for pāñcabh○
- ○ma-kāra n. the 5 essentials of the left-hand Tantra ritual (the words for which begin with the letter m, viz. madya, wine
- māṃsa, meat
- matsya, fish
- mudrā, intertwining of the fingers
- and maithuna, sexual union) W. (cf. -tattva and RTL. 192)
- ○mantra-tanu m. whose body consists of 5 Mantras', N. of Śiva (with Śaivas) Sarvad
- ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of 5 (elements) MārkP
- ○mahākalpa m. N. of Vishṇu MBh. xii, 338
- ○mahāpātakin mfn. guilty of the 5 great sins ( See mahā-pātaka) MW
- ○mahābhūta-maya mf(ī)n. consisting of 5 elements Hcar. [Page 577, Column]
- ○mahāyajña m. pl. the 5 great devotional acts of the Hindūs ( See mahā-y○) W
- -vidhi m. N. of wk
- ○mahiṣa n. the 5 products of the buffalo cow (cf. pañca-gavya) Suśr
- ○māṣaka (f. ī [!] Gaut.) and mfn. consisting of or amounting to 5 Māshas. 1
- ○māḍṣika (Mn.), mfn. consisting of or amounting to 5 Māshas. 1
- ○māsya mfn. (for 2. See under pañcama) happening every 5 months or containing 5 months AitBr
- ○mithyātva-ṭīkā f. N. of wk
- ○mukha mf(ī)n. 5-faced or 5-headed (also applied to Prajā-pati) KaushUp
- m. N. of Śiva L
- a lion L
- an arrow with 5 points R
- (ī), f. Gendarussa Vulgaris L
- ○mudrā f. 5 gestures to be made in presenting offerings to an idol W
- ○muṣṭ�i f. Trigonella Corniculata L
- ○muṣṭika m. a partic. decoction Bhpr
- ○mūtra n. sg. the urine of 5 (female animals, viz. the cow, goat, sheep, buffalo, and ass) L
- ○mūrti and mfn. having a fivefold form (applied to a partic. offering to Brahmans) Hcat
- ○mūrḍtika mfn. having a fivefold form (applied to a partic. offering to Brahmans) Hcat
- ○mūla m. N. of an attendant of Durgā Kathās
- n. (also ○laka) and (ī), f. a class or group of 5 roots or plants with tuberous roots (according to Suśr. there are 5 classes each containing 5 medicinal plant, viz. kanīyas or alpam or kṣudrakam, mahat, vallī-saṃjñaḥ [sc. gaṇaḥ], kaṇṭaka-s○, and triṇa-s○ i.e. the smaller and the larger clṭclasses, the creepers, the thorny plants and the 5 kinds of grass
- other groups are also enumerated) Suśr. Bhpr. &c
- ○meni mfn. having 5 missiles AitBr
- ○yakṣā f. N. of a Tirtha MBh
- ○yajña m. pl. the 5 religious acts or oblations of a house-keeper (cf. pañca-mahāyajña)
- -paribhraṣṭa m. a Brāhman who omits to perform the 5 religious acts MW
- ○yāma (pá○), mfn. having 5 courses (as a sacrifice) RV
- N. of a son of Ātapa (who was son of Vibhāvasu and Ushā) BhP
- ○yuga n. a cycle of 5 years, a lustrum MBh
- ○yojaná n. (AV.),
- ○yojaḍnī f. (Rājat.) a way or distance of 5 Yojanas
- ○rakṣaka m. a species of plant L
- ○rakṣā f. N. of wk
- ○ratna n. a collection of 5 jewels or precious things (viz. gold, diamond, sapphire, ruby, and pearl Hcat
- or gold, silver, coral, pearl, and Rāga-paṭṭa L.)
- N. of sev. wks
- pl. the 5 gems or most admired episodes of the MBh. MW
- -kalā f. -kiraṇâvali f. -prakāśa m. N. of wks
- -maya mf(ā!)n. consisting of the 5jewels Hcat
- -mālikā f. -stava m. ○nâkara-stotra n. N. of Stotras
- ○raśmi (páñca-), mfn. (a chariot) having 5 strings or traces RV
- ○rasā f. the Emblic Myrobolan tree L
- ○rājī-phala m. Trichosanthes Dioeca L
- ○rātra or m. a period of 5 days (nights) Kauś. Mn. &c
- ○rāḍtraka m. a period of 5 days (nights) Kauś. Mn. &c
- (○trá), mfn. lasting 5 days ŚBr. MBh. (also ○traka Pañc.)
- m. N. of an Ahīna ( See 1. áh○) which lasts 5 days TāṇḍBr. ŚrS
- N. of the sacred books of various Vaishṇava sects (also pl.) MBh. R. &c
- dīpikā f. -naivedya-vidhāna n. -pakvânna vidhāna n. -prāyaścitta n. -rakṣā f. N. of wks
- ○rātrika wṛ. for pāñcar○
- ○rāśika mfn. relating to the 5 ratios or proportions of numbers
- n. the rule of 5, the rule of proportion with 5 terms Col
- ○rudra m. N. of an author ○drīya n. ○drôpaniṣad-bhāṣya n. N. of wks
- ○rūpa-kośa m. N. of wk
- ○rcá (for -ṛca), mfn. consisting of 5 verses
- m. a stanza consisting of 5 verses AV. ŚāṅkhGṛ
- ○lakṣaṇa mfn. possessing 5 characteristics (said of the Purāṇas, which ought strictly to comprehend 5 topics, viz. the creation of the universe, its destruction and renovation, the genealogy of gods and patriarchs, the reigns of the Manus, and the history of the solar and lunar races)
- n. a Purāṇa or mythological poem W
- -vidhi m. N. of wk
- ○lakṣaṇī f. N. of sev. wks. (also -kroḍa m. -ṭīkā f. -prakāśa m. -vivecana n. ṇy-anugama, m.)
- ○lambaka n. N. of Kathās. xiv
- ○lavaṇa n. 5 kinds of salt (viz. kāca, saindhava, sāmudra, viḍa, and sauvarcala) Suśr
- ○lāṅgala (ibc.) a gift of as much land as can be cultivated with 5 ploughs (also -ka Hcat. MatsyaP.)
- -dāna-vidhi m. N. of wk
- ○loha n. a metallic alloy containing 5 metals (viz. copper. brass, tin, lead, and iron) L
- ○lohaka n. the 5 metals (viz. gold, silver, copper, tin, and lead) L
- ○vaktra mfn. 5-faced Hariv. R
- m. N. of Śiva Dhūrtas
- of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh
- a lion L
- (ā), f. N. of Durgā Cat
- -rasa m. a partic. mixture Bhpr
- -stotra n. N. of a Stotra
- ○vaṭa m. '5-threaded', the Brāhmanieal cord (but RTL. 361) L
- N. of a man Rājat
- (ī), f. the 5 fig-trees (N. applied to Aśvattha, Bilva, Vaṭa, Dhātri, and Aśoka) SkandaP. [Page 577, Column]
- (also n.) N. of a part of the great southern forest where the Godāvarī rises and where the banished Rāma resided MBh. R. Ragh
- ○ṭa- or ○ṭī-māhātmya n. N. of wk
- ○vadana-stotra n. N. of a Stotra (cf. pañcavaktra-st○)
- ○vandhura mfn. having 5 seats BhP. (cf. tri-v○)
- ○varga m. a class or group or series of 5, e.g. the 5 constituent elements of the body (cf. 1. dhātu) R. ii, 118, 27
- the 5 classes of spies (viz. a pilgrim or rogue, an ascetic who has violated his vows, a distressed agriculturist, a decayed merchant, a fictitious devotee) Kull. vii, 154
- the 5 organs of sense, the 5 devotional acts &c. (also i f.)
- mfn. proceeding in 5 lines or at, times KātyŚr
- ○varṇa mfn. '5-coloured' L. (Mṛicch. i, 7/8?)
- fivefold, of 5 kinds (-tā f.) Hcat
- m. N. of a mountain Hariv
- of a forest ib. (v. l. pāñc○)
- ○vardhana m. a species of plant L
- ○varṣa (KātyŚr.),
- ○varḍṣeka (MBh.), mfn. 5 years old
- ○ṣadeśīya (L.) and ○ṣaka-deśīya (MBh.), mfn. about 5 years old
- ○varṣika-maha m. a kind of festival or ceremony L
- ○varṣiya mfn. 5 years old Śatr
- ○vali mfn. having 5 folds or incisions KātyŚr
- ○valkala n. a collection of the bark of 5 kinds of trees (viz. the Indian, glomerous, holy, and waved-leaf fig-tree, and Calamus Rotang, i.e. Nyag-rodha, Udumbara, Aśvattha, Plaksha, and Vetasa
- but other trees are sometimes substituted) Rasar
- ○vallabhā f. 'dear to 5', N. of Draupadi Gal
- ○vastu n. (?), N. of wk
- ○vātī́ya m. a partic. oblation offered to the 5 winds at the Rājasūya ŚBr
- ○vāda m. N. of wk
- -kroḍa-pattra n. ṭīkā f. N. of wks
- ○vārṣika mf(ī)n. 5 years old, recurring every 5 years
- n. and
- ○maha m. (prob.) = pañca-varṣika-maha Divyâv. L
- ○vāhín mfn. yoked with 5, drawn by 5 (as a carriage) AV
- ○viṃśá mf(ī)n. the 25th ŚBr. &c
- containing or consisting of 25 ib
- representing the Pañcaviṃśa Stoma, belonging to it, celebrated with it, &c. Br. ŚāṅkhŚr
- m. a Stoma consisting of 25 parts VS. ŚBr
- N. of Vishṇu regarded as the 25th Tattva BhP
- -brāhmaṇa n. a Brāhmaṇa consisting of 25 books, N. of the TāṇḍyaBr
- ○viṃśaka mfn. the 25th BhP
- consisting of 25 L
- (with vayasā) 25 years old R
- ○viṃśat f. 25 Hcat
- ○viṃśati (pá○), f. id. VS. ŚBr
- a collection of 25 (also ○tī and ○tikā
- See vetāla-)
- -gaṇa m. a multitude of 25 Kap
- -tama or ○ti-ma mf(ī)n. the 25th MBh
- -rātra mfn. lasting 25 nights (days) KātyŚr
- -sāhasrikā f. N. of a Prajñāpāramitā L
- ○viṃśatika mfn. (a fine) consisting of or amounting to 25 (Paṇas) Yājñ. ii, 205
- n. the number 25 MBh
- (ā), f. See -viṃśati
- ○vikrama mfn. (a carriage) moving in a fivefold manner BhP
- ○vigrāham ind. by distributing 5 times or by a fivefold distribution ĀśvŚr
- ○vijaya m. N. of wk
- ○vidha (páñca- or pañcá-), mfn. of 5 kinds, fivefold ŚBr
- -nāma-bhāṣya n. -sūtra n. N. of wks
- ○vidheya n. = -vidhasūtra
- ○vīra-goṣṭha n. (prob.) an assembly. room named 'the 5 heroes', i.e. the 5 sons of Pāṇḍu Daś
- ○vṛkṣa n. sg. or m.pl. 'the 5 trees' (of Svarga, viz. Mandāra, Pārijātaka, Saṃtāna, Kalpa-vṛiksha, and Hari-candana) MW
- ○vṛt (ŚāṅkhGṛ.) and ind. fivefold, 5 times
- ○vṛtam (Gobh.), ind. fivefold, 5 times
- ○śata mf(ī)n. 500 (pl.) MBh. BhP
- (a fine) amounting to 500 Yājñ
- fined 500 (Paṇas) Mn
- the 500th (○te kāle, in the 500th year) MBh
- n. 105 Lāṭy. ; 500 Mn. MBh
- (ī), f. 500 Kathās
- a period of 500 years Vajracch
- N. of wk
- -tama mf(ī)n. the 105th (ch. of R.)
- ○tīprabandha m. N. of wk
- ○śatika mfn. 500 (feet &c.), high Hcat
- ○śara m. = -bāṇa Prab. (ī f. = -bā́ṇī Naish.)
- -nirṇaya m. -vijaya m. -vyākhyā f. N. of wks
- ○śarāva mfn. (a measure) containing 5 Śarāvas (q.v.) Jaim
- ○śala (pá○), m. or n. (?) a distance of 5 Salas (q.v.) AV
- ○śas ind. by fives, 5 by 5 BhP
- ○śasya See -sasya
- ○śākha mfn. 5-branched, 5-fingered R
- m. the hand Dhūrtan
- ○śāradī́ya m. N. of a Pañcâha representing 5 years Br. ŚrS
- ○śāstra n. N. of the sacred books of various Vaishṇava sects Hcat. (cf. -rātra)
- ○śikha mfn. '5-crested', having tufts of hair on the head (as an ascetic) MBh. (○khi-kṛta mfn. made an ascetic Bhartṛ.)
- m. a lion L
- N. of a Śāṃkhya teacher (called also -muni, a pupil of Āsuri) MBh. VāyuP. &c
- of an attendant of Śiva Kathās
- of a Gandharva L
- ○śikhin mfn. = -śikha mfn. AV.Pariś
- ○śirīṣa m. a medicine composed of 5 parts (viz. √, bark, leaf, flower, and fruit) of the Acacia Sirissa Car. [Page 577, Column]
- ○śila mf(ā)n. consisting of 5 rocks Cat
- ○śīrṣa mf(ā)n. 5-headed MBh. ; 5-eared(as corn, sc. on one stalk) ib
- m. N. of a mountain Buddh
- ○śīla n. the 5 chief rules of conduct for Buddhists MWB. 89 ; 126
- ○śukla m. 'having 5 white spots', a species of venomous insect Suśr
- ○śūraṇa n. the 5 -bulbous plants called) Śūraṇas (q.v.) L
- ○śairīṣaka n. the 5 products of the Acacia Sirissa (cf. śirīṣa). L
- ○śaila mṆ. of a mountain MārkP
- ○ślokī f. N. of wk
- ○ṣa mf(ā)n. pl. 5 or 6 Kāv
- ○ṣaṣṭa mf(ī)n. the 65th (ch. of MBh. and Hariv.)
- ○ṣaṣṭi f. 65 (ch. of MBh.)
- -tama mf(ī)n. the 65th (ch. of MBh. and R.)
- ○saṃskāra m. '5 rites', N. of wk
- -prayoga m. -mahiman m. -vidhi m. N. of wks
- ○sattra n. N. of a place Rājat
- ○saṃdhi m. N. of wk
- ○sapta (in comp. for ○ptan), 5 x 7, 35 MārkP
- ○saptata mf(i) n. the 75th (ch. of MBh. and Hariv.)
- ○saptati f. 75 (ch. of MBh.)
- -tama mf(ī)n. the 75th (ch. of MBh. and R.)
- ○samāsīya n. N. of wk
- ○savana n. (a sacrifice) containing 5 Savanas (q.v.) ĀpŚr
- ○sasya n. sg. 5 species of grain (viz. Dhānya, Mudga, Tila, Yava, and Śveta-sarshapa or Māsha) L
- ○sahasrī f. sg. (ifc. -ka mfn. ) 5000 Kathās
- ○sāṃvatsarika mf(ī)n. 'recurring every 5 years', N. of a kind of Cāturmāsya ĀpŚr. Sch
- ○sāmaka
- ○sāyaka n. (?) N. of wks
- ○sāra mfn. consisting of 5 parts or ingredients Suśr
- n. (?) N. of wk
- ○siddhânta m. N. of the Bhāsvati-karaṇa (q.v.)
- ○siddhântikā f. N. of an astron. wk. by Varāha-mihira (founded on the 5 older astron. wks., and called by Var. himself Karaṇa)
- ○siddhâuṣadhika mfn. consisting of 5 kinds of medic. plants L
- ○siddhan9ṣadhī f. the 5 medic. plants ib
- ○sugandhaka n. a collection of 5 kinds of aromatic vegetable substances (viz. cloves, nutmeg, camphor, aloe wood, and Kakkola, q.v.) L
- ○sū7kta n. '5 Vedic hymns', N. of wk
- ○sūtra n. (and ī f.)' 5 Sūtras', N. of wk
- ○sūnā m. pl. 5 things in a house by which animal life may be accidentally destroyed (viz. the fire-place, slab for grinding condiments, broom, pestle and mortar, and water-pot) W. RTL. 418
- ○skandha (ibc.) = ○dhī
- -vimocaka m. N. of Buddha Divyâv
- ○skandhaka n. N. of wk
- ○skandhī f. sg. the 5 Skandhas (s.v.) or constituent elements Buddh
- ○stava m. (and vyākhyā f.),
- ○stavī f. N. of wks
- ○smṛti f. 5 law-books', N. of wk
- ○srotas n. = manas Nīlak
- ○svarā f. N. of an astrol. wk. on divination
- -nirṇaya m. N. of Comm
- ○rêdaya m. N. of wk
- ○svastyayana n. N. of wk
- ○havis mfn. furnished with 5 oblations ŚāṅkhŚr
- ○hasta m. '5-handed', N. of a son of Manu VP
- of a place Rājat
- ○hāyana mfn. 5 years old BhP
- ○hāva m. N. of a son of Manu Rohita Hariv. (v. l. -hotra)
- ○hotṛ (pá○), mfn. attended by 5 priests (?) RV. v, 42, 1
- m. (sc. mantra) N. of a partic. formula in which 5 deities are named (as Hotṛi, Adhvaryu &c.) Br. ŚrS
- ○hotra See -hāva
- ○hrada-tīrtha n. N. of a place of pilgrimage SkandaP
- pañcâṃśa m. the 5th part, 1/5 Var
- pañcâkṣa m. '5-eyed', N. of a Gaṇa of Śiva Hariv
- pañcâkṣara mfn. consisting of 5 syllables VS. AitBr. &c
- m. N. of a poet
- (ī), f. See s.v
- -kalpa m. N. of wk
- -maya mf(ī)n. consisting of 5 syllables Hcat
- -mākātmya n. N. of wk
- -śas ind. by 5 syllables Lāṭy
- pañcâkṣarī f. 5 syllables Viddh
- -yantrôpadeśa m. -vidhāna n. -ṣaṭprayoga m. -stotra n. N. of wks
- pañcâkhyāna n. = ○ca-tantra (q.v.)
- -varttika n. N. of wk
- pañcâgni (mostly in comp.) = ○ca-tapas (q.v.), n. the 5 sacred fires (viz. Anvāhārya-pacana or Dakshiṇa, Gārhapatya, Āhavanīya, Sabhya, and Āvasathya) ; 5 mystic fires supposed to be present in the body W
- mfn. -"ṣca-tapas mfn. Kathās
- maintaining the 5 sacred fires KaṭhUp. Mn. &c
- acquainted with the doctrine of the 5 mystic fires W
- -ka n. N. of a partic. observance MānSr
- -tva n. a collection or aggregate of 5 fires or inflammatory passions Kathās
- -vidyā f. the (esoteric) doctrine of the 5 fires Śaṃk. (-prakaraṇa n. N. of wk.)
- -sādhana n. 'doing the 5 fire penance' (a form of self-mortification) Cat. (cf. pañcatapas)
- ○gny-ādhāna n. setting up the 5 sacred fires TBr. Sch
- pañcâṅga n. (mostly ibc.) 5 members or parts of the body Kir. ; 5 parts of a tree (viz. √, bark, leaf, flower, and fruit) L. ; 5 modes of devotion (viz. silent prayer, oblations, libations, bathing idols, and feeding Brāhmans) W. [Page 578, Column]
- any aggregate of 5 parts ib
- mf(ī)n. 5-limbed, 5-membered (with praṇāma m. obeisance made with the arms, knees, head, voice, and look Tantras.)
- having 5 parts or subdivisions Kāv. (also ○gika Suśr.)
- m. a tortoise or turtle L. (cf. pañcâṅga-gupta) a horse with 5 spots in various parts of his body L. (cf. pañca-bhadra)
- (ī), f. a bit for horses KātyŚr
- a kind of bandage Suśr
- n. a calendar or almanac (treating of 5 things, viy. solar days, lunar days, Nakshatras Yogas. and Karaṇas) L
- -kautuka n. -kaumudī f. -gaṇita n. N. of wks
- -gupta m. a tortoise or turtle L. (cf. pañca-g○)
- -tattva n. N. of wk
- -pattra n. a calendar or almanac L. ( See above)
- -phala n. -ratnâvalī f. -rudranyāsa m. -vinoda m. N. of wks
- -viprahīna and -vipratihīna m. N. of Buddha Divyâv
- -śuddhi f. the favourableness of 5 (astrological circumstances, viz. the solar day, lunar day, Nakshatra, Yoga, and Karaṇa) MW
- -śodha n. -saralī f. -sādhana n. (○na-grahôdāharaṇa n. ○nasāraṇī f.), -sāraṇī f. N. of wks
- ○ṅgâdika mfn. (a pantomime) dealing with 5 members (cf. above) &c., Malav. i, 6/7
- ○ṅgânayana n. N. of wk
- pañcâṅguri mfn. 5-fingered AV
- pañcâṅgula mfn. measuring 5 fingers
- m. Ricinus Communis (which has 5-lobed leaves) Suśr
- (ī), f. a species of shrub L
- pañcâṅguli mfn. 5 fingers broad Caṇḍ
- having 5 fingers or finger-like divisions W
- pañcâja n. the 5 products of the goat Suśr. (cf. ca-gavya)
- pañcâtapā f. doing penance with 5 fires KālP. (cf. ○ca-tapas)
- pañcâtmaka mfn. consisting of 5 elements (as the body), fivefold (-tva n.) ŚvetUp
- pañcâdhyāyī f. 'consisting of 5 chapters', N. of sev. wks
- pañcânana mfn. very fierce or passionate (lit. 5-faced) L
- m. N. of Śiva L. (cf. RTL. 79)
- a lion Vcar. (also at the end of names of learned men, e.g. jayarāma-p○, viśvanātha-p○)
- N. of partic. strong medic. preparations Rasar
- N. of an author and other men
- (i) f. N. of Durgā Rājat
- -deśa m. N. of a place Cat
- pañcânanda-māhātmya n. N. of wk
- pañcânugāna n. N. of sev. Sāmans ĀrshBr
- pañcāpañcī́nā f. N. of a partic. brick MaitrS
- pañcâpūpa mfn. having 5 cakes AV
- pañcâpsaras (R.),
- pañcâpsaḍrasa (BhP.), n. N. of a lake or pool, supposed to have been produced by Manda-karṇi (Śātakarṇi) through the power of his penance (so called because under it Mandakarni formed a secret chamber for 5 Apsaras who had seduced him)
- pañcâbja-maṇḍala n. N. of a mystical circle Tantras
- pañcâbdakhya mfn. existing for 5 years Mn. ii, 134
- pañcâmṛta n. sg. and pl. the 5 kinds of divine food (viz. milk, coagulated or sour milk, butter, honey, and sugar) Hcat
- the 5 elements Mālatīm. v, 2
- mfn. consisting of 5 ingredients (as a medicine) L
- n. the aggregate of any 5 drugs of supposed efficacy W
- N. of a Tantra
- ○tâbhiṣekaprakāra m. N. of wk
- pañcâmla n. sg. the aggregate of 5 acid plants (the jujube, pomegranate, sorrel, spondias, and citron) Bhpr
- pañcâyatana n. N. of a partic. ceremony (at which 5 symbols are used) RTL. 410-416
- -paddhati f. -pratiṣṭhā-paddhati f. and ○nártha-varṇa-śīrṣopaniṣad f. N. of wks
- pañcâyudha m. = ○ca-bāṇa, in -prapañca m. -ratna-mālā, f. -stava m. -stotra n. N. of wks
- páñcâra mfn. (a wheel) having 5 spokes RV
- pañcârcis m. 'having 5 rays', the planet Mercury VP
- pañcârtha n. sg. the 5 things (with Pāśupatas) Sarvad
- -bhāṣyadījiṣikā f. N. of wk
- pañcârṣeya mf(ī)n. one who is descended from 5 Ṛishis ĀpGṛ. Sch
- pañcā-vaṭa = pañca-v○, q.v
- pañcâvattá mfn. 5 times cut off or taken up, consisting of 5 Avadānas ŚBr
- n. (MānŚr.), -tā f. and -tva n. (KātyŚr. Sch.) 5 AṭAvadānas
- ○ttin mfn. one who offers oblations consisting of AṭAvadānas GṛS. KātyŚr. Sch
- ○ttī́ya mfn. offered in 5 Avadānas TBr
- pañcâvadāna n. the offering (of the Havis) in 5 Avadānas MānGṛ
- pañcâvayava mfn. consisting of 5 members or parts
- (with vākya) n. a 5-membered argument, a syllogism Tarkas
- pañcâvaraṇa-stotra n. N. of a Stotra
- pañcâvarta mf(ā)n. having 5 whirls ŚvetUp
- pañcâvastha m. a corpse (resolved into the 5 elements) Gal
- pañcâvika n. the 5 products of the sheep Suśr. (cf. pañca-gavya, ○câja),
- pañcāśīta mf(ī)n. the 85th (ch. of MBh. and Hariv.)
- pañcâśīti f. 85 (ch. of MBh.)
- N. of wk
- -tama mf(i)n. the 85th (ch. of MBh. and R.)
- pañcâśra mfn. 5-cornered Hcat
- pañcâsva m. 'having 5 horses', N. of a prince VP. [Page 578, Column]
- pañcâsuvandhura mfn. whose carriage-seats (?) are the 5 vital airs BhP
- pañcâstikāya m. N. of wk
- -bālâvabodha m. -saṃgraha-sūtra n. N. of wks
- pañcâsya mfn. 5-faced, 5-headed MBh. Hariv. ; 5-pointed (as an arrow) MBh
- m. a lion Kāv
- N. of a partic. strong medicine Rasar
- pañcâha m. a period of 5 days Kathās
- (○há), mfn. lasting 5 days
- m. a Soma oblation with 5 Sutyā days Br. ŚrS
- pañcâhika mfn. containing 5 feast days or festivals KātyŚr. Sch
- pañcêdhmīya n. (?) a nocturnal rite in which 5 torches &c. are used Āpast
- pañcêndra mfn. one who has the 5 Indrāṇīs as his deity Pāṇ. 1-2, 49 Sch
- -kalpa mfn. like 5 Indras MW
- ○dropâkhyāna (?), n. N. of wk
- pañcêndriya n. the 5 organs of sense (viz. the eye, ear, nose, tongue, and skin) or the 5 organs of action (viz. hands, feet, larynx, and organs of generation and excretion) W
- pl. N. of a tale
- mfn. having the 5 organs of sense MBh
- pañcêṣu m. = ○ca-bāṇa Kāv
- pañcôpacāraka mf(ikā)n. consisting of 5 oblations Śāktân
- pañcôpâkhyāna n. N. of the Pañca-tantra
- -saṃgraha m. N. of wk
- pañcâudana mfn. prepared with fivefold pulp of mashed grain &c. AV
- pañcaka mfn. consisting of 5, relating to 5, made of 5 &c. Mn. MBh. Suśr. Pur. ; 5 days old ( See below)
- bought with 5 Pāṇ. 5-1, 22 Sch
- (with śata n.) 5 percent Mn. Yājñ
- taking 5 per cent Pāṇ. 5-1, 47 Vārtt. 1 Pat
- m. any collection or aggregate of 5 W. (also n
- g. ardharcâdi)
- a partic. caste VP
- N. of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh
- of a son of Nahusha VP
- pl. the 5 first disciples of Gautama Buddha Jātakam
- (ikā), f. a book consisting of 5 Adhyāyas (as those of the AitBr.)
- N. of a game played with 5 shells Pāṇ. 2-1, 10 Sch
- n. an aggregate of 5, a pentad Hariv. Var. &c
- a field of battle L
- -mālā f. a kind of metre L
- -māsika mfn. one who receives or earns 5 per month Pāṇ. 5-4, 116 Vārtt. 4 Pat
- -vidhāna n. -vidhi m. N. of wks
- -śata n. 5 percent Bijag
- -śānti f. -śānti-vidhi m. N. of wks
- ○kâvalī f. a kind of metre L. (cf. Śiś. iii, 82 Sch.)
- ○kâṣṭaka-cayana-sūtra n. N. of wk
- pañcat mfn. consisting of five Pāṇ. 5-1, 60
- pañcataya mf(ī)n. fivefold, having five parts or limbs Kap
- Yog. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 42)
- pañcatha mfn. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 50) the fifth Kāṭh. [Cf. Zd. pukhdha
- Gk. ? ; Lat. quinctus, [578,] quintus for pinctus ; Lith. pénktas ; Goth. fimfta ; Germ. fū0nfte ; Angl. Sax. fifta ; Eng. fifth.]
- pañcathu m. time L
- the Koil or Indian cuckoo L
- páñcan pl. (said to be fr. √1. pac, to spread out the hand with its five fingers
- nom. acc. páñca AV. v, 15, 5 pañcá]
- instr. ○cábhis
- dat. abl. ○cábhyas
- loc. ○cásu [Class. also, ○cabhis, ○cabhyás, ○casú, Pāṇ. 6-1, 179 &c.]
- gen. ○cānā́m) five RV. &c. &c. (cf. under indriya, kṛṣṭi, carṣaṇi, jana, bhūta, mātra, yajña, svasṛ &c.) ; sg. N. of Kathās. xiv. [Cf. Zd. pañcan
- Gk. ?, Aeol. ? ; Lat. quinque ; Lith. [578,] penkí ; Goth. fimf ; Germ. fū0nf ; Angl. Sax. fif ; Eng. five.]
- pañcanī f. a chequered cloth for playing at draughts &c., a chess-board (= śāri-śṛṅkhatā) L
- pañcamá mf(ī)n. the fifth VS. AV. &c. &c. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 49)
- forming the 5th part (with or sc. aṃśa = 1/5) TBr. Mn. &c
- = rucira or dakṣa L
- m. (in music) the 5th (later 7th) note of the gamut (supposed to be produced by the air drawn from 5 parts of the body) MBh. Sāh
- -rāga Gīt
- the 21st Kalpa (called after the musical note) VāyuP
- the 5th consonant of a Varga (i.e. the nasal) VPrāt. Pāṇ. Sch
- N. of a Muni Cat
- (ī), f. See below
- n. the fifth part, 1/5 (cf. above and Pāṇ. 5-3, 49)
- copulation (as the 5th of the Tattvas of the Tā2ntrikas
- cf. pañca-tattva)
- (am), ind. for the fifth time, fifthly TBr. Mn. viii, 125
- ○bhāgīya mfn. belonging to the fifth part KātyŚr. ; 1/5 (of a Purusha) long, Śulbas
- ○rāga m. one of the Rāgas or musical modes Gīt
- ○vat mfn. having the 5th (note) Pāṇ. 5-2, 130 Sch
- ○vilāsa m
- ○sāra-saṃhitā f. N. of wks
- ○svara n. N. of a metre, Prasann
- pañcamâra m. (with Jainas) the 5th spoke in the wheel of time (also -ka) Śatr
- N. of a son of Bala-deva L. 2
- pañcamâsya m. (for 1. See p. 577, col. 1) the Indian cuckoo or Koil (as producing the 5th note of the scale with its mouth or throat) L
- pañcamaka mfn. the fifth, Śrut. [Page 578, Column]
- pañcamin mfn. being in the fifth (month or year) of one's age Pāṇ. 5-2, 130
- pañcamī f. (of ○ma, q.v.) the fifth day of the half month (sc. tithi), ŚrGṛS. MBh. &c
- the 5th or ablative case (or its terminations), a word in the ablative Pāṇ. 2-1, 12 &c
- a termination of the imperative Kāt
- (in music) a partic. Rāgiṇi or Mūrchanā
- a brick having the length of 1/5 (of a Purusha), Śulb
- = pañcanī L
- N. of Draupadi (who was the wife of 5
- cf. pāñcāli) L
- of a river MBh. VP
- ○kalpa m
- ○krama-kalpa-latā f
- ○varivasyā-rahasya n
- ○sādhana n
- ○sudhôdaya m
- ○stava m
- ○stava-rāja m. N. of wks
- pañcārī f. = pañcanī L
- pañcāśa mf(ī)n. the 50th(ch. of MBh. and R.)
- + 50 (e.g. ○śaṃ śatam, 150
- Pāṇ. 5-2, 46)
- pañcāśaka mf(ikā)n. 50 Pur
- (ikā), f. a collection or aggregate of 50 (cf. caura-pañcāśikā, ṣaṭ-p○)
- N. of sev. wks
- pañcāśac in comp. for ○śat
- ○chas ind. by fifties, 50 by 50 ĀśvGṛ
- pañcāśát f. (pañcan + daśaṭ
- cf. triṃ-śat, catvāriṃ-śat) fifty AV. &c. &c. (also mfn. pl. MBh. Hariv.) [Cf. Zd. pañcāśata
- Gk. ? ; Lat. quinquāginta.]
- ○tama mf(ī)n. the [578,] 50th (ch. of MBh. and Hariv.)
- -vārṣa KātyŚr. Sch
- ○paṇika mfn. (a fine) consisting of 50 Paṇas Yājñ
- ○palika mfn. having the weight of 50 Palas ib. Hcat
[[]]
- pañcāśatsahasrīmahākālasaṃhitā3pañcāśát--sahasrī-mahākālasaṃhitā f. N. of wk
- pañcāśata n. (MBh.),
- pañcāśaḍti f. (Rājat.) fifty
- pañcāśatka mf(ā)n. consisting of 50 Car. 50 years old Kām
- pañcāśad in comp. for ○śat
- ○gāthā f. N. of a Jaina wk
- ○dhā ind. in fifty parts R
- ○bhāga m. the 50th part Mn. vii, 130
- ○varṣa mfn. 50 years old (-tā f.) ĀśvŚr
- pañcāśā f. fifty Hcat. (wrongly divided into pañcan + āśā)
- pañci m. N. of a man (son of Nahusha) VP
- pañcika mfn. having the length of 5 Sulbas
- (ā), f. See under pañcaka
- pañcin mfn. divided into 5, consisting of 5, five fold AitBr. Lāṭy
- pañcī in comp. for ○ca = ○can
- ○karaṇa n. (√1. kṛ) making into 5, causing anything to contain all the 5 elements Vedântas
- N. of sev. wks
- -tātparya-candrikā f. -prakriya- f. -mahāvākyârtha m. (and ○tha-bodha, m.), -vārttika n. (and ○kâbharaṇa n.), -vivaraṇa n. -viveka m. ○ṇânandâkhyā f. N. of wks
- ○kṛta mfn. made into 5 (cf. above) Vedântas
- -ṭīkā f. N. of wk
- pañcālá m.pl. (fr. pañcan
- cf. pātāla) N. of a warrior-tribe and their country in the north of India ŚBr. Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. apara-, pūr. va-)
- of a Vedic school ŚBr. RPrāt
- (sg.) a man belonging to the tribe of the Pañcālas L
- a king of the Pañcālas MBh. (cf. pāñc○)
- N. of Śiva ib
- of a man brought by Vishvak-sena to the childless Gaṇdūsha Hariv
- of a serpent-demon L
- a partic. venomous insect MW
- n. (?) N. of a metre Col
- (ī), f. a doll, puppet Kād
- a style of singing L
- a chequered cloth for playing at draughts &c. W
- ○caṇḍa m. N. of a teacher AitĀr
- ○padavṛtti f. (prob.) a kind of hiatus L
- ○rāja or m. a king of PṭPañcālas MW
- ○rājan m. a king of PṭPañcālas MW
- pañcālaka mfn. relating to the Pañcālas MBh. (prob. wṛ. for pāñc○)
- m. pl. the Pañcālas BhP
- (sg.) a species of venomous insect Suśr
- (ikā), f. a doll L
- a style of singing L
- pañci m. N. of a man VP
- pañchihila mṆ. of a man Inscr
- pañj pañjaka, pañjara &c. See under √paj. p. 575, col. 2
- pañjala m. a kind of bulbous plant L
- pañji or pañjī f. the ball of cotton from which thread is spun L
- (ī), f. an almanac, calendar, register L
- pañji-kāraka m. -pañjikā-k○ L
- pañjī-kara m. id. L
- pañjikā f. = [paJj�I] L
- a perpetual commentary which explains and analyses every word (also = kātantra-vṛttip○)
- a book in which receipts and expenditure are entered L
- the register or record of human actions kept by Yama L
- ○kāraka m. a writer, a man of the Kāyastha tribe
- an almanacmaker
- ○pradīpa m. N. of wk. [Page 579, Column]
- paṭ cl. 1. P. paṭati, to go, move Dhātup. ix, 9
- to flow (pf. papāṭa) Śiś. vi, 72
- to split, open, burst asunder (intr.) Hcar
- cl. 10. or Caus. paṭayati, to string together, wrap (granthe, or veṣṭane
- cf. paṭa) Dhātup. xxxv, 5
- pāṭayati, to speak or shine Dhātup. xxxiii, 79
- ○ti or (MBh.) ○te, to split, burst (trans.), cleave, tear, pierce, break, pluck out, remove Up. Yājñ. MBh. &c.: Pass. pātyate, to split, burst, open (intr.) Suśr
≫paṭa
- paṭa m. (n. L
- ifc. f. ā) woven cloth, cloth, a blanket, garment, veil, screen MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. marut-, vāta-)
- a painted piece of cloth, a picture Yājñ. Kād
- monastic habit Kāraṇḍ
- a kind of bird Lalit
- Buchanania Latifolia L
- = puras-kṛta L
- (ī), f. a narrow piece of cloth, the hem or edge of a garment Bālar. Hcar
- the curtain of a stage L. (cf. apaṭī)
- n. a thatch or roof (= paṭala) L
- ○kāra m. a weaver
- a painter L
- ○kuṭī f. a tent of wool or felt KātyŚr. Sch
- ○gata mfn. 'being on cloth', painted MBh
- ○caura m. a cloth-stealer L
- ○bhedana n. = puṭa-bh○ L
- ○maṇḍapa m. 'canvas-house', a tent Ragh
- ○maya mf(ī)n. made of cloth
- n. (scil. gṛha) = prec. Śiś. vi, 24
- ○vardhana m. N. of a family Cat
- ○vādya n. (in music) a kind of cymbal
- ○vāpa m. wṛ. for next. -1
- ○vāsa m. a tent L. -2
- ○vāsa m. a petticoat L. -3
- ○vāsa m. perfumed powder (-tā f.) Ratnâv
- ○vāsaka m. = prec. 3. ib
- N. of a serpent-demon MBh
- ○vāsinī f. a kind of woman L
- ○veśman n. a tent Śiś
- ○śātaka m. or n. = pārīraṇa L
- paṭâkṣepa m. the not tossing or pushing aside of the stage-curtain (Prob. wṛ. for paṭī-kṣepa
- cf. also apaṭī-kṣepa)
- paṭâñcala m. the hem or edge of a garment Mālatīm
- paṭânta m. id. MBh. Hariv. Ratnâv
- paṭântaram or (prob.) wṛ. for ○ntam Śak. (Pi.) iii, 26/27 (79/80)
- paṭântaḍre (prob.) wṛ. for ○ntam Śak. (Pi.) iii, 26/27 (79/80)
- paṭī-kṣepa m. (dram.) the tossing aside of the stage-curtain
- ○peṇa-pra-√viś, to enter in a hurry Bālar
- paṭôṭaja n. (L.) a mushroom
- a tent
- sunshine (?)
- paṭôttarīya n. an upper garment (of cloth) Mṛicch
- paṭâuka prob. = next
- -śrī-darpaṇa m. N. of wk
- paṭâukas n. a tent L
- paṭaka m. cotton-cloth L
- a camp, encampment L
- the half of a village L. (vḷ. for pāṭ○)
- paṭará m. or n. a ray (of sunlight) AV
- (ī), f. g. gaurâdi
- (paṭará), m. N. of the third of the 7 suns TĀr. VP. (vḷ. paṭala)
- N. of Varuṇa TĀr. ('having a cloth-like skin' Sāy.)
- paṭaraka m. a species of plant (= gundra) L
- paṭala n. (and rarely ī f.) a roof, thatch Var
- a veil, cover Kāv. Pur. Sāh. (ifc. f. ā)
- a basket, chest, box Bālar
- a heap, mass, multitude (esp. in comp. with a word denoting 'cloud') MBh. Kāv. &c
- n. or m. an enclosing or surrounding skin or membrane (esp. of the eyes), a film over the eyes, cataract &c. Suśr. Kāraṇḍ
- a chip, piece, portion Kād
- a section or chapter of a book (esp. of RPrāt.)
- n. train, retinue L
- a (sectarian or ornamental) mark on the forehead or other parts of the body with sandal-wood L
- m. vḷ. for paṭara ( See above)
- mf. a tree or a stalk (vṛkṣa vḷ. vṛnta) L
- ○prânta m. the edge of a roof. L
- paṭalâṃśuka m. the cover of the veil (of darkness), Śāh
- paṭalânta m. = ○la-prânta L
- paṭalaka m. or n. a cover, screen, veil Kād
- a little chest or box or basket ib. Kathās
- (ikā), f. = prec. Nalac
- heap, mass, multitude Kāv
≫paṭi
- paṭi f. a kind of cloth Pañc. (cf. paṭī under paṭa)
- = vāguli L
- a species of plant L
- paṭikā f. woven cloth Līl
- ○vetra-vāna-vikalpa m. a partic. art Cat. (cf. paṭṭikā-vetra-bāṇa-v○)
- paṭac-cara m. (fr. next + cara ?) a thief or robber MBh. (Nīlak. 'a class of Asuras')
- pl. N. of a people MBh
- n. old or ragged clothes, a worn garment Kād. Bālar
- paṭat onomat. (also paṭat-paṭad-iti, paṭat-paṭ-iti and paṭat-paṭêti) L
- paṭatka-kantha n. N. of a town, g. cihaṇâdi
- paṭapaṭā onomat. (with √kri, bhū
- and as) L
- paṭapaṭāya Nom. P. Ā. ○yati, ○te L
- paṭabhākṣa m. a kind of optical instrument Daś. (Sch.)
- paṭaha m. (rarely n. or f. ī) a kettledrum, a war-drum, drum, tabor (acc. with √dā, or Caus. of √dā or √bhram, to proclaim anything by the sound of a drum) MBh. Kāv. &c. [Page 579, Column]
- m. beginning L
- hurting L
- ○ghoṣaka m. a crier who beats a drum before making a proclamation Kathās
- ○ghoṣaṇā f. a proclamation made by beating a drum (acc. with √dā &c. as above) ib
- ○tā f. the noise or function of a dṭdrum Megh
- ○dhvani m. the sound of a dṭdrum
- mfn. sounding like a drum MW
- ○prôdghoṣaṇa and n. = -ghoṣaṇā Kathās
- ○bhramaṇa n. = -ghoṣaṇā Kathās
- ○śabda m. = -dhvani m. Pañc
- paṭahânantara mfn. (speech) accompanied by the sound of a drum Kathās
- paṭahī-vādaka m. a drummer Pañcad
- paṭāka m. a bird Uṇ. iv, 14 Sch. (cf. paiṭ○)
- (ā), f. a flag, banner L. (cf. patākā)
- paṭālukā f. a leech L. (cf. jalukā, &c.)
- paṭi See under paṭa, col. 1
- paṭiman paṭiṣṭha, paṭīyas, See under paṭu below
- paṭisa wṛ. for paṭṭiśa
- paṭīra m. (√paṭ?) the sandal tree Bhpr
- a ball for playing with or a thorn (kanduka, or kaṇṭaka) L
- the god of love L
- n. (only L.) Catechu
- the belly
- a sieve
- a radish
- a field
- a cloud
- bamboo manna
- height
- catarrh
- = haraṇīya
- ○māruta m. wind that comes from sandal trees or is produced by fanning with a kind of sieve Hcar
- paṭu mf(u, or vii)n. (√paṭ?) sharp, pungent, acrid, harsh, shrill, keen, strong, intense, violent MBh. Kāv. &c
- smart, clever, skilful, crafty, cunning ib
- great or strong in, fit for, able to
- capable of (loc. or comp.) ib
- saline (cf. tri-)
- cruel, hard L
- healthy L
- eloquent L. (cf. vāk-)
- clear, manifest L
- m. Trichosanthes Dioeca or its leaf L
- Momordica Charantia L
- Nigella Indica L
- a kind of perfume L
- a species of camphor L
- N. of a man Pravar
- of a poet Cat
- (pl.) of a people MārkP
- of a caste VP
- m. n. a mushroom L
- n. salt, pulverized salt L
- ○karaṇa mfn. having sound organs ML
- ○kalpa mfn. tolerably clever Pāṇ. 5-3, 67 Sch
- ○ghaṇṭā f. a shrill bell MBh
- ○jātīya mfn. of a clever sort Daś. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-3, 69 Sch.)
- ○tara mfn. more or very sharp or clever &c. (am ind.) Kāv
- -gir mfn. having a shriller voice Vikr
- -vana-dâha m. a raging forest-fire, Ṛit
- -viveka mfn. of keen understanding Bhartṛ
- ○tā f. See vāk-paṭutā
- ○tṛṇaka n. a kind of pungent grass L
- ○tva n. sharpness, acuteness, keenness, cleverness Kāv. Hit
- ○deśīya or mfn. = -kalpa Pāṇ. 5-3, 67 Sch
- ○deśya mfn. = -kalpa Pāṇ. 5-3, 67 Sch
- ○pattrikā f. a species of shrub L
- ○parṇikā f. a species of plant L
- ○parṇī f. Bryonia Grandis L
- ○mat m. N. of a prince VP
- ○mati mfn. clever-minded Kāv
- ○mitra m. N. of a prince VP
- ○rūpa mfn. very clever W. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-3, 66)
- paṭiman m. sharpness, pungency &c., Sṛiṅgār. (cf. g. pṛthv-ādi)
- paṭiṣṭha mfn. very sharp or clever or skilful (cf. vacana-)
- paṭīyas mfn. sharper, more clever
- also = prec
- very able to or fit for (loc. or inf.) Śiś. i, 18 ; 59
- paṭuka m. Trichosanthes Dioeca L
- paṭū-√kṛ to sharpen, stimulate, raise, increase Jātakam
- paṭuśa m. N. of a Rākshasa MBh
- paṭusa m. N. of a prince Hariv. (vḷ. praghasa)
- paṭola m. (cf. paṭu, paṭuka) Trichosanthes Dioeca
- n. its fruit Suśr. Pañc
- a kind of cloth L
- (ī), f. a species of small cucumber L
- paṭolaka m. an oyster (= śukti) L
- (ikā), f. = paṭolī L. (cf. dīrgha-paṭolikā)
- paṭaurá m. (Padap. paṭa + ūra?) a partic. member of the body AV
- paṭṭa m. (fr. pattra?) a slab, tablet (for painting or writing upon) MBh
- (esp.) a copper plate for inscribing royal grants or orders (cf. tāmra-)
- the flat or level surface of anything (cf. lalāṭa-, śilā-) MBh. Kāv. &c
- a bandage, ligature, strip, fillet (of cloth, leather &c.) MBh. Suśr
- a frontlet, turban (5 kinds, viz. those of kings, queens, princes, generals, and the prasāda-paṭṭas, or turban of honour [Page 579, Column]
- VarBṛS. xlix), tiara, diadem MBh. Kāv. Rājat. (ifc. f. ā)
- cloth (= paṭa)
- coloured or fine cloth, woven silk (= kauśeya) Kāv. Pañc. (cf. cīna-p○, paṭṭâṃśuka &c.)
- an upper or outer garment Bhaṭṭ
- a place where 4 roads meet (= catuṣ-patha) L
- Corchorus Olitorius W
- = vidūṣaka Gal
- N. of sev. men Rājat
- (ī), f. a forehead ornament L
- a horse's food-receptacle (= tāla-sāraka) L
- a species of Lodhra L
- a city, town (cf. -nivasana)
- ○karman4 n. making cloth, weaving Pañc
- ○ma-kara m. a weaver ib
- ○kila m. (for khila?) the tenant (by royal edict) of a piece of land Vet
- ○ja n. a kind of cloth MBh
- ○talpa m. a silken bed Vet
- ○devī f. a turbaned queen, the principal wife of a king Rājat
- ○dola m. (or ○lā f. ?) a swing made of cloth Mṛicch. iv, 26/27
- ○nivasana m. a town-dweller, citizen Daś
- ○bandha m. or binding or crowning the head with a turban or tiara L
- ○banḍdhana n. binding or crowning the head with a turban or tiara L
- ○mahādevī or f. = -devii L
- ○mahiṣī f. = -devii L
- ○raṅga
- ○rañjaka
- ○rañjana and n. Caesalpina Sappan (a plant used in dyeing) L
- ○rañjanaka n. Caesalpina Sappan (a plant used in dyeing) L
- ○rāga m. sandal L
- ○rājñī f. = -devii L
- ○lakṣaṇa n. 'description of various turbans', N. of VarBṛS. xlix
- ○vastra n. a kind of cloth (○trântarī-√kṛ, to wrap in that cloth) Suśr
- mfn. = next
- ○vāsas mfn. attired in coloured cloth or wove silk MBh
- ○vāsitā f. a kind of head-ornament L
- ○śāka n. a species of pot-herb L
- ○śāṭaka = paṭa-ś○ L
- ○śālā f. 'cloth-house', a tent Hcat
- ○sūtra n. a silk thread
- -kāra m. a silk-weaver (N. of a class of Hindus who are feeders of silk-worms &c.) Col
- -maya mf(ī)n. made of silk-thread Hcat
- ○stha mfn. 'standing on cloth', painted Hariv
- paṭṭâṃśuka n. a kind of garment (prob. made of silk), Ratnâv. (cf. aṃśu-paṭṭa)
- paṭṭâbhirāma m. N. of an author (also -śāstrin) Cat
- -tippaṇī, t., -śāstri-pattra n. ○rāmīya n. N. of wks
- paṭṭâbhiṣeka m. consecration of a tiara KātyŚr. Sch
- paṭṭârohā f. = next W
- paṭṭârhā f. = paṭṭa-devii
- paṭṭâvali f. N. of a class of wks
- paṭṭêśvara-māhātmya n. N. of ch. of BhavP
- paṭṭôpadhāna n. a silken pillow or cushion Kād
- paṭṭôpâdhyāya m. the writer of royal grants or documents &c. Rājat
- paṭṭôlikā f. (for ○ṭṭâval○?) a title deed, a written legal opinion L
- paṭṭaka m. a board or plate (esp. for writing upon). Rājat. Kathās
- a bandage, girdle Hcat
- (ikā), f. a tablet, plate Naish. Sch
- a bandage, ribbon, piece of cloth, fillet Rājat. Kathās. BhP
- cloth, wove silk
- a species of Lodhra L
- N. of a woman L
- n. a document on a plate Rājat
- a bandage, piece of cloth Suśr
- paṭṭāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to be like a plate of (comp.) Kād
- paṭṭi (prob.) = paṭi
- ○kāra m. (ī f.) a silk-weaver (?). L
- ○lodhra and m. a species of Lodhra L
- ○loḍdhraka m. a species of Lodhra L
- paṭṭikā f. of paṭṭaka, q.v
- ○"ṣkhya (○kâkh○), m. a species of tree Bhpr
- ○lodhra m. a species of Lodhra ib
- ○vāpaka prob. wṛ. for
- ○vāyaka m. a silk-weaver, ribbon-maker R
- ○vetra-bāṇa-vikalpa m. N. of a partic. art BhP. Sch. (cf. paṭikā-vetra-vāna-v○)
- paṭṭin m. a kind of Lodhra Bhpr
- paṭṭila m. Guilandina Bonduc L
- paṭṭana n. a city (cf. deva-pallī-, dharma-, and pattana)
- (ī), f. id. L
- paṭṭalā f. a district, a community Cat. (cf. pattalā)
- paṭṭava m. or n. (?) a kind of cloth Rājat. v, 161 (wṛ. for paṭṭa-ja?)
- paṭṭāra m. or n. (?) N. of a district, g. dhūmâdi
- paṭṭi m. pl. N. of a people VP. (cf. patti)
- paṭṭikā See above
- paṭṭiśa m. a spear with a sharp edge or some other weapon with three points MBh. R. &c. (written also paṭṭisa, paṭisa and paṭṭīsa)
- paṭṭiśin mfn. armed with the weapon called Paṭṭiśa MBh. Hariv
- paṭṭu-bhaṭṭa m. N. of an author (1416) Cat. [Page 580, Column]
- paṭṭeraka m. Cyperus Hexastachyus Communis L
- paṭh cl. 1. P. (Dhātup. ix, 45) paṭhati (○te MBh. &c
- pf. papāṭha ib
- aor. [ap�AThIt] Gr
- fut. paṭhiṣyati, paṭhitā ib
- ind. p. paṭhitvā Kāv.), to read or repeat aloud, to recite, rehearse TĀr. MBh. &c
- to repeat or pronounce the name of a god, to invoke (acc., also with nāmabhis) MBh. Hariv
- to read or repeat or recite to one's self, to peruse, study Mn. R. BhP. Hit
- to teach, cite, quote, mention, express, declare Lāṭy. MBh. BhP. Suśr
- to learn from (abl.) BhP.: Pass. paṭhyate, to be read or recited or taught or mentioned &c. MBh. Hariv.: Caus. pāṭhayati (aor. apīpaṭhat Pāṇ. 7-4, 1 Sch
- fut. pāṭhayiṣyati Kathās
- Pass. pāṭhyate Hit.), to cause or teach to speak or read, to teach, instruct in (with double acc. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 1-4, 52)
- to read, recite Kathās.: Intens. pāpaṭhīti, pāpaṭhyate, to recite often or repeatedly Kathās
- to read or study diligently Var
- paṭha m. reading, recitation (?, See comp.)
- N. of a serpent-demon MBh
- ○mañjarī
- ○samañjarī f. (in music) N. of Rāgiṇīs
- ○haṃsikā f. N. of a Rāga
- paṭhaka m. a reader, reciter
- paṭhana n. reciting, reading, studying, mentioning Kāv. Pur. Sch. Cat
- paṭhanâdhinātha m. a master in reading or studying Cat
- paṭhanīya mfn. fit to be read or studied, legible, readable Vop. Mṛicch. Sch
- paṭhi f. = paṭhana L
- paṭhita mfn. recited, read, studied, mentioned MBh. Kāv. Suśr. &c
- ○tva n. the being mentioned Hcat
- ○siddha mfn. effective on being (merely) recited Kathās
- -sārasvata-stotra n. N. of wk
- paṭhitâṅga m. or n. a kind of girdle BhavP
- paṭhitavya mfn. to be studied or read or mentioned Pat. MārkP
- ○tva n. the being to be studied &c. Nyāyam. Sch
- paṭhiti f. N. of a partic. figure of speech Cat
- paṭhitṛ mfn. reading, a reader W
- páṭharvan m. N. of a man RV
- paḍ in comp. for pad, or pal, q.v
- ○gṛbhi (páḍ-), m. N. of a demon or a man RV
- ○bīśa (RV. TS. AV.),
- ○vīśa (VS.) or (páḍ-), n. a fetter, (esp.) a fetter for the foot of a horse
- ○viṃśa (páḍ-), n. a fetter, (esp.) a fetter for the foot of a horse
- (-śaṅku m. a post for tying to ŚBr.) ; m. a place for fettering, halting-place TBr. [Lat. vincio, vinculum?]
- paṇ cl. 1. Ā. (Dhātup. xii, 6) páṇate (ep. also ○ti
- pf. peṇe Gr
- aor. apaṇiṣṭa Bhaṭṭ
- fut. paṇiṣyate, ○ṇitā ib.), to honour, praise Naigh. iii, 14
- to barter, purchase, buy Br. MBh
- to negotiate, bargain Āpast
- to bet, stake, lay a wager, play for (with gen. [e.g. prâṇā-nām Bhaṭṭ
- Pāṇ. 2-3, 57. Kāś.] or acc. [e.g. kṛṣṇāṃ] MBh.)
- to risk or hazard (as a battle) MBh
- to win anything (instr.) from (acc.) ib.: Caus. paṇayati (aor. apīpaṇat), to negotiate, bargain Kāv. (Cf. paṇāya and √pan.)
≫paṇa
- paṇa m. (ifc. f. ā) play, gaming, playing for a stake, a bet or a wager (with gen
- loc. or ifc
- paṇaṃ-√kṛ, to make a bet
- paṇe ni-√as, to stake at play) Yājñ. MBh. R. &c
- a compact stipulation, agreement, treaty Kathās. Vet. Hit
- the thing staked or the sum played for, wages, hire, reward MBh. Mṛicch. Kathās
- a weight of copper used as a coin (= 20 Māshas = 4 Kākinīs) Mn. Yājñ
- a partic. measure Pāṇ. 3-3, 66 ('a handful' Sch.)
- a commodity for sale L
- price L
- wealth, property L
- business L
- a publican or distiller L
- a house, dwelling (gṛha wṛ. for glaha?) L
- ○kāla m. time for playing MBh
- ○kriyā f. putting in a stake, play or contest for (comp.) Bālar
- ○krīta mfn. received as hire or reward Hcat
- ○granthi m. a fair, market L
- ○tā f
- ○tva n. the state of condition of a pledge or stake
- price, value W
- ○dhā f. Panicum Verticillatum L. (cf. paṇyaṃ-dha and paṇyândhā)
- ○bandha m. making a treaty, making peace Ragh
- a bet or wager (also -na n.) Daś
- ○sundarī (HPariś.),
- ○strī (Mṛicch.), f. a venal woman, a prostitute, harlot
- paṇâṅganā f. id. L
- paṇârdha m. or n. (?) half a Paṇa (coin) Kāv
- paṇârpaṇa n. making an agreement, contract W
- paṇârha mfn. fit to be laid as a wager MW
- paṇâsthi and n. Cypraea Moneta, a cowrie L. [Page 580, Column]
- sthika n. Cypraea Moneta, a cowrie L. [Page 580, Column]
- páṇana n. purchasing, buying ŚBr
- sale, selling, dealing in (comp.) L
- betting W
- paṇanīya mfn. to be laid as a wager, negotiable MW
- paṇayitṛ m. a seller Mālatīm
- paṇasa m. a commodity, an article of sale or commerce L
- Artocarpus Integrifolia L
- paṇāya Nom. P. Ā. ○yati, to honour, praise L
- paṇāya Nom. P. Ā. ○yati id. Pāṇ. 3-1, 28 Naigh. iii, 14 (vḷ. ○te)
- to sell (inf. ○yitum) Kathās
- paṇāyā f. business, transaction L
- a market-place W
- paṇāyita mfn. praised, transacted W
- paṇāyitṛ m. a seller Mālatīm
- paṇā́yya mfn. praiseworthy, laudable ŚBr
≫paṇi
- paṇí m. a bargainer, miser, niggard (esp. one who is sparing of sacrificial oblations) RV. AV
- N. of a class of envious demons watching over treasures RV. (esp. x, 108) AV. ŚBr
- a thief appearing as a Purohita BhP
- a market L
- paṇika See pañcāśat-p○
- paṇita mfn. praised or transacted as business L
- betted, staked MBh
- one who has betted or wagered ib. i, 1225
- n. (also -ka L.) a bet, wager, stake MBh
- paṇitavya mfn. vendible, negotiable Pāṇ. 3-1, 101
- to be praised W
- paṇitṛ m. a trader, seller Naish
- paṇin m. N. of a man Pāṇ. 6-4, 165 (cf. pāṇina and ○ni)
- paṇī-√kṛ to bet or stake at play (-kṛta mfn. Cat.)
- paṇya mfn. to be praised or commended ĀpŚr
- to be bought or sold, vendible ( See n. and comp.)
- to be transacted L
- (ā), f. Cardiospermum Halicacabum L
- n. (ifc. f. ā) an article of trade, a ware, commodity ŚBr. Kauś. Gobh. MBh. &c
- trade, traffic, business Kām. Kāv. (cf. jñāna-)
- a booth, shop Daś
- ○kambala m. Pāṇ. 6-2, 42 Vārtt. 2 Pat
- ○jana m. a trader Var
- ○tā f. the being praiseworthy or (and) an article of trade Kāv
- ○dāsī f. a hired female servant Daś
- ○ṃ-dha m. (or -dhā f.) Panicum Verticillatum L. (cf. paṇyândhā and paṇa-dhā)
- ○pati m. a great merchant, large trader (-tva n.) R
- ○pariṇītā f. a concubine Divyâv
- ○phala-tva n. prosperity or profit in trade W
- ○bhūta mfn. being an article of trade Mṛicch
- ○bhumi f. a place where goods are stored, a warehouse (guṇa-paṇya-bh○, receptacle of all virtues) Inscr
- ○mūlya n. the price of a commodity W
- ○yoṣit f. a venal woman, courtesan, harlot Mn
- ○vat mfn. furnished with many goods or commodities R
- ○varcas n. Vop. vi, 78
- ○vikraya m. trade, commerce Car
- -śālā f. a market-place, bazar L
- ○yin m. a trader, merchant R
- ○vilāsinī f. = -yoṣit Kathās
- Unguis Odoratus L
- ○vīthikā (L.),
- ○vīthī (Vāsav.), f. a place of sale, market
- ○śālā f. a bazar or shop L
- ○strī f. = -yoṣit Var. Kāv. Rājat
- ○homa m. a sacrifice consisting of wares ĀpGṛ
- paṇyâṅganā f. = -yoṣit Bhartṛ. Kathās
- paṇyâjira n. a market L
- paṇyâjīva m. 'living by trade', a tradesman L
- n. (also -ka) a market W
- paṇyândhā f. Panicum Verticillatum L. (cf. paṇa-dhā and paṇyaṃ-dha)
- paṇyârha mfn. fit for sale, vendible W
- paṇaphara n. (fr. ?) the astrological house following upon a Kendra (q.v.) Var
- paṇava m. (prob. fr. pra-ṇava) a small drum or a kind of cymbal (used to accompany singing) MBh. Kāv. (also ā f. L.)
- a kind of metre Col. (vḷ. pan○)
- N. of a prince VP
- paṇavin mfn. possessing a drum (applied to Śiva) MBh
- paṇḍ (prob. invented to serve as the √of the words below), cl. 1. Ā. paṇḍate, to go, move Dhātup. viii, 29
- cl. 10. P. paṇḍayati, to heap together, pile up (vḷ. for piṇḍ), xxxii, 130 Vop
- cl. 1. or 10. P. paṇḍati, ○ḍayati, to destroy, annihilate, xxxii, 73 (vḷ. for paṃs)
- paṇḍa m. a eunuch, weakling Nār. (cf. paṇḍra, ṣaṇḍa)
- (ā), f. See below
- paṇḍâpūrva n. non-occurrence of the results of fate or destiny L
- páṇḍaka m. = paṇḍa MaitrS. Yājñ. Kām. Daśar. (-tva, n. Kāṭh.)
- m. N. of one of the sons of the third Manu Savarṇa
- páṇḍaga m. (prob.) = paṇḍa, ○ḍaka AV. [Page 580, Column]
- paṇḍā f. wisdom, knowledge, learning L. (cf. g. tārakâdi)
- ○vat m. a learned man L
- paṇḍitá mfn. (according to some, for spandita) learned, wise, shrewd, clever, skilful in, conversant with (loc. or comp
- Pāṇ. 2-1, 40) ŚBr. Up. MBh. &c
- m. a scholar, a learned man, teacher, philosopher, a Pandit MBh. Kāv. &c
- N. of a man (= ○taka) MBh
- of a Brāhman changed into an antelope Hariv
- incense L
- ○kara-bhiṇḍi-pāla m. N. of wk
- ○jātīya mfn. of a clever sort, rather learned, wise Divyâv. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-3, 69)
- ○tā f. (Bhartṛ.),
- ○tva n. (Mṛicch.) learning, knowledge, wisdom, cleverness, skill
- ○paritoṣa m. N. of wk
- ○pīḍā-viśārada m. N. of a man Kautukas
- ○praśnôttara n. N. of wk
- ○mānika (MBh.),
- ○mānin (ib. R.),
- ○m-manya (Kād. Prab.),
- ○m-manyamāna (KaṭhUp.), mfn. fancying one's self learned or clever, an ignorant and conceited person
- ○rāja m. 'prince of learned men', N. of any great scholar
- (esp.) of Jagan-nātha (1600)
- of another man BhP
- -kṛti f. -śataka n. N. of wks
- ○vādin mfn. pretending to be wise MW
- ○vaidya and m. N. of authors Cat
- ○śaśin m. N. of authors Cat
- ○śiromaṇi m. N. of Rāmakṛishṇa-bhaṭṭa Cat
- ○śrī-vara m. N. of an author ib
- ○sabhā f. an assembly of Pandits or literati MW
- ○sarvasva n. N. of wk
- ○sūri and m. N. of authors Cat
- ○svāmin m. N. of authors Cat
- paṇḍitâhlādinī f. N. of wk
- paṇḍitaka mfn. wise, learned, pedantic MBh
- m. N. of a son of Dhṛiṭa-rāshṭra ib
- paṇḍitāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to become learned or wise, g. bhṛśâdi
- paṇḍitiman m. wisdom, learning, scholarship, g. dṛḍhâdi
- paṇḍu m. (prob.) wṛ. for next
- paṇḍra or m. a eunuch, impotent man Sāh. MārkP. (cf. paṇḍa, ṣaṇḍa)
- paṇḍḍraka m. a eunuch, impotent man Sāh. MārkP. (cf. paṇḍa, ṣaṇḍa)
- paṇḍālu m. or f. or n. a kind of pot-herb Śrīkaṇṭh
- pat cl. 4. Ā. (Dhātup. xxvi, 50) pátyate, to be master, reign, rule, govern, control, own, possess, dispose of (acc. or instr.) RV
- to partake of, share in (loc.) ib
- to be fit or serve for (dat.) ib. [Prob. Nom. of páti ; Lat. potiri.]
- pat cl. 1. P. (Dhātup. xx, 15) pátati (ep. also ○te
- pf. papāta, paptimá, petátur, paptúr
- paptivás RV
- papatyāt AV
- aor. apaptat RV
- Pass. apāti Br
- fut. patiṣ-yáti AV
- ○te, patitā MBh
- Cond. apatiṣyat Br
- inf. patitum ib. &c. &c
- ind. p. patitvā́ AV. Br
- -pátya or -pā́tam Br.), to fly, soar, rush on RV. &c. &c
- to fall down or off, alight, descend (with acc. or loc.), fall or sink (with or without adhas or narake, 'to go down to hell'
- with caraṇau or ○ṇayoḥ, 'to fall at a person's feet') Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
- to fall (in a moral sense), lose caste or rank or position ChUp. Mn. Yājñ. &c
- to light or fall upon, fall to a person's share (loc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- to fall or get into or among (loc.) Kathās. Hit
- to occur, come to pass, happen Pañc.: Caus. patáyati, to fly or move rapidly along RV. VS
- to speed (trans
- cf. patayát)
- ○te, to drive away or throw down (?) RV. i, 169, 7
- pātáyati (ep. also ○te
- aor. apīpatat AV
- Pass. pātyate MBh. &c.), to let fly or cause to fall, to fling, hurl, throw AV. &c. &c
- to lay low, bring down (lit. and fig.), overthrow, ruin, destroy MBh. R. &c. to throw upon or in, lay on (loc.) Kāv. Suśr
- (with or scil. ātmānam) to throw one's self MBh. Mṛicch
- to cut off (a head) Hariv
- to knock out (teeth) BhP
- to pour out or shed (water, tears) MBh. Hariv
- to kindle (fire) Pañc
- to cast (dice) Hariv. Kathās
- to turn, direct, fix (eyes) R
- to impose or inflict (punishment) Mn. Yājñ
- to set in motion, set on foot Rājat. v, 173
- to seduce to, betray into (loc.) Kathās
- (with dvedhā) to divide in two ŚBr
- to subtract Jyot. Sch
- (Ā.) to rush on, hasten RV. viii, 46, 8: Desid. pipatiṣati (AV. MaitrS. ŚBr.) and pitsati (Pāṇ. 7-4, 54), to be about to fly or fall: Intens. panīpatyate or ○pātīti Pāṇ. 7-4, 84. [Cf. Zd. pat
- Gk. ? ; Lat. peto.] [580,]
≫pat
- pat mfn. flying, falling (ifc
- cf. akṣi-pát)
≫pata
- pata m. flying, falling (cf. g. pacâdi and jvalâdi)
- ○ga m. a winged or flying animal, bird Mn. MBh. &c
- the sky-flying luminary, i.e. the sun MBh
- N. of one of the 5 fires in the Svadhākāra Hariv
- -pati m. 'lord of birds', N. of Garuḍa Mṛicch. [Page 581, Column]
- -pannaga m. pl. birds and serpents R
- -rāja m. 'king of birds', N. of Garuḍa BhP
- -vara m. 'chief of birds', N. of Jaṭāyu R
- ○gêśvara m. 'lord of birds', N. of Garuḍa (MBh.) or Jaṭāyu (R.)
- ○gôraga m. pl. bird and snake deities Mn. vii, 23
- pataṃ acc. of pata in comp
- ○gá mfn. flying RV. i, 118, 4
- any flying insect, a grasshopper, a bee, a butterfly or moth ŚBr. (○táṃga) Up. Mn. &c. (-tā f. Prasannar.)
- a horse Naigh. i, 14
- the sun (cf. pata-ga) RV. AV. Var. &c
- N. of one of the 7 suns TĀr. VP
- a ball for playing with BhP
- a spark (Sāy
- 'a Piśāca' Mahīdh.) RV. iv, 4, 2
- a species of rice Car
- of tree L
- 'the Flier', N. of Kṛishṇa MBh. xii, 1510 (= garuḍa Nīlak.) BhP
- N. of the author of RV. x, 17 and of this hymn itself ŚāṅkhBr
- of a mountain BhP
- = -grāma Rājat
- (pl.) N. of a caste in Plakshadviipa BhP
- (ā), f. N. of a mythical river Divyâv
- (ī), f. N. of one of the wives of Tārksha and mother of the flying animals BhP
- m. or n. quicksilver L
- n. a species of sandal wood Bhpr
- -kānta m. the sun-stone (cf. sūrya-k○) Śiś. iv, 16
- -grāma m. N. of a village Rājat
- -rāja m. = pataga-r○ Pañc
- -vat, ind, like a moth Kum
- -vṛtti f. the manner of the moth (attracted by a light) i.e. rashness, temerity Ratnâv
- mfn. behaving like a moth (i.e. very inconsiderately) Pañc
- ○gâśman m. the sun-stone (cf. above) Śrīkaṇṭh
- ○gaka m. N. of a mountain Pur
- (ikā), f. a little bird MBh
- a little bee L
- ○gama m. a butterfly or moth BhP
- a bird L
- ○gará mfn. bird-like RV. iv, 40, 2
- ○gin m. a bird
- (nī f.) a female bird Hariv
- pataka mfn. who or what falls or descends &c
- m. an astronomical table W
- patat mf(ntī)n. flying, falling, descending &c
- m. a bird Āpast. Kāv
- ○pataṃga m. the setting sun Śiś. i, 12
- ○prakarṣa mfn. (in rhet.) 'where preference or superiority sinks or is not observed', either prosaical or illogical (-tā f.) Kpr. Sāh. &c
- pátatra n. a wing, pinion, feather &c. RV. &c. &c
- a vehicle L. (cf. pattra)
- patatri m. a bird (only gen. pl. ○trīṇām) MBh
- N. of a partic. fire PārGṛ
- N. of a warrior on the side of the Kurus MBh
- patatri in comp. for ○trin
- ○ketana mfn. 'characterised by a bird', (with deva) N. of Vishṇu Hariv
- ○rāj (BhP.),
- ○rāja (pát○ Suparṇ.),
- ○vara (MBh.), m. 'king or best of birds', N. of Garuḍa
- patatrín mfn. winged, feathered, flying (also applied to Agni, the vehicle of the Aśvins &c.) RV. AV. VS. Up. &c
- m. a bird AV. &c. &c
- a horse, (esp.) the horse in the Aśva-medha sacrifice R. i, 13, 36
- an arrow MBh. iii, 16430
- a partic. fire TS
- n. du. day and night RV. i, 158. 4
- patad in comp. for ○tat
- ○graha m. 'receiving what falls', a receptacle for alms
- a spittoon (also -grāha) HPariś. Sch. (also n.)
- the rear of an army L
- ○bhīru m. 'terrible to birds', a hawk or falcon L
- patana mfn. who or what flies or falls Pāṇ. 3-2, 150
- m. N. of a Rākshasa MBh
- (pát○), n. the act of flying or coming down, alighting, descending, throwing one's self down at or into (loc. or comp.) RV. &c. &c
- setting (as the sun) MBh
- going down (to hell) Mn. vi, 61
- hanging down, becoming flaccid (said of the breasts) Bhartṛ
- fall, decline, ruin, death MBh. Kāv
- loss of caste, apostacy Pur
- (with garbhasya) miscarriage Var
- (in arithm.) subtraction Col
- (in astron.) the latitude of a planet W
- ○dharmin mfn. what is likely to fall out or off (○mi-tva, n.) Suśr
- ○sīla mfn. accustomed to fall down Kāv
- patanīya mfn. (fr. patana) leading to, a fall, causing the loss of caste
- n. a degrading crime or sin MBh. Yājñ
- patantaka m. (fr. patat) a kind of Aśva-medha performed in a hurried manner Lāṭy. Nid
- patama m. a bird L
- a grasshopper L
- the moon L. (cf. patasa)
- patayālú mf(ū)n. (fr. Caus.) flying, falling, liable to fall AV. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 158)
- patayiṣṇú (RV.),
- patayiṣḍṇuká (AV.), mfn. id
- patará or mfn. flying, fugitive RV
- patáru mfn. flying, fugitive RV
- patasa m. = patama L
- patāka m. ('flying'), a flag or banner (perhaps incorrect for ○kā) AdbhBr
- a partic. position of the hand or the fingers in shooting off an arrow, SārṅgP. (cf. tri-p○)
- (ā), f. See next
- patākā f. (ifc. f. ā) a flag, pennon, banner, sign, emblem Br. MBh. Kāv. &c. (○kāṃ-√labh or hṛ, 'to win the palm' Daś. Vcar.) [Page 581, Column]
- a flag-staff L
- a partic. high number MBh. (= mahā-padma Nīlak.)
- (in dram.) an episode or episodical incident Daśar
- good fortune, auspiciousness L
- N. of wk
- ○"ṣṃśuka (○kâṃś○), n. a flag Kathās
- ○daṇḍa m. a flag-staff MBh
- ○dhvaja-mālin mfn. garlanded with flags and banners ib
- ○sthāna and n. (in dram.) intimation of an episodical incident Daśar. Sāh. Sch
- ○sthāḍnaka n. (in dram.) intimation of an episodical incident Daśar. Sāh. Sch
- patākôcchrāya-vat mfn. with hoisted banners MBh
- patākāya Nom. ○yate, to represent a flag or banner Nalac
- patākika mfn. having or carrying a flag or banner L
- patākin mfn. having or bearing a flag, adorned with flags MBh. R. &c
- (with nau) furnished with sails (?) MBh
- m. an ensign or standard-bearer ib
- a flag Hariv
- a chariot Śiś. xiii, 4
- a figure used in divination L
- N. of a warrior on the side of the Kurus MBh
- (inī), f. an army Ragh. Kād. (cf. dhvajinī)
- N. of a partic. divinity BrahmaP
- patāpata mfn. going or inclined to fall Kauś. (cf. Pāṇ. 6-1, 12 Vārtt. 6 Pat. ; vii, 4, 58 Vārtt. 1 Pat.)
- patitá mfn. fallen, dropped, descended, alighted AV. &c. &c
- (ifc.) fallen upon or from (Pāṇ. 2-1, 24 and 38 Sch.)
- (with pādayos or pāda-) having thrown one's self at a person's feet Kāv
- fallen (morally), wicked, degraded, out-caste (-tva n.) ChUp. Mn. MBh. &c
- fallen into, being in (loc. or comp.) Kathās
- happened, occurred Pañc. Śukas
- n. flying MBh
- ○garbhā f. a woman who miscarries MW
- ○tyāga-vidhi m. N. of wk
- ○mūrdhaja mfn. one whose hair has fallen out MBh
- ○vṛtta mfn. leading the life of an out-caste Hariv
- ○sāvitrīka m. 'one who is deprived of the Sāvitrī', a man of the first 3 classes whose investiture (upa-nayana, q.v.) has been unduly performed or omitted GṛS. Gaut. (cf. sāvitrī-patita)
- ○sthita mfn. lying on the ground Kathās
- patitânna n. an out-caste's food Mn. iv, 213
- patitêkṣita mfn. looked at by an out-caste W
- patitôtthita mfn. 'fallen and risen', sunk (in a shipwreck) and saved Ratnâv
- fallen out and grown again
- -danta mfn. ĀpŚr. Sch
- patitôtpanna mfn. sprung from an out-caste W
- patitavya n. the going down to hell MBh. xii, 3688
- pátiṣṭha mfn. (superl. of 3. pat) flying most or best RV
- pátīyas ind. (compar. of 3. pat) quickly, speedily TāṇḍBr
- patera m. 'flying, moving', a bird Uṇ. i, 59
- a bird L
- a measure of capacity (= āḍhaka) L
- páttra n. (and m. Śātkat
- ifc. f. ā and ī) the wing of a bird, pinion, feather VS. ŚBr. &c
- the feather of an arrow R. Ragh
- a bird L
- any vehicle, a chariot, car, horse, camel &c. Mn. MBh. Kāv
- a leaf, petal (regarded as the plumage of a tree or flower) KātyŚr. Mn. MBh. &c
- the leaf of a partic. fragrant plant or a partic. plant with fragrant leaves VarBṛS. xvi, 30
- Laurus Cassia (L.) and its leaf Bhpr
- a leaf for writing on, written leaf, leaf of a book, paper
- a letter, document Kāv. Rājat. Pañc. (pattram āropya, 'having committed to paper' Śak.)
- any thin leaf or plate of metal or gold-leaf. Var. Suśr. (cf. paṭṭa)
- the blade of a sword or knife (cf. asi-)
- a knife, dagger L
- = -bhaṅga Ragh. Gīt. [Cf. Gk. ? (for ?) ; Lat. penna (older [581,] pesna for pet-na) ; Germ. Feder ; Eng. feather.]
- ○kartarī f. shears for cutting off leaves Kuṭṭanīm
- ○kāhalā f. the noise made by the flapping of wings or rustling of leaves L
- ○kṛcchra m. a sort of penance (drinking an infusion of the leaves of various plants and Kuśa grass for a given time) L. (cf. parṇa-k○)
- ○kaumudī f. N. of wk
- ○gupta m. a kind of bird Lalit. (cf. pakṣa-g○)
- Asteracantha Longifolia L
- ○ghanā f. (prob.) a species, of cactus L
- ○cārikā f. a kind of magic Divyâv
- ○cchaṭā f. = -bhaṅga Naish
- ○ccheda m. leaf-cutting (a kind of sport or art) Kuṭṭanīm
- -bhakti f. a piece cut out of a leaf Śak. (Pi.) iii. 63/64 (70/71)
- ○cchedaka m. a leaf-cutter (a partic. trade) L
- ○cchedya n. = -ccheda Kād. (Mṛicch. v, 5 Sch. = ālekhya?)
- ○jhaṃkāra m. the current of a river (or the rustling of leaves?) L
- ○taṇḍulā f. Andrographis Paniculata (also ○tī f.) L
- a woman L
- ○taru m. a species of tree kindred to Acacia Catechu L. [Page 581, Column]
- ○dāraka m. 'leaf-divider', a saw L
- ○devī f. N. of a Buddh. deity
- ○dhārā f. the edge of a leaf Śak
- ○nāḍikā f. the fibre or vein of a leaf L
- ○nāmaka m. a cinnamon-leaf Bhpr
- ○nyāsa m. inserting the feathers (into an arrow) L
- ○pati m. N. of Garuḍa Śiś. xx, 73
- ○paraśu or m. a fine file or saw L
- ○parśu m. a fine file or saw L
- ○pāka m. a medicine which requires cooking L
- ○pāṭha m. the perusal of a writing MW
- ○pāla m. a long knife or dagger L
- (ī), f. the feathered part of an arrow L
- ○pāśyā f. a kind of ornament on the forehead L
- ○piśācikā f. a sort of cap or umbrella for the head made of leaves L
- ○puṭa m. n. (R. Ragh.),
- ○puṭikā f. (Cāṇ.) a kind of cup made of a leaf folded or doubled
- ○puṣpa m. a sort of red basil
- (ā), f. holy basil with small leaves L
- ○puṣpaka m. Betula Bhojpatra L
- ○prakāśa m. N. of partic. astronomical tables
- ○bandha m. adorning with leaves or flowers L
- ○bāla m. an oar L
- ○bhaṅga m. (Kād.),
- ○bhaṅgi (Dharmaśarm.) and f. a decoration consisting in lines or streaks drawn on the face and body with musk and other fragrant substances
- ○bhaṅgī (Naish.), f. a decoration consisting in lines or streaks drawn on the face and body with musk and other fragrant substances
- ○bhadrā f. a species of plant L
- ○mañjarī f. = -bhaṅga L
- ○māla m. Calamus Rotang L
- ○mūlaka mfn. resembling leaves and roots, g. sthūlâdi
- ○yauvana n. a young leaf, sprout W
- ○rañjana n. embellishing a page, illuminating, gilding MW
- ○ratha m. 'using wings as a vehicle', a bird MBh. R. &c
- -śreṣṭha m. 'chief of birds', N. of Garuḍa Hariv
- ○thêndra m. id. BhP
- (○draketu m. 'characterised by Garuḍa, N. of Vishṇu Ragh.)
- ○thêśvara m. 'lord of birds', N. of Jaṭāyu R
- ○rekhā f. = -bhaṅga. Ragh
- ○latā f. id. Kād
- a long knife or dagger L
- N. of a woman Hcar
- ○lavaṇa n. 'leaf-salt', a kind of drug made of partic. leaves mixed with salt Suśr
- ○lekhā f. = -bhaṅga (ifc. f. ā) Hariv. Kāv
- N. of a woman Kathās
- ○vallarī f. = -bhaṅga L
- ○valli f. id. (also ○lī Śiś. viii, 59)
- N. of 2 kinds of creeper L
- ○vāja mfn. feathered (as an arrow) Hariv
- ○vāha m. 'feather-bearing', a bird Śiś. xviii, 73
- an arrow ib. xx, 25
- a letter-carrier, postman L
- ○viśeṣaka m. or n. = -bhaṅga Kum. Ragh
- ○vṛścika m. a species of venomous reptile Suśr
- ○veṣṭa m. a kind of ear-ring Ragh
- ○śabara m. a Śabara (barbarian or mountaineer) who decorates himself with feathers L
- ○śāka fn. vegetables consisting of leaves Mn. xii, 65 Yājñ. iii, 213 (or n. 'leaves and pot-herbs' ?)
- -tṛṇa n. pl. leaves, pot-herbs and grass Mn. vii, 132
- ○śṛṅgī or f. Anthericum Tuberosum L
- ○śreṇī f. Anthericum Tuberosum L
- ○śreṣṭha m. Aegle Marmelos L
- ○saṃskāra wṛ. for -jhaṃkāra
- ○sirā f. the vein or fibre of a leaf. L. = -bhaṅga L
- ○sundara m. or n. (?) a species of plant L
- ○sūci f. 'leaf-needle', a thorn L
- ○hasta mf(ā)n. holding a leaf of paper in the hand Śak
- ○hima n. cold, wintry or snowy weather L
- pattrâkhya n. the leaf of Laurus Cassia or of Flacourtia Cataphracta L
- pattrâṅga n. (wrongly written ○raṅga) red sanders
- Caesalpinia Sappan
- Betula Bhojpatra
- = padmaka L
- pattrâṅgul�ī f. = ○tra-bhaṅga L
- pattrâñjana n. 'paper-unguent', ink L
- pattrâḍhya m. 'rich in feathers or leaves &c.', a peacock Gal
- n. the √of long pepper L
- a species of grass L
- Caesalpinia Sappan L
- pattrâmlā f. Oxalis Corniculata L
- pattrârūḍha mfn. committed to paper, written down Śak
- pattrâlī f. = ○trabhaṅga L
- pattrâli m. a species of bulbous plant or reed L
- pattrâvalambana n. N. of wk
- pattrâvali f. red chalk L
- ([l�I]), a row of leaves L
- = ○tra-bhaṅga Mālatīm. Caṇḍ
- (○lī), a mixture of young Aśvattha leaves with barley and honey MW
- pattrâsura m. N. of a man L
- pattrâhāra m. feeding on leaves MW
- pattrêśvara-tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place ŚivaP
- pattrôpaskara m. Cassia Sophora L
- pattrôrṇa m. Calosanthes Indica L
- pl. N. of a people MBh
- wove silk or a silk-garment. (perhaps also) cotton MBh. R. &c. (also ○ṇaka Var
- or ○ṇā f. Hariv.)
- pattrôllāsa m. the bud or eye of a plant L
- pattraka ifc. (f. ā) = pattra, a wing, leaf &c
- m. a leaf (cf. karṇa-)
- Achyranthes Triandra L
- (ikā), f. See below
- n. a leaf, (esp.) the leaf of Laurus Cassis Bhpr
- = pattra-bhaṅga L
- pattraṇā f. putting feathers on an arrow L. [Page 582, Column]
- pattraya Nom. P. ○yati id
- ○trita mfn. feathered (is an arrow) Hariv
- pattrala mfn. rich in leaves, leafy HPariś. (cf. g. sidhmâdi)
- n. thin sour milk L
- pattrāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to be converted into leaves (for writing), Vāsav
- pattri in comp. = ○trin
- ○vāha m. a bird L
- pattrika m. g. purohitâdi Kāś
- pattrikā f. (of ○traka), a leaf (for writing upon), a letter, document &c. Śak. Kād. Pañc
- a kind of earring (cf. danta-) Śiś
- N. of wk
- ○"ṣkhya (○kâkh○), n. a species of camphor L
- ○praveśa m. a festival on the 7th day of the month Āśvina MW
- pattrin mfn. having wings or feathers or leaves MBh. Kāv. &c
- m. a bird (esp. a hawk or falcon L.) Hariv. Kālid
- an arrow MBh. Hariv
- a mountain L
- possessing a carriage or driving in one L
- a chariot L
- a tree L
- the wine-palm L
- a species of Achyranthes L
- a species of creeper and other plants L
- (iṇī), f. a sprout, shoot L
- pátman n. flight, course, path, way RV. VS. Kāṭh
- patmín mfn. wṛ. for padmin (?) Suparṇ
- patya n. falling ( See garta-)
- pátvan mf(varī)n. flying RV. VS. ŚāṅkhBr. Kauś
- n. flying, flight RV. VS. (cf. āśū-, raghu-, śyena-)
- patsala m. a way, road Uṇ. iii, 74 Sch
- pata mfn. well fed (= puṣṭa) L
- patáñcala or patañcalá m. N. of a man ŚBr. (with the patr. kāpya) Pravar
- patañcikā f. a bow-string L
- patañjala m. N. of a man
- pl. his family, g. upakâdi
- patañjali m. (fr. pata + añj○?
- Pāṇ. 6-1, 94 Vārtt. 4 Pat., g. śakandhv-ādi) N. of a celebrated grammarian (author of the Mahābhāshya)
- of a philosopher (the propounder of the Yoga philosophy)
- of a physician &c
- ○kāvya n
- ○carita n
- ○yoga m
- ○sūtra n. N. of wks
- páti m. (cf. √1. vat
- when uncompounded and meaning 'husband', instr. pátya
- dat. pátye
- gen. abl. pátyur
- loc. pátyau
- but when meaning 'lord, master', and ifc. regularly inflected with exceptions
- Pāṇ. 1-4, 8 ; 9) a master, owner, possessor, lord, ruler, sovereign RV. &c. &c
- a husband ib. (in comp. either with the stem or with the gen., e.g. duhitṛ-p○ or ○tuH-p○ Pāṇ. 6-3, 24
- when mfn. f. = m. e.g. -jīvat-patyā tvayā R. ii, 24, 8, or patikā e.g. pramīta-patikā Mn. ix, 68)
- one of the 2 entities (with pāśupatás) RTL. 89
- a √L
- f. a female possessor, mistress Pāṇ. 4-1, 33 Sch
- a wife (vṛddha-p○ = -patnī, the wife of an old man ib. 34 Sch.) [Cf. Gk. ?, 'husband' ; [582,] Lat. potis, pos-sum for potis-sum ; Lith. patis, 'husband' ; Goth. (bruth-) faths, 'bridegroom']
- ○ṃ-varā f. a woman who chooses her husband for herself (cf. svayaṃ-vara) Ragh. Rājat
- ○kāma (páti-), mfn. wishing for a husband AV. KātyŚr
- ○khecara m. N. of Śiva MBh. (Nīlak. 'Garuḍa')
- ○gaṇita-ṭīkā f. N. of Comm. on Līl
- ○ghātinī f. the murderess of her husband Var
- ○ghna mf(ī)n. killing a husband GṛS
- ○ghnī-pāṇi-lekhā f. a line on the hand indicating that a woman will be faithless to her husband Pāṇ. 3-2, 53 Sch
- ○ghnī-lakṣaṇa n. the mark of a husband-killer W
- ○juṣṭā (páti-), f. (a woman) liked by her husband RV
- ○tvá (RV. &c. &c.) and n. matrimony, marriage
- ○tvaná (RV.), n. matrimony, marriage
- ○darśana-lālasa mf(ā)n. longing to See one's husband Nal
- ○devatā (MBh. R. &c.),
- ○devā (BhP.), f. regarding a hṭhusband as a divinity, honouring a husband above all others
- ○dvíṣ f. hating one's husband RV
- ○dharma m. duty towards a hṭhusband MBh
- -vatī f. fulfilling the duties towards a husband, faithfully devoted to a husband ib
- ○prâṇā f. (a wife) whose hṭhusband is (as dear to her as) her life Hit
- ○matī f. having a husband, married BhP
- having a lord or master in (instr., e.g. tvayā) Pat
- ○yāna mfn. (a way) leading to a hṭhusband Gobh
- ○ríp f. deceiving a husband RV
- ○laṅghana n. injuring a hṭhusband (by marrying another) MW. (cf. Mn. v, 151)
- ○lālasa mf(ā)n. longing for a hṭhusband Nal
- ○loká m. 'husband's world', the sphere of a husband in a future life RV. &c. &c
- ○vaṃsya mfn. belonging to a hṭhusband's family L
- ○vatī (pá○ RV. x, 85, 21), [Page 582, Column]
- ○vatnī (Ragh. Kathās
- Pāṇ. 4-1, 32 Sch.), having a husband, a married woman
- ○vayas f. (regarded as) having the hṭhusband's age Āpast
- ○vídya n. finding a husband RV. x, 102, 11
- ○védana mfn. procuring a hṭhusband (Aryaman) AV. xiv, 1, 17
- m. du. a partic. part of the body (attracting a hṭhusband?), viii, 6, 1
- n. procuring a husband (by means of magical formulas), ii, 36, 2
- ○vrata n. loyalty or fidelity to a hṭhusband R
- -guṇa m. the virtue of loyalty or fidelity MBh
- ○vratā f. a devoted and virtuous wife Mn. MBh. &c
- -tva n. devotion or loyalty to a husband MBh. R. Kathās
- -"ṣdhyāya (○tâdh○), m. N. of ch. of Skandap
- -maya mf(ī)n. consisting in a faithful wife Mcar. Bālar
- -māhātmya and ○tôpâkhyāna n. N. of wks
- ○śuc f. grief for a husband Hcar
- ○śoka m. id
- ○kâkula mfn. agitated with grief for a husband Nal
[[]]
- patisahagamananiṣedhanirāsaprakāśa3páti--sahagamana-niṣedha-nirāsa-prakāśa m. N. of wk
- ○sevā f. devotion to a husband Mn. ii, 67
- patīya Nom. P. ○yati, to be or become a master AitĀr
- to become strong ŚBr
- to wish for a husband HPariś. Bhaṭṭ
- to take as husband Pañcad
- patīya n. being master or mistress MantraBr
- pátnī f. (rarely patni) a female possessor, mistress RV. &c. &c
- a wife (RV. i, 140, 6 ; iv, 24, 8, even applied to cows) ib. (cf. pati f.)
- (in astrol.) N. of the 7th mansion Var. [Cf. Gk. ?.] [582,]
- ○karmán n. the business of a wife ŚBr
- ○tva n. wifehood, matrimony (-tve-√grah, to take as a wifehood) MārkP
- ○mantra m. pl. N. of partic. verses Vait
- ○yūpá m. the sacrificial post assigned to the wives of the gods ŚBr. KātyŚr
- ○vat (pát○), mfn. having a wṭwifehood or accompanied by wives RV. VS. ŚBr
- ○śā́la n. or a kind of hut or tent for the wives or for the domestic use of the sacrificer Br. Lāṭy. MBh
- ○śālā f. a kind of hut or tent for the wives or for the domestic use of the sacrificer Br. Lāṭy. MBh
- ○saṃyājá m. pl. the 4 Ājya oblations (offered to Soma, Tvashṭṛi, the wives of the gods, and Agni Gṛiha-pati) Br. ŚrS
- ○saṃyājana n. performing the Patnī-saṃyāja KātyŚr
- ○saṃnahana n. girding a wṭwifehood ib
- the girdle of a wifehood ib. Sch
- patny-āṭa m. the women's apartments L
- patnīka mfn. for patnī ifc. (cf. a-, bahu-, sa-)
- pat-kāṣin &c. See p. 583, col. 1
- pattaṅga m. (n. L
- fr. pattrâṅga) red sandal Suśr
- n. Caesalpina Sappan L
- pattana m. pl. N. of a people VP
- (ā), f. N. of a wife of Vikrama L
- n. (ifc. f. ā) a town, city MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. dharma- and paṭṭaṇa)
- ○vaṇij m. a town-tradesman L
- pattanâdhipati m. 'tṭtown-governor', N. of a prince MBh
- pattaraṅga n. = paṭṭa-r○ L
- pattalaka m. N. of a prince VP
- pattalā f. = paṭṭalā Inscr
- pattalī (for pattr○?) -√kṛ, to beat into thin leaves Bhpr
- páttave See √2. pat, p. 580
- pat-tas patti, See p. 583, col. 1
- pattūra m. Achyranthes Triandra Suśr
- n. red sandal Bhpr
- pattorṇa vḷ. for pattrôrṇa L
- pattra &c. See p. 581, col. 2
- pattraṅga See pattrâṅga, p. 581
- pattrāṇya n. Caesalpina Sappan L
- patni for patnī, See above
- path (cf. √panth), cl. 1. P. páthati, to go, move
- to fly Suparṇ. Dhātup. xx, 17: Caus. pāthayati, to throw, send (xxxii, 20, vḷ. for pṛth and prath)
- patha m. a way, path, road, course, reach MBh. Kāv. &c. (generally ifc. for pathin
- cf Pāṇ. 5-4, 74)
- ○kalpanā f. juggling tricks, conjuring L
- ○darśaka m. 'way-shower', a guide, conductor MW
- ○sundara m. or n. N. of a plant L. (vḷ. pattra-s○)
- pathâtithi m. 'way-guest', a traveller Rājat
- pathe-ṣṭhā́ mfn. standing in the way or road RV
- pathôpadeśaka m. = ○tha-darśaka Ratnâv. iv, (in Prākṛit)
- pathaka mfn. knowing the way, a guide L
- m. or n. a district, canton L
- pathat mf(ntī)n. going, travelling
- m. a road L. [Page 582, Column]
- páthan-vat mfn. containing the word pathin ŚBr. (cf. pathi-mat below)
- pathi for pathin in comp
- ○kāra m. N. of a man, g. kurv-ādi
- ○kṛt mfn. making a way or road, preparing a way RV. AV. ŚBr. ŚrS
- m. N. of Agni TS
- ○deya n. a toll levied on public roads L
- ○druma m. Acacia Catechu L
- ○pā́ mfn. protecting roads MaitrS
- ○prajña mfn. acquainted with roads W
- ○priya m. an agreeable fellow-traveller (?) Pāṇ. 6-1, 199 Sch
- ○mat mfn. containing the word pathin Br
- ○madhye ind. in the middle of the road MW
- ○rákṣas (VS.),
- ○rákṣi (RV.), mfn. = -pā́
- pathi loc. of pathin in comp
- ○vāhaka mfn. cruel, hard L
- m. a bird-catcher or a burden-bearer L
- ○ṣad (PārGṛ.),
- ○ṣádi (AV.), mfn. sitting in the way
- ○ṣṭhā́ (AV.),
- ○stha (MBh.), mfn. being in or on the way, going
- pathy-aśana n
- pathy-odana m. provender for a journey, viaticum Kāv
- pathika mf(ā or ī)n. knowing the way, going on a road W
- m. a traveller, wayfarer, guide MBh. Kāv. &c
- (ā), f. red grapes L
- ○jana m. a traveller or travellers Pañc. ii, 1/2
- ○saṃhati and f. (L.),
- ○saṃtati f. (L.),
- ○sârtha m. (Mṛicch. Mālav.) a company of travellers, a caravan
- pathikâśraya m. an asylum for travellers, an inn MW
- pathikāya (only ○yita n. impers.), to act as a traveller Subh
- pathin m. (strong stem pánthan, older pánthā
- middle pathí
- weak path
- sg. pánthās (nom. voc.), pánthānam [pánthām RV. AV.]
- pathā́, ○thé, ○thás, ○thí
- du. pánthānau, pathíbhyām, pathós
- pl. pánthānas [pánthās, ○thāsas RV
- patháyas Br.]
- pathás [pāthás RV. ii, 2, 4, perhaps gen. sg.?]
- pathíbhis, ○bhyas
- pathā́m [○thīnā́m RV. AV.]
- pathíṣu
- Pāṇ. 7-1, 85 &c.) a way, path, road, course (lit. and fig
- panthānaṃ-√dā, with gen. to cede the way to
- pathânena, 'in this way or manner', pathi ni-√as, See under ny-as) RV. &c. &c
- range, reach (cf. karṇa-, darśana- &c.)
- sect, doctrine L
- a division of hell Mn. iv, 90
- N. of a teacher with the patr. Saubhara BṛĀrUp. [Cf. patha ; Zd. panthan
- Gk. ? ; Lat. pont-em ; Old Pruss. pintis ; Slav. [582,] [pat�i]]
- pathila m. a traveller Uṇ. i, 58
- pathī See ā-pathī
- pathya mfn. 'belonging to the way', suitable, fit, proper, wholesome, salutary (lit. and fig
- esp. said of diet in a medical sense) Yājñ. MBh. Suśr. &c
- containing elements or leading forms, regular, normal Lāṭy. Nid
- m. Terminalia Chebula or Citrina L
- N. of a teacher of AV
- (ā́), f. a path, way, road (with revátī, 'the auspicious path, personified as a deity of happiness and welfare) RV. TS. Br
- Terminalia Chebula or Citrina and other plants L
- N. of sev. metres Nid. Col
- N. of a woman Kathās
- n. a species of salt L
- ○śāka m. a species of vegetable L
- pathyâpathya mfn. wholesome and unwholesome, beneficial or hurtful (esp. in sickness) W
- m. or n. N. of wk
- -nighaṇṭu m. -nirṇaya m. -vidhāna n. -vidhi m. -viniścaya m. -vibodha m. N. of wks
- pathyâśin mfn. eating or an eater of wholesome diet W
- pad cl. 1. P. padati vḷ. for bad, to stand fast or fixed Dhātup. iii, 1, 4 Vop
- pad cl. 4. Ā. (Dhātup. xxvi, 60) padyate (○ti AitBr. MBh
- Pot. padyām R
- Impv. patsva MBh
- pf. papāda RV
- pede Br
- aor. apadmahi, ○dran RV. [Subj. padāti ib.]
- apatsi, patthās AV
- Prec. padīṣṭá RV. AV
- fut. patsyati Br
- ○te Up
- pattā Gr
- inf. páttave RV
- ○tos, ○tum Br
- -pádas RV
- ind. p. -pádya ib
- -pā́dam Br.), to fall, fall down or out, perish RV. AV. VS. Br
- to go, resort or apply to, participate in (acc.), keep, observe MBh.: Caus. pādáyati, ○te, to cause to fall AV. AitBr. (Pass. pādyate Br
- Desid. pipādayiṣati Br. &c.)
- padayate, to go Dhātup. xxxv, 44: Desid. pitsate Pāṇ. 7-4, 54: Intens. panīpadyate Kāv
- panīpadīti Pāṇ. 7-4, 84
≫pac
- pac in comp. for 3. pad
- ○chabda (for śabda), m. the noise of feet or footsteps L
- ○chas (for śas), ind. foot by foot, Pāda by Pāda Br. PārGṛ. ChUp
- -chaḥ-śasya n. the recitation by Pādas Vait
- ○chauca (for śauca), n. cleansing or purifying to feet ĀśvGṛ
≫paj
- paj in comp. for 3. pad
- ○ja m. 'born from the feet (of Brahmā)', a Śūdra L. [Page 583, Column]
≫pat
- pat in comp. for 3. pad
- ○kāṣin mfn. rubbing or galling the feet, walking painfully Sarvad. Pāṇ. 6-3, 54 (W. 'going on foot
- m. a footman, foot-soldier')
- ○tás ind. from or at the feet RV. Br. ŚrS. (also -tatás AV. vi, 131, 1)
- -to-dāśa mfn. lined with fringes at the fringes ĀpŚr
- ○saṅgín mfn. sticking or adhering to the fringes AV
- ○sukha mfn. pleasant to the fringes Hariv
- patti f. (fr. √2. pad) going, moving, walking L
- pattí m. (prob. fr. 3. pad) a pedestrian, footman, foot-soldier, infantry VS. &c. &c. (m. c. also ○tī, R B.)
- a hero L
- (pl.) N. of a people MBh. (vḷ. paśu)
- f. the smallest division of an army (1 chariot, 1 elephant, 3 horsemen and 5 foot-soldiers
- according to others = 55 foot-soldiers) MBh
- ○karman n. the business or operations of infantry MW
- ○kāya m. (body of) infṭinfantry L
- ○kāra wṛ. for paṭṭi-k○
- ○gaṇaka m. (prob.) an officer whose business is to number or muster the infṭinfantry L
- ○paṅkti f. a line of infṭinfantry W
- ○saṃhati f. (L.),
- ○sainya n. (MBh.) a body or troop of infantry
- pattika mfn. going on foot, pedestrian Hariv
- pattin m. = 2. patti, a foot-soldier, footman ib
- patsu-tás ind. (from loc. of 3. pad + tas) at the feet RV. viii, 43, 6
- patsu-ḍtaḥ-śī mfn. lying at the feet ib. i, 32, 8
≫pad
- pád m. (in strong cases pā́d
- ifc. f. pad or padī) a foot (padā, padbhyām and ○bhis, also 'on foot' RV. &c. &c
- ifc. also 'sticking to the feet of'
- cf. śrī-viṣṇu-padī)
- a step R
- a fourth part, a quarter AV. ŚBr. [Cf. pada
- Gk. ? ; [583,] Lat. pes, ped-is ; Goth. fôtus ; Angl. Sax. fôt ; Eng. foot ; Germ. Fuss.]
- ○anuṣaṅgá m. anything appended to a Pada or quarter of a verse ŚBr. (cf. padânuṣ○)
- ○āsa
- ○āsana See padâsa, ○sana under pada
- ○ga mfn. going on foot, pedestrian
- m. a foot-soldier L
- ○ghoṣá m. the noise of feet or footsteps AV
- ○dhaḍī f. (in music) a kind of composition (prob. Prākr. = -dhatī See next)
- ○dhati (for -hati), f. 'foot-stroke', a way, path, course, line Hariv. Kāv. &c. (also ○tī g. bahv-ādi)
- sign, token Jātakam
- N. of a class of writings (described as guide-books or manuals for partic. rites and ceremonies and the texts relating to them) and of sev. wks
- a family N. or title (or rather the characteristic word denoting caste or occupation in comps. serving as proper names, e.g. -gupta, -dāsa at the end of Vaiśya and Śūdra names). L
- -candrikā f. -cintāmaṇi m. -prakāśa m. -prakāśikā, f. -bhūṣaṇa n. -ratna n. -sāra m. N. of wks
- ○dhima (for -hima), n. coldness of the feet Pāṇ. 6-3, 54
- ○ratha m. a footman, foot-soldier BhP
- ○vát mfn. having feet, running
- n. an animal that uses its feet for locomotion RV. AV
- padāvihāra m. paying honour by walking round Divyâv
≫pada
- padá n. (rarely m.) a step, pace, stride
- a footstep, trace, vestige, mark, the foot itself. RV. &c. &c. (padena, on foot
- pade pade, at every step, everywhere, on every occasion
- trīṇi padāni viṣṇoḥ, the three steps or footprints of Vishṇu [i.e. the earth, the air, and the sky
- RV. i, 154, 5 Vikr. i, 1], also N. of a constellation or according to some 'the space between the eyebrows'
- sg. viṣṇoḥ padam, N. of a locality
- padaṃ-√dā, padāt padaṃ-√gam or √cal, to make a step move on
- padaṃ-√kṛ, with loc. to set foot in or on, to enter
- with mūrdhni, to set the foot upon the head of gen. i.e. overcome
- with citte or hṛdaye, to take possession of any one's heart or mind
- with loc. or prati, to have dealings with padaṃ ni-√dhā with loc., to set foot in = to make impression upon
- with padavyām, to set the foot on a person's gen. or ibc. track, to emulate or equal
- padam ni-√bandh with loc., to enter or engage in)
- a sign, token, characteristic MBh. Kathās. Pur
- a footing, standpoint
- position rank station, site, abode, home RV. &c. &c. (padam ā-√tan, to spread or extend one's position
- padāt padam bhrāmayitvā, having caused to wander from place to place)
- a business affair, matter, object or cause of (gen. or comp.) Kāv. Pañc. &c
- a pretext L
- a part, portion, division (cf. dvi-, tri-)
- a square on a chess-board R
- a plot of ground Inscr
- the foot as a measure of length (= 12 or 15 fingers' breadth, or 1/2 or 1/3 or 3/7 of a Prakrama) KātyŚr
- a ray of light (m. L.)
- a portion of a verse, quarter or line of a stanza RV. &c. &c
- a word or an inflected word or the stem of a noun in the middle cases and before some Taddhitas Pāṇ. 1-4, 14 &c. [Page 583, Column]
- = pada-pāṭha Prāt
- common N. of the P. and Ā. Cat
- any one in a set of numbers the sum of which is required
- a period in an arithmetical progression Col
- a square √Sūryas
- a quadrant ib
- protection L. [Cf. Gk. ? ; [583,] Lat. peda ; op-pidum for op-pedum.]
- ○kamala n. a lotus-like foot L
- ○kāra m. the author of the Pada-pāṭha Pāṇ. Mahīdh
- ○kārikā-ratnamālā f. N. of wk
- ○kāla m. = -pāṭha Sāy
- ○kṛt m. = -kāra L
- ○kṛtya n. N. of Comm. on Tarkas
- ○kaumudī f. N. of wk
- ○krama m. a series of steps, pace, walking Śiś. i, 52 (cf. citra-padakramam)
- a series of quarters of verses R
- a partic. method of reciting or writing the Veda ( See krama)
- m. pl. (or ibc.) the Pada-pāṭha and the different Krama-pāṭhas MBh
- -lakṣaṇa n. N. of wk
- -vid mfn. familiar with the Pada and Krama-pāṭha Hariv
- ○kramaka n. the Pada- and Krama-pāṭha Pāṇ. 2-4, 5 Sch
- ○ga mfn. going on foot
- m. a footman, foot-soldier L
- ○gata mfn. gone on foot
- described or recorded in a line or stanza W
- ○gati f. going on foot, manner of going, gait Pañc
- ○gāḍha m. or n. N. of wk
- ○gotra n. a family supposed to preside over a partic. class of words VPrāt. (cf. -devatā)
- ○ghātam ind. (with √han) to strike with the feet upon (acc.) Pāṇ. 3-4, 37
- ○catur-ūrdhva n. a kind of metre (in which every Pada is 4 syllables longer than the preceding) Col
- ○candrikā f. 'elucidation of words', N. of sev. wks
- ○cihna n. a footwords (in speaking), parsing Śiksh
- ○cyuta mfn. fallen from a position, dismissed from office BhP
- ○jāta n. a class of words Prāt
- a group of (connected) words, a sentence or period L
- ○jñā́ mfn. knowing places or one's own place (i.e. home) RV. AV
- ○jyotis n. N. of wk
- ○tā f. the original form of a word RPrāt
- = next Śiś
- ○tva n. the state of (being) a word, APrāt. Pāṇ. 1-2, 45 Sch
- ○tvarā f. 'foot-speeder (?)', a shoe L
- ○dārḍhya n. fixedness or security of text, APrāt
- ○dīpikā f. N. of sev. wks
- ○devatā f. a deity supposed to preside over a partic. class of words VPrāt. (cf. -gotra)
- ○dyotinī f. N. of Comm. on Gīt
- ○nidhana mfn. having the Nidhana (q.v.) at the end of every quarter of a verse (as a Sāman), TaṇḍBr. Lāṭy
- ○nī́ mfn. following the steps of another AV. xi, 2, 13
- ○nyāsa m. putting down the feet, step, footmark MBh. R. &c
- position of the feet in a partic. attitude W
- conduct, procedure (?), id
- writing down (quarters of) verses Kāv
- Asteracantha Longifolia or Tribulus Lanuginosus L
- ○paṅkaja n. = -kamala L
- ○paṅkti f. a series of footsteps, track Kālid. Pañc
- a series of words Kir
- a kind of metre (of 5 Padas of 5 syllables each) RPrāt
- a sacred brick called after this metre KātyŚr
- ○pañcaka m. or n. N. of wk
- ○paddhati f. a series or row of footsteps R
- ○padma n. = -kamala L
- ○pāṭha m. the Pada method of recitation or writing (a method of arranging each word of a Vedic text separately in its original form [cf. pada] without regard to the rules of Saṃdhi
- cf. krama and saṃhitā-pāṭha) VPrāt. Sch
- ○pāta m. foot-fall, tread, step W
- ○pūraṇa mfn. filling out or completing a verse Nir
- n. the action of completing a verse L
- ○bandha m. a footstep, pace L
- ○bhañjana n. separation or analysis or explanation of words L
- ○bhañjikā f. a commentary which separates or analyses or explains words L
- a register, journal, calendar or almanac W
- ○bhāvârtha-candrikā f. N. of wk
- ○bhraṃśa m. loss of a place, dismissal from an office Prasannar
- ○mañjarī f. N. of various wks
- ○mālā f. 'word-wreath', a magical formula, an incantation, DeviiP
- ○yojana n
- ○yojaḍnā and f. N. of wks
- ○yojaḍnikā f. N. of wks
- ○yópana mf(ī)n. destroying (n. the act of destroying) the footsteps AV
- ○racanā f. arrangement of words, literary composition Vām
- ○ratnâvalī f
- ○vākya-ratnâkara (and ○ra-kārikā-saṃgraha), m
- ○vākyârtha-pañjikā f. N. of wks
- ○vādya n. (in music) a sort of drum
- ○vāyá m. (√vii) a leader, guide, forerunner AV
- ○vi f. = -vii, a way, path L
- ○vikṣepa m. a step, pace, walking
- a horse's paces W
- ○vigraha (Hariv.),
- ○viccheda (VPrāt.), m. separation of words
- ○víd mfn. conversant or familiar with (gen.) ŚBr. (cf. -jñā)
- ○virāma m. the pause after a quarter of a verse TPrāt
- ○viṣṭambha m. tread, step, stamp with the foot W
- ○vī́ m. (nom. s) a leader, guide, forerunner RV. AV. (cf. -vāya) [Page 583, Column]
- f. (nom. vii) a road, path, way, track, reach, range
- acc. with √gam, yā &c., to go the way of (cf. under artha-padavii, ghana-, pavana-, mokṣa-, yauvana-, sādhu-, smaraṇa-, hāsya-
- padam-√dhā or ni-√dhā padavyām comp. or gen., to tread in the footsteps of a person i.e. imitate or rival him) MBh. Kāv. &c
- station, situation, place, site R. Pañc
- -"ṣviíya n. footsteps, track RV. x, 71, 3 (if not acc. for vyám)
- ○vṛtti f. the hiatus between two words in a sentence RPrāt
- N. of Comm. on Kpr
- ○vedin m. 'acquainted with words', a linguist or philologist Kuṭṭanīm
- ○vyākhyāna n. explanation of words, g. ṛg-ayanâdi
- ○śabda m. the noise of footsteps Mālatīm
- ○śas ind. step by step, gradually R
- word by word, APrāt. Sch
- ○śāstra n. the science of separately written words, APrst. Sch
- ○śreni f. a series of steps Kathās
- ○ṣṭhīva n. sg. the feet and knees Pāṇ. 5-4, 77
- ○saṃhitā f. = -pāṭha TPrāt
- ○saṃghāṭa m. connecting those words together which in the Saṃhitā are separated by a kind of refrain Pāṇ. 3-2, 49 Vārtt. 3 Pat
- ○saṃghāta m. id. ib. VPrāt
- a writer, an annotator, one who collects or classifles words W
- ○sadhātu n. a manner of singing Lāṭy
- ○saṃdarbha m. N. of wk
- ○saṃdhi m. the euphonic combination of words R
- ○samaya m. = -pāṭha TPrāt. Sch
- ○samūha m. a series of words or parts of verses Gīt. Sch
- = -pāṭha VPrāt
- ○stobha m. N. of sev. Sāmans ĀrshBr
- N. of wk
- ○stha mfn. standing on one's feet, going on foot R
- = -sthita MBh. R
- ○sthāna n. footprint, footmark Hariv
- ○sthita mfn. being in a station or office Kathās
- padâkrānta mfn. following at one's heels Śak
- padâghāta m. a stroke with the foot, a kick L
- padâṅka m. footmark
- -dūta m. 'the messenger of the footmark (Kṛishṇa)', N. of a poem
- padâṅgī f. Cissus Pedata L
- padâṅguṣṭha m. the great toe MBh. (vḷ. pād○)
- padáji
- padâti &c., See sv
- padâdi m. the beginning of a verse or of a word Prāt
- ○dy-avid (or ○dya-vid), m. a bad student (lit. who does not know or who knows only the beginning of verses or words) L
- padâdhyayana n. the recitation of the Veda according to the Pada-pāṭha APrāt
- ○dhyāyin mfn. reciting the Veda in this way ib
- padâdhyāhāra-vāda m. N. of wk
- padânuga mfn. following at one's (gen.) heels, an attendant or companion MBh. R. (ifc.)
- suitable, agreeable to R
- padânurāga m. a servant
- an army W
- padânuśāsana n. the science of words, grammar L
- padânuṣaṅga m. anything added or appended to a Pada ŚāṅkhŚr. (cf. pad-anuṣ○)
- padânusāra m. following at one's heels
- ○reṇa upa-√labh, to overtake Mālatīm
- padânusvāra n. N. of partic. Sāmans Lāṭy. Sch
- padânta m. the end of a line in a stanza Lāṭy
- the end of a word VPrāt. Pāṇ
- mfn. ending with the word pada Pāṇ. 7-3, 9
- -śuddhâśuddhīya n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr
- ○tīya (R and VPrāt.), ○tya (APrāt.), mfn. being at the end of a word, final
- padântara n. an interval of one step (○re sthitvā, stopping after taking one step) Śak. (cf. a-pad○)
- another word Vedântas
- padânveṣin mfn. following a footmark Daś
- padâbja n. = pada-kamala L
- padâbhilâṣin mfn. wishing for an office MW
- padâbhihoma m. pouring out the oblation (homa) upon a footprint Vait
- padâmnāya-siddhi f. N. of wk
- padâmbhoja n. = pada-kamala L
- padâyata mfn. as long as a footprint L
- (ā), f. a shoe L
- padâravinda n. = pada-kamala L
- padârtha m. the meaning of a word VPrāt. Prab. BhP. &c. (ifc. also -ka Pat.)
- that which corresponds to the meaning of a word, a thing, material object, man, person Var. Kāv. Pur
- a head, subject (16 with Naiyāyikas)
- a category, predicament (7 with Vaiśeshikas, 25 with Sāṃkhyas, 7 with Vedântins)
- a principle (-tritaya n. a triad of principles RTL. 119)
- -kaumudī f. (○dī-kośa and -sāra-kośa, m.), -khaṇḍana, n. (○na-ṭippaṇa-vyākhyā f.), -guṇa-cintāmaṇi m. -candrikā, f. -tattva n. (○tva-nirūpaṇa n. -nirṇaya m. -vivecana n.), -dipikā f. -dīpinī f. -dharmasaṃgraha, m. -nirūpaṇa n. -pārijāta m. -prakāśa m. -prakāśikā, f. -pradeśa m. -bodha m. -bhāskara m. -maṇimālā or -mālā f. -mālāvṛtti f. -ratna-mañjūṣā f. -ratnamālā, f. -vidyā-sāra m. -viveka m. -saṃgraha m. -sarasī, f. ○thâdarśa m. N. of wks. [Page 584, Column]
- ○thânusamaya m. the performance of one ritual act for all objects in orderly succession before performing another act for all objects in the same order ĀśvGṛ. Sch. &c. (cf. kāṇḍânus○)
- ○thī7ya-divya-cakṣus n. ○thôddeśa m. N. of wks
- padâvagrāham ind. making a pause after every quarter of a verse AitBr. Vait
- padâvalī f. a series of verses or words Gīt
- N. of a grammar
- padâvṛtti f. the repetition of a word VPrāt
- (in rhet.) the repetition of the same word with another meaning Kāvyâd
- padâsa (or ○d-āsa?), n. N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr
- padâsana n. a footstool L
- padâhata mfn. struck by the foot, kicked MW
- padâikadeśa m. a part of a word TPrāt. Sch
- padôccaya m. (in dram.) accumulation of words which belong to the subject matter (e.g. Śak. i, 20) Sāh
- padôpahata mfn. (prob.) = padâhata Pāṇ. 6-3, 52
- padaka mfn. versed in the Pada-pāṭha Divyâv. (g. kramâdi)
- m. a kind of ornament (= niṣka) L
- N. of a man
- pl. his descendants, g. yaskâdi
- n. a step, pace MBh
- an office, dignity Rājat
- a foot BhP
- (ikā), f. See tri-padikā and dvi-p○
- padana mfn. who or what goes or moves W. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 150)
- padanī́ya mfn. to be investigated ŚBr. (-tva n. Śaṃk.)
- padāji m. (fr. pada + āji? Pāṇ. 6-3, 52) a footman, foot-soldier L
- padāta wṛ. for next and pādāta
- padāti mfn. (fr. pada + āti? Pāṇ. 6-3, 52) going or being on foot
- m. a pedestrian, footman, foot-soldier MBh. R. &c
- a peon (in chess) Pañcad
- N. of a son of Janam-ejaya MBh
- ○jana m. a footman, pedestrian MBh
- -saṃkula mfn. mingled with footmen or pedestrian ib
- ○mātra m. only a foot-soldier MW
- ○lava m. a most humble (lit. atom) servant Bālar. (cf. bhṛtyaparamâṇu)
- padāty-adhyakṣa m. a commander of infantry R
- padātika m. (ifc. f. ā) a footman, foot-soldier, peon L
- padāḍtin mfn. having foot-soldiers MBh
- going or being on foot
- m. a foot-soldier MBh. R
⋙tīya
- tīya m. = prec. m. MBh
- padāra m. the dust of the feet L
- a boat L
- padālika m.= dhundhumāra L. (vḷ. pād○)
≫padi
- pádi m. (prob.) a kind of animal RV. i, 125, 2 (a bird Mahīdh
- = gantu Nir. v, 18)
- padika mf(ī)n. going on foot, pedestrian, g. parpâdi
- one Pada long KātyŚr. Sch
- comprising (only) one partition or division Var. Hcat
- n. the point of the foot L
- padi-baddhá mf(ā)n. (loc. of 3. pad + b○) tied or bound by the feet TS
- padī-√kṛ to raise to the square √Āryabh. Sch
- -kṛta-tva n. the being raised &c. ib
- paduka or m. pl. N. of a people VP
- paḍduma m. pl. N. of a people VP
- padeka m. a hawk, falcon L
- pádya mf(ā)n. (fr. 3. pad and pada) relating or belonging to a foot RV. Kāṭh
- hurting or coming in contact with the feet Pāṇ. 4-4, 83 ; vi, 3, 53. Sch
- marked with footsteps ib. iv, 4, 87 Sch
- measuring a Pada in length or breadth KātyŚr. (also in comp. with numerals
- cf. ardha-, daśa-)
- consisting of Padas or parts of verses Br. ĀśvGṛ. RPrāt
- consisting of one Pada KātyŚr. Sch
- forming the end, final, APrāt
- m. a Śūdra L. (cf. paj-ja)
- a part of a word, verbal element RPrāt
- (pádyā), f. footsteps, paces (pl.) RV
- a way, path, road L
- a foot as a measure of length KātyŚr
- n. a verse, metre, poetry (opp. to gadya, prose) Vām. Kāvyâd. Sāh. &c
- N. of sev. hymns
- ○kādambarī f. N. of wk. of Kshemêndra
- ○trayī-vyākhyāna n. N. of a Comm. on the first 3 verses of BhP. (also bhāgavata-trṭtrayī-vy○)
- ○pañjāśikā f
- ○prasūnâñjali m. N. of wks
- ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of verses Sāh
- ○mālā f
- ○muktâvalī f
- ○racanā f
- ○veṇī f
- ○śataka n
- ○saṃgraha m. N. of wks
- padyátmikôpaniṣad f. N. of an Up
- padyâmṛta f. (ibc.) nectar of poetry
- -taraṃgiṇī, -samudraṭīkā f. -saro-vara n. -sôpāna, n. N. of wks
- padyâlaya m
- padyâvali f. N. of wks
- padra
- padva See p. 585, col. 2
- padvan m. a road, path, way Uṇ. iv, 112
≫pan
- pan in comp. before nasals= 3. pad
- ○naddhā f. a shoe HPariś
- ○naddhrī id. L
- ○niṣka m. 1/4 Nishka L
- ○nejana n. washing of the feet ĀpŚr. Sch. [Page 584, Column]
- (néjanī), f. pl. (sc. āpas) a bath for the feet TS
- ○miśra = pāda-m○ Pāṇ. 6-3, 56
- panna mfn. fallen, fallen down, gone &c
- m. (!) downward motion, fall, creeping on the ground Uṇ. iii, 10 Sch
- ○gá m. (ifc. f. ā) 'creeping low', a serpent or serpent-demon Suparṇ. MBh. &c
- Cerasus Puddum L
- (ī), f. See below
- -kesara m. Mesua Roxburghī L
- -nāśana m. 'serpent-killer', N. of Garuḍa Hariv
- -purī f. the city of the serpent-demons L
- -bhojana m. 'serpent-eater', N. of Garuḍa MBh
- -maya mf(ī)n. formed or consisting of serpent Hariv
- -rāja m. serpent-king MBh
- -"ṣgâri m. 'serpent-foe', N. of Garuḍa Hariv
- of a teacher (vḷ. -gāni) VP
- -"ṣgâśana m. = -gabhojana L
- -gêndra and -"ṣgeśvara m. 'serpent king' MBh
- ○gī f. a female serpent-demon, a sṭserpent-maid MBh. R. &c
- a kind of shrub L
- -gīrta-kīrti mfn. whose praise is sung by sṭserpent-maids Bālar
- ○da mfn. one whose teeth have fallen out KātyŚr. Sch
- ○rūpa mf(ā)n. deprived of colour, pale (as a maiden) Car
- ○pīya mfn. (chapter) concerning them ib
- pannâgāra m. N. of a man
- pl. his family Pāṇ. 2-4, 66 Sch
- padma m. n. (2. or 3. pad?) a lotus (esp. the flower of the lotus-plant Nelumbium Speciosum which closes towards evening
- often confounded with the water-lily or Nymphaea Alba) MBh. Kāv. &c. (ifc. f. ā)
- the form or figure of a lotus R. MārkP. (a N. given by the Tāntrikas to the 6 divisions of the upper part of the body called Cakras, q.v.)
- a partic. mark or mole on the human body R
- red or coloured marks on the face or trunk of an elephant L
- a partic. part of a column or pillar Var
- a kind of temple ib
- an army arrayed in the form of a lotus Mn. MBh
- a partic. posture of the body in religious meditation, Vedânt. (cf. padmâsana)
- a kind of coitus L
- one of the 9 treasures of Kubera (also personified) R
- one of the 8 treasures connected with the magical art called Padminī MBh. Hariv. &c
- a partic. high number (1000 millions or billions) MBh. R. &c
- a partic. constellation Var
- N. of a partic. cold hell Buddh
- a partic. fragrant substance MBh. (vḷ. ○maka)
- the √of Nelumbium Speciosum L
- a species of bdellium L
- lead L
- m. a species of plant L
- an elephant L
- a species of serpent Suśr
- N. of Rāma (son of Daśa-ratha) Śatr
- of two serpent-demons MBh. R. &c
- of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh
- of a mythical Buddha MWB. 136, n. 1
- (with Jainas) N. of the 9th Cakra-vartin in Bhārata and of one of the 9 white Balas
- N. of a king MBh
- of a prince of Kaśmīra (founder of Padma-pura and of a temple
- See padma-svāmin) Rājat
- of another man ib
- of a Brāhman Lalit
- of a mythical elephant R. (cf. mahā-padma)
- of a monkey R
- of a mountain Var
- (ā), f. 'the lotus-hued one', N. of Śrī Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. padma-śrī)
- a species of plant Suśr. (Clerodendrum Siphorantus or Hibiscus Mutabilis L.)
- cloves L
- the flower of Carthamus Tinctoria L
- N. of the mother of Muni-suvrata (the 20th Arhat of the present Avasarpiṇī) L
- of a female serpent-demon (= the goddess Manasā, wife of the sage Jarat-kāru
- cf. padma-priyā) L
- of a daughter of king Bṛihadratha and wife of Kalki Pur
- mfn. lotus-hued, being of the colour of a lotus ṢaḍvBr
- ○kandâda m. a species of bird Gal
- ○kara m. a lotus-like hand BhP
- mf(ā)n. lotus in hand Prab
- m. N. of the sun W
- (ā), f. N. of Śrī BhP
- ○karkaṭī f. lotus-seed L
- ○karṇika m. or n. (?) and f. the pericarp of a lotus or the central part of an army arrayed in that form MBh
- ○karṇiḍkā f. the pericarp of a lotus or the central part of an army arrayed in that form MBh
- (ā), f. N. of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs
- ○kalikā f. an unblown lotus MW
- ○kalyāṇa-khaṇḍa n. N. of ch. of a Pur
- ○kāṣṭha n. the wood of Cerasus Puddum L
- ○kīṭa m. a species of venomous insect Suśr
- ○kuṇḍa n. a partic. mystical figure Cat
- ○kuṭa m. N. of a prince of the Vidyā-dharas Kathās
- n. N. of the palace of Su-bhīmā Hariv
- ○ketana m. N. of a son of Garuḍa MBh
- ○ketu m. a partic. comet Var
- ○kesara n. the filament of a lotus L
- ○kośa m. the calyx of a lotus R. BhP. (○śāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to resemble the calyx of a lotus Bālar
- ○śi-√kṛ, to make into the calyx of a lotus HPariś.)
- a partic. position of the fingers resembling the calyx of a lotus Cat
- N. of wk. (also -jātaka n.)
- ○kṣetra n. N. of one of 4 districts in Orissa held especially sacred L
- ○khaṇḍa n. a quantity of lotuses Mṛicch. [Page 584, Column]
- N. of ch. of the Brahmâṇḍa P
- -nagara n. N. of a city Siṃhâs
- ○gandha mf(ā)n. smelling like a lotus L
- ○gandhi mfn. id. R
- n. Cerasus Puddum Bhpr
- ○garbha m. the interior or calyx of a lotus Kāvyâd. ii, 41
- 'sprung from a lotus or containing lotuses', N. of Brahmā RPrāt. (Introd.)
- of Vishṇu Hariv
- of Śiva Śivag
- of the sun L
- of a lake Hit
- of a Buddha Lalit
- of a Bodhisattva L
- of a Brāhman who was changed into a swan Hariv
- ○giri-purāṇa n. N. of a legend
- ○gupta m. N. of a poet (called also Pari-mala) Cat
- ○gṛhā f. 'lotus-housed', N. of Lakshmi MBh
- ○caraṇa m. 'lotus-foot', N. of a disciple of Śaṃkarâcārya Cat
- ○cāriṇī f. Hibiscus Mutabilis Bhpr
- a partic. personification MānGṛ
- ○ja m. 'lotus-born', N. of Brahmā BhP
- ○jātaka n. N. of wk
- ○jāti f. = -bandha Kāv
- ○tantu m. the fibre of a lotus-stalk L
- ○tā f. the state or condition of a lotus Kāvyâd
- ○darśana m. 'looking like a lotus', the resin of the Pinus Longifolia L
- N. of a man Kathās
- ○dalêkṣaṇa mfn. lotus-(leaf-)eyed Mṛicch
- ○dhara m. 'lotus-bearer', N. of a prince Bhadrab
- ○nandi or m. N. of an author Sarvad. Cat
- ○nanḍdin m. N. of an author Sarvad. Cat
- ○nābha m. 'lotus-naveled', N. of Vishṇu (from whose navel sprang the lotus which contained Brahmā, the future creator) MBh. Hariv. R
- N. of the 11th month (reckoned from Mārgaśīrsha) Var
- a magical formula spoken over weapons R
- N. of a serpent-demon MBh
- of a son of Dhṛita-rāshṭra ib
- of the first Arhat of the future Ut-sarpiṇī L
- of sev. authors (also -tīrtha, -datta, -dīkṣita, -purī, -bhaṭṭa, -yājñika) and other men Cat. Inscr
- -dvadaśī f. N. of the 12th day in the light half of the month Āśvayuja Cat
- -bija n. the algebra of Padma-nābha Col
- ○nābhi m. N. of Vishṇu L. (cf. -nābhu)
- ○nāla m. a lotus stalk L
- ○nidhi m. N. of one of the 9 treasures of Kubera (also personified) Pañc
- ○nibhêkṣaṇa mfn. having eyes like lotus-leaves MW
- ○nimīlana n. the closing of a lotus Śak
- ○netra m. 'lotus-eyed', a species of bird Gal
- N. of a future Buddha L
- ○paṇḍita m. N. of an author Cat
- ○pattra n. a lotus-leaf MBh. (-nibhêkṣaṇa mfn. lotus-lotus-eyed. MW.)
- = -parṇa Bhpr
- ○pada m. = -pāda Cat
- ○parṇa n. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L
- ○pāṇi m. 'lotus-handed' or 'holding a lotus in the hand', N. of Brahmā L
- of Vishṇu Cat
- of the Bodhi-sattva Avalokitêśvara MWB. 195 &c
- the sun L
- ○pāda m.= -caraṇa Cat. (cf. pāda-padma)
- -rahasya n. N. of wk
- ○dâcārya m. N. of a teacher Cat
- ○pura n. N. of a city Rājat
- ○purāṇa n. N. of sev. Purāṇas
- ○puṣpa m. Pterospermum Acerifolium L
- a species of bird L
- ○ṣpâñjali-stotra n. N. of a Stotra
- ○prabha m. N. of a future Buddha
- of a Deva-putra Lalit
- of 6th Arhat of present Avasarpiṇī L
- (with sūri) of an author Cat
- (ā), f. N. of a daughter of Mahā-daṃshṭra Kathās
- ○prabhu m. N. of an author Cat
- ○priyā f. N. of the goddess Manasā (wife of Jarat-kāru) L
- ○bandha m. an artificial arrangement of the words of a verse in a figure representing a lotus-flower Kpr
- ○bandhu m. 'friend of the lotus', N. of the sun L
- a bee L
- -kula n. N. of a family Cat
- ○bīja n. lotus-seed L
- ○jâbha mfn. 'resembling the lotus-sṭseed', the sṭseed of Euryala Ferox L
- ○bhava m. = -ja Hariv. BhP
- ○bhāśa m. 'brilliant with (or like) a lotus', N. of Vishṇu Hariv. (vḷ. -nābha
- cf. -hāsa)
- ○bhū m.= -ja Dhūrtan
- ○maya mf(ī)n. made or consisting of lotus-flowers Hariv. BhP
- ○mālin mfn. lotus-garlanded
- m. N. of a Rakshas R
- (nī), f. N. of Śrī MBh
- ○mihira m. 'lotus-sun', N. of a writer of the history of Kaśmīra Rājat
- ○mukhī f. Alhagi Maurorum L
- ○mūla n. lotus-√L
- ○yoni m. 'lotus-born', N. of Brahmā Gṛihyās. MBh. &c. (also ○nin Hariv.)
- of a Buddha Lalit
- of sev. men, APariś. Lalit
- ○rati f. N. of 2 princesses Kathās
- ○ratna m. N. of the 23rd Buddh. patriarch L
- ○ratha m. N. of sev. princes Rājat. HPariś
- ○rāga m. 'lotus-hued', a ruby L. (also -ka Hcat
- ○ga-maya mf[ī]n. made or consisting of rubies, Kāraṇḍ)
- (ī), f. N. of one of the tongues of Agni Gṛihyās
- ○rāja m. 'lotus-king', N. of sev. men Rājat
- of a poet Cat
- ○rūpa mf(ā)n. lotus-hued
- (ā), f. N. of Śri MBh
- ○rekhā f. 'lotus-line', a line in the palm of the hand indicating the acquisition of great wealth L
- ○lāñchana m. (L.) 'lotus-marked', a king
- N. of Brahmā
- of Kubera, the sun
- (ā), f. N. of Śrī
- of Sarasvatī
- of Tārā
- ○līlā-vilāsinī f. N. of an astron. wk. [Page 585, Column]
- ○lekhā f. N. of a woman Rājat
- ○locana mfn. lotus-eyed MBh
- ○vat mfn. full of lotus-flowers Hariv
- (ī), f. N. of a wife of Aśoka (cf. padmā-vatī)
- of a town BhP
- ○vanabāndhava m. the sun (cf. padma-bandhu)
- -vaṃśa m. the race of kings descended from the sun (cf. sūrya-v○) Prasannar
- ○varcas mfn. lotushued MBh. R
- ○varṇa mfn. id. Hariv
- m. N. of a son of Yadu ib
- ○varṇaka n. Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L
- ○vāsā f. = -gṛhā L
- ○vāhinī f. N. of wk
- ○viṣaya m. N. of a country Kathās
- ○vṛkṣa m. Cerasus Puddum L
- ○vṛṣabha-vikrāmin m. N. of a future Buddha L
- ○veṣa m. N. of a king of the Vidyādharas Kathās
- ○vyākośa n. a crevice shaped like a lotus-bud (made by a thief in a wall) Mṛicch. iii, 13
- ○vyūha m. N. of a Samādhi L
- ○śas ind. by thousands of billions MBh
- ○śāyinī f. a species of bird Gal
- ○śekhara m. N. of a king of the Gandharvas Kathās
- ○śrī 'beautiful as a lotus flower', N. of Avalokitêśvara Kāraṇḍ
- of a Bodhi-sattva
- f. N. of sev. women Rājat. HPariś
- of a lady who wrote on Kāma-śāstra Cat
- -garbha m. N. of a Bodhi-sattva
- ○ṣaṇḍa n. a multitude of lotuses MBh. (cf. -khaṇḍa)
- ○saṃhitā f. N. of wk
- ○saṃkāśa mfn. resembling a lotus MW
- ○sadman m. 'lotus-dweller', N. of Brahmā Bālar
- ○samāsana m. id. VP
- ○sambhava m. = -ja Hariv
- N. of a Buddhist teacher who founded the Red sect in Tibet MWB. 272 &c
- ○saras n. lotus-lake, N. of sev. lakes MBh. Rājat. Pañc
- ○sundara m. N. of an author Cat
- ○sūtra n. a lotus-garland Hariv
- ○sena m. N. of sev. men Kathās
- (ā), f. N. of a woman HPariś
- ○saugandhika n. pl. the flowers Nelumbium Speciosum and Nymphaea Alba R
- mfn. (a pond) abounding in these flowers MBh. R. &c
- -vat mfn. id. MBh
- ○snuṣā f. (L.) N. of Gaṅgā
- of Śrī
- of Durgā
- ○svastika n. a SvṭSvastika mark consisting of lotus-flowers MW
- ○svāmin m. N. of a sacred edifice built by Padma Rājat
- ○hasta m. a partic. measure of length AgP
- ○hāsa m. 'smiling like or with a lotus', N. of Vishṇu L. (cf. -bhāsa)
- ○hema-maṇi m. N. of a teacher Cat
- padmâkara m. (ifc. f. ā) a lotus-pool or an assemblage of lotuses Bhartṛ. Kathās
- -deva and -bhaṭṭa m. N. of authors Cat
- padmâkāra mfn. lotus-shaped MW
- padmâkṣa mf(ī)n. lotus-eyed, id
- n. lotus-seed W
- padmâṅka-mudrā f. a partic. Mudrā Kāraṇḍ
- padmâṅghri m. = ○dma-pāda Cat
- padmâcala m. N. of a mountain R
- padmâcārya m. N. of a teacher Cat
- padmâṭa m. Cassia Tora Bhpr
- padmâdi a lotus-flower &c
- -tva n. Kāvyâd. ii, 95
- padmâdhī7śa m. N. of Vishṇu, Dhūrtain
- padmânanda m. N. of a poet
- -śataka n. his wk
- padmântara m. a lotus-leaf MW
- padmâlaṃkārā f. N. of a Gandharvii Kāraṇḍ
- padmâlayá m. 'dwelling in a lotus', N. of Brahmā MBh
- (ā), f. N. of Śrī ib. Hariv
- n. N. of a city Siṃhâs
- padmā-vatī f. (cf. ○dma-v○ and Pāṇ. 6-3, 119 &c.) Hibiscus Mutabilis L
- a kind of Prākṛit metre Col
- N. of Lakshmī Gīt
- of the goddess Manasā L
- of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh
- of a Surâṅganā Siṃhâs
- of a Jaina deity L
- of a wife of king Śṛigāla Hariv
- of a wife of Yudhi-shṭhira (kṭking of Kaśmīra) Rājat
- of the wife of Jaya-deva Gīt
- of a wife of king Vīra-bāhu Vet
- of a wife of king Naya-pāla ib
- of a poetess Cat
- of the city of Ujjayinī in the Kṛita-yuga Kathās
- of another city. VP
- of a river L
- of Kathās. xvii
- -kalpa m. -pañcâṅga n. -stotra n. N. of wks
- -priya m. 'husband of Padmavatī (= Manasā)', N. of Jarat-kāru L
- padmâvabhāsa m. N. of a kind of philosopher's stone Kāraṇḍ
- padmâvali f. N. of wk
- padmâsana n. a lotus as seat (esp. of an idol) Hariv. Kum
- a partic. posture in religious meditation Bhartṛ. (cf. MWB. 240)
- a kind of coitus L
- mf(ā)n. sitting in a lotus or in the position called Padmâsaṇa (-tā f. Cat.)
- m. N. of Brahmā VP
- of Śiva Śivag
- the sun L
- (ā), f. N. of the goddess Manasā L
- padmâhvay9a m. Cerasus Puddum Bhpr
- padmâhvā f. Hibiscus Mutabilis L
- padme-śaya m. 'sleeping in a lotus', N. of Vishṇu MBh. Hariv
- padmôttama m. N. of a Samādhi Kāraṇḍ
- of a partic. world ib
- of a Buddha living in Padmôttama and of a future BṭBuddha ib
- padmôttara m. Carthamus Tinctorius L
- N. of a Buddha MWB. 136, n. 1
- of the father of Padma L
- ○râtmaja m. patr. of the 9th Cakra-vartin in Bhārata Jain
- ○rikā-śāka n. a species of pot-herb Car. [Page 585, Column]
- padmôtpala-kumudvat mfn. furnished with the lotus flowers called Padma, Utpala and Kumuda BhP
- padmôdbhava mf(ā)n. sprung from a lotus MBh
- m. N. of Brahmā ib
- of a man Daś
- (ā), f. N. of the goddess Manasā L
- -prādur-bhāva m. N. of ch. of KūrmaP
- padmôpaniṣad f. N. of an Up
- -dīpikā f. N. of Comm. on it
- padmaka m. or n. red spots on the skin of an elephant L
- the wood of Cerasus Puddum MBh. &c
- m. an army arrayed in the form of a lotus-flower MBh
- a species of tree R. (B.)
- N. of a partic. constellation Hcat
- of sev. men Rājat
- n. a partic. posture in sitting Vedântas
- Costus Speciosus or Arabicus L
- padmakin m. Betula Bhojpatra L
- padmāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to resemble the flower of Nelumbium Speciosum Kāvyâd
- padmāvata m. N. of a kingdom founded by Padma-varṇa Hariv
- padmin mfn. spotted (as an elephant) MBh
- possessing lotuses L
- m. an elephant L
- (nī), f. See next
- padminī f. (of prec.) Nelumbium Speciosum, a lotus (the whole plant, ifc. ○nīka mfn
- cf. abjinī, nalinī &c.)
- a multitude of lotuses or a lotus-pond MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. g. puṣkarâdi)
- a lotus-stalk L
- a female elephant L
- a partic. magical art MārkP
- an excellent woman, a woman belonging to the first of the 4 classes into which the sex is divided RTL. 389
- N. of sev. women Siṃhâs
- ○kaṇṭaka m. a kind of leprosy Suśr
- ○kānta m. 'beloved of lotuses', N. of the sun L
- ○khaṇḍa n. a multitude or lake of lotuses Pañc
- N. of a city Siṃhâs
- ○pattra n. a lotus-leaf. R
- ○vallabha and m. the sun L. (cf. -kānta)
- ○"ṣśa (○nī7śa), m. the sun L. (cf. -kānta)
- ○ṣaṇḍa (and -pura), n. N. of a city Siṃhâs
- padmiṣṭhā f. N. of a woman Kathās
- padra m. (√2. pad?) a village or = saṃveśa Uṇ. ii, 13 Sch. (-vaḍa, -saṇḍa and -saḍa ḥPariś. perhaps wṛ. for -baṭu, or -baṇḍa, 'village lad or cripple')
- a road in a village L
- the earth L
- N. of a district L
- padva n. (√2. pad?) the earth L
- a road L
- a car L
- mfn. See nisarga-padva
- pad-vat See p. 583, col. 1
- pan cl. 1. Ā. pánate (pf. -papana, papné aor. 3. sg. paniṣṭa), to be worthy of admiration or to admire (acc.) RV.: Pass. panyáte ib.: Caus. panáyati, ○te, to regard with surprise or wonder, to admire, praise, acknowledge RV
- (Ā.) to rejoice at, be glad of (gen.) ib. (cf. √paṇ
- paṇāya)
- panayā́yya mfn. astonishing, surprising RV
- panasya Nom. Ā. ○syáte (P. ○syáti Naigh. iii, 14), to excite admiration or praise RV
- panaḍsyú mfn. showing one's self worthy of admiration, glorious ib
- panāya Nom. P. Ā. ○yáti, ○te, to show ostentatiously, boast of (gen.) RV. vi, 75, 6 (cf. Nir. ix, 16)
- paḍnā́yya mfn. admirable, surprising RV. AitBr
- panitá mfn. admired, praised RV
- panitṛ́ mfn. praising, acknowledging ib
- pánipnat mfn. (fr. Intens.) showing one's self worthy of admiration or praise ib
- paniṣṭama (prob.) wṛ. SV
- pániṣṭi f. (prob.) admiration, praise ib
- pániṣṭha mfn. (superl.) very wonderful or glorious RV
- pánīyas mfn. (compar.) more or very wonderful ib
≫panū
- pan�ū́ f. admiration ib
- pánya mfn. astonishing, glorious. ib. (superl. -tama)
- pányas mfn. = pánīyas ib
- panaka m. a kind of Arum, Śīl
- panasa m. (√pan?) the bread-fruit or Jaka tree, Artocarpus Integrifolia MBh. R. &c
- a thorn L
- a species of serpent Suśr
- N. of a monkey MBh. R
- (ī), f. = panasikā Suśr
- n. the bread-fruit ib
- ○tālikā or f. the bread-fruit tree L
- ○nālikā f. the bread-fruit tree L
- panasâsthi n. the kernel of the bread-fruit Suśr
- panasikā f. a kind of disease, pustules on the ears and neck Suśr. (cf. pinasa, pīnasa). [Page 585, Column]
- paniṣpadá mf(ā)n. (Intens. of √spand) quivering, palpitating AV
- panth cl. 1. 10. P. panthati, or ○thayati, to go, move Dhātup. xxxii, 39 (cf. √path)
- panthaka mfn. produced in or on the way Pāṇ. 4-3, 29
- m. N. of a Brāhman L
- panḍthalikā f. a narrow way or path Kāraṇḍ. Divyâv
- panthāna m. N. of a partic. magical spell spoken over weapons R. (vḷ. saṃdhāna)
- pandara m. N. of a mountain VP
- panna &c. See p. 584, col. 2
- pan-naddhā &c. See p. 584, col. 1
- papasya v. l. for pampasya
- papí mfn. (√1. pā) drinking (with acc.) RV. vi, 23, 4 (cf. Pāṇ. 2-3, 69 Kāś.)
- m. the moon L
≫papī
- papī́ m. (nom. s) the sun or the moon Uṇ. iii, 159
- papīti f. (fr. Intens, of √1. pā) mutual or reciprocal drinking W
- papu m. (√3. pā) a protector
- f. a nurse L
- pápuri mfn. (√pṝ) bountiful, liberal
- abundant RV
- pápri mfn. giving, granting (with gen. or acc
- superl. -tama) RV. VS. (cf. Pāṇ. 7-1, 103 Sch.)
- papṛkṣêṇya mfn. (√prach) desirable RV. v, 33, ?
- pápri mfn. (√1. pṛ) delivering, saving RV.: AV. TS
- paphaka m. N. of a man
- ○naraka m. pl. the descendants of Paphaka and Naraka, g. tika-kitavâdi
- pabbeka m. N. of the father of Kedāra-bhaṭṭa (author of the Vṛitta-ratnâkara) Cat
- pamarā f. a kind of fragrant substance L
- pampasya Nom. P. ○syati, to feel pain, g. kaṇḍv-ādi (vḷ. pap○)
- pampā f. (√1. pā? Uṇ.iii, 28. Sch.) N. of a river in the south of India MBh. R. &c
- of a lake Ragh. Sch
- ○māhātmya n. N. of ch. of SkandaP
- pamb cl. 1. P. pambati, to go, move Dhātup. xi, 35 Vop
- pay cl. 1. Ā. payate, to go, move Dhātup. xiv, 3
- paya See kat-payá
- paya in comp. for ○yas
- ○āhutí f. an oblation of milk ŚBr
- payôpavasana n. a kind of fast when milk is the only food Pāṇ. 6-3, 109 Vārtt.6, P
- payôṣṇī (MBh. Var. Pur.),
- payôṣḍṇikā (VP.), f. N. of a river rising in the Vindhya mountain
- ○ṇi-jātā f. N. of the river Sarasvati L
- payaḥ in comp. for ○yas
- ○kandā f. Batatas Paniculata L
- ○kṣīra n. a partic. extract from barley L
- ○payôṣṇi = payôṣnī MBh
- ○pāna n. drinking milk, a draught of milk Pāṇ. 6-2, 150 Kāś
- ○pāyikā f. id. iii, 3, 111 Kāś
- ○pārâvara m. the ocean of mṭmilk Kāv
- ○pūra m. flood of water Ratnâv
- ○pratibimba n. the reflected image or fancied appearance of water (in deserts) Subh
- ○phenī f. a partic. small shrub L
- ○sāman n. N. of a Sāman ĀrshBr
- ○sphāti (pá○), f. abundance of milk AV. xix, 31, 10 (printed gáyasph○)
- payaś in comp. for ○yas
- ○caya m. a reservoir, piece of water, lake L
- páyas n. (√1. pī) any fluid or juice, (esp.) milk, water, rain
- semen virile, (met.) vital spirit, power, strength RV. &c. &c
- a species of Andropogon Bhpr
- N. of a Sāman ŚrS
- of a Virāj RPrāt
- night Naigh. i, 7
- ○kaṃsa m. a cup of milk L
- ○karṇī f. Pāṇ. 8-3, 46 Sch. (cf. dadhi-karṇa)
- ○kāma mfn. (prob.) wishing for milk ib
- ○kāmya Nom. P. ○yati, to wish for milk Pāṇ. 8-3, 38 Vārtt. 2 Pat
- ○kāra (?), viii, 3, 46 Sch
- ○kumbha m. a pitcher for holding mṭmilk ib
- ○kuśā f. ib
- ○pa m. 'milk-drinker', a cat W
- night MW. [Page 586, Column]
- ○pati m. N. of Vishṇu Vishṇ
- ○pā́ mfn. drinking milk RV
- ○pātra n. a milk-bowl L
- ○vat (pá○), mfn. full of juice or sap, juicy, succulent, containing water or milk or semen
- overflowing, exuberant, copious, powerful, strong RV. AV. TS. Br. GṛŚrS
- (ī), f. the night L
- pl. rivers Naigh. i, 13
- ○vala mf(ā)n. rich in milk Hariv. (vḷ. ○vin)
- m. a goat L
- ○vin mfn. abounding in sap or milk Br. GṛS. Mn. MBh. &c
- (nī), f. a milch-cow MBh. Var. Ragh
- a she-goat L
- a river or N. of a river BhP. (cf. g. puṣkarâdi)
- the night L
- N. of sev. plants (Asteracantha Longifolia, Batatas Paniculata, = kākolī, kṣīra-kāk○, jīvantī, dugdhaphenī &c.) Bhpr. L
- payasá mfn. full of juice or sap AV. (corrupted fr. vāyasa?)
- n. water L
- payasiṣṭha or mfn. superl. of payas-vin Pat
- payiṣṭha mfn. superl. of payas-vin Pat
- payaska mfn. (ifc.) = payas L
- payasya mfn. made of milk (as butter, cheese &c.). Lāṭy
- m. a cat L
- N. of a son of Aṅgiráś MBh
- (ā), f. coagulated milk, curds (made by mixing sour with hot sweet milk) TS. Br. ŚrS
- N. of sev. plants (Gynandropsis Pentaphylla, = kākolī, kuṭumbinī, dugdhikā &c.) L
- payasya Nom. P. ○syati, to flow, become liquid, g. kaṇḍv-ādi)
- Ā. ○syate = next Pāṇ. 3-1, 11 Vārtt. 1 Pat
- payāya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to be fluid Pāṇ. ib
- payiṣṭha See payasiṣṭha above
≫payo
- payo in comp. for ○yas
- ○gaḍa m. (wṛ. for guḍa?) 'water-drop', hail L
- m. n. an island L
- ○grahá m. an oblation of milk ŚBr
- -samarthana-prakāra m. N. of wk
- ○ghana m. water-lump, hail L
- ○janman m. 'water-birthplace', a cloud L
- ○da mf(ā)n. milk-giving (as a cow) Hariv
- yielding water (as a cloud) Subh
- m. a cloud Kālid. Var. &c. (-suhṛd m. 'friend of clouds', a peacock Sāh.)
- N. of a son of Yadu Hariv
- (ā), f. N. of one of the Mātṛis attending on Skanda MBh
- ○duh mfn. yielding milk or semen SV
- ○dhara m. 'containing water or milk', a cloud Kāv. Rājat
- (ifc. f. ā) a woman's breast or an udder MBh. Kāv. &c
- the √of Scirpus Kysoor L
- a species of sugar-cane L
- the cocoa-nut L
- a species of Cyperus L
- an amphibrach Col
- ○rī-√bhū, to become an udder Ragh
- ○rônnati f. a high breast (and 'rising clouds') Kāv
- ○dhas m. (√1. dhā) a rainy cloud
- the ocean Uṇ. iv, 229 Sch
- ○dhā́ mfn. (√dhe) sucking milk RV
- ○dhārā f. a stream of water (○gṛha n. a bath-room with flowing water) Mṛicch
- N. of a river Hariv
- ○dhi m. 'water-receptacle', the ocean Kāv
- -ja n. 'sea-born', Os Sepiae L
- ○dhika n. 'sea-foam', cuttle-fish bone L
- ○dhra m. a woman's breast or an udder Gal. (cf. -dhara)
- ○nidhana n. N. of a Sāman Lāṭy
- ○nidhi m. = -dhi Kāv
- ○bhakṣa m. drinking (eating) only milk SaṃhUp
- ○bhṛt m. 'water-holder' a cloud Śiś. xvi, 61
- ○maya mf(ī)n. consisting of wṭwater Kathās
- ○mānuṣī f. a water-nymph Subh
- ○mukha mfn. having milk on the surface, milk-faced Hit
- ○muc mfn. discharging or yielding wṭwater or milk MBh. Hcat
- m. a cloud MBh. Var. Kāv
- ○'mṛta-tīrtha n. N. of a sacred bathing-place Cat
- ○raya m. the current of a river ŚārṅgP
- ○rāśi m. a piece of water, the ocean ib
- N. of the number 4 L
- ○ruha n. 'water-growing', a lotus L
- ○latā f. Batatas Paniculata L
- ○vāha m. 'water-bearer', a cloud Ragh. Var. Rājat
- ○vidārikā f. Batatas Paniculata L
- ○vṛ́dh mfn. full of sap, overflowing, exuberant, vigorous RV
- ○vrata n. a vow to subsist on nothing but milk BhP
- offering milk to Vishṇu and subsisting upon it for 12 days (also for 1 or 3 days as a religious act) W
- (pá○), mf(ā)n. subsisting on nothing but milk ŚBr
- ○tá-tā f. ib
- payora m. Acacia Catechu L
- pára mf(ā)n. (√1. pṛ
- abl. sg. m. n. párasmāt, ○rāt
- loc. párasmin, ○re
- nom. pl. m. páre, ○rās, ○rāsas
- Pāṇ. 1-1, 34 ; vii, 1, 16 ; 50) far, distant, remote (in space), opposite, ulterior, farther than, beyond, on the other or farther side of, extreme
- previous (in time), former
- ancient, past
- later, future, next
- following, succeeding, subsequent
- final, last
- exceeding (in number or degree), more than
- better or worse than, superior or inferior to, best or worst, highest, supreme, chief (in the compar. meanings [where also -tara], with abl., rarely gen. or ifc
- exceptionally paraṃ śatam, more than a hundred, lit. 'an excessive hundred, a hundred with a surplus' R. [Page 586, Column]
- parāḥ koṭayaḥ Prab. Hcat.) RV. &c. &c
- strange, foreign, alien, adverse, hostile ib
- other than, different from (abl.) Prab
- left, remaining Kathās
- concerned or anxious for (loc.) R
- m. another (different from one's self), a foreigner, enemy, foe, adversary RV. &c. &c
- a following letter or sound (only ifc. mfn. e.g. ta-para, having t as the following letter, followed by t) RPrāt. Pāṇ
- (scil. graha) a subsidiary Soma-graha TS
- N. of a king of Kosala with the patr. Āṭṇāra Br
- of another king MBh
- of a son of Samara Hariv
- (sc. prāsāda) of the palace of Mitravindā ib
- m. or n. the Supreme or Absolute Being, the Universal Soul Up. R. Pur
- (ā), f. a foreign country, abroad (?) Kathās
- a species of plant L
- N. of a sound in the first of its 4 stages L
- a partic. measure of time Sāy
- N. of a river MBh. VP. (vḷ. pārā, veṇā, veṇṇā)
- of a goddess (cf. s.v.), n. remotest distance MBh
- highest point or degree ib
- final beatitude L. (also -taram and parāt para-taram)
- the number 10, 000, 000, 000 (as the full age of Brahmā) VP
- N. of partic. Sāmans Kāṭh
- any chief matter or paramount object (ifc. [f. ā] having as the chief object, given up to, occupied with, engrossed in, intent upon, resting on, consisting of, serving for, synonymous with &c. MBh. Kāv. &c.)
- the wider or mare extended or remoter meaning of a word Jaim. Kull
- (in logic) genus
- existence (regarded as the common property of all things) W
- (am), ind. afterwards, later
- (with abl.) beyond, after (e.g. paraṃ vijñānāt, beyond human knowledge
- astam-ayāt p○, after sunset
- mattaḥ p○, after me
- ataḥ p○ or param ataḥ, after this, farther on, hereafter, next
- itaḥ p○, henceforward, from now
- tataḥ p○ or tataś ca p○, after that, thereupon
- nâsmāt p○ [for mâsm"ṣp○], no more of this, enough) MBh. Kāv. &c
- in a high degree, excessively, greatly, completely ib
- rather, most willingly, by all means ib
- I will, so be it Divyâv
- at the most, at the utmost, merely, no more than, nothing but ib
- but, however, otherwise (paraṃ tu or paraṃ kiṃ tu id
- yadi p○, if at all, perhaps, at any rate
- na-p○, not-but
- na paraṃ-api, not only-but also
- pṭparaṃ na-api na, not only not-but not even
- na paraṃ-yāvat, not only-but even) ib
- (páreṇa), ind. farther, beyond, past (with acc.) RV. &c. &c
- thereupon, afterwards, later than, after (with abl.or gen.). Mn. MBh. &c
- (paré), ind. later, farther, in future, afterwards RV. MBh. Kāv. [Cf. Zd. para
- Gk. ? ; Lat. peren-die ; Goth. [586,] faírra ; Germ. fern ; Eng. far and fore.]
- ○kathā f. pl. talk about another Bhartṛ
- ○kara-gata mfn. being in anṭanother's hands Pañc
- ○karman n. service for another Kām
- ○nirata m. 'engaged in service for another a servant Var
- ○kalatra n. another's wife
- ○râbhigamana n. approaching another's wife, adultery W
- ○kāya-praveśana n. entering anṭanother's body (a supernatural art) Cat
- ○kārya n. another's business or affair Pañc
- ○kāla mfn. relating to a later time, mentioned later (opp. to pūrva-) VPrāt
- ○kṛti f. the action or history of another, an example or precedent Nyāyam. Sch. Kull
- ○kṛtya n. another's business or affair Kāv
- mfn. busy for another, hostile Mudr
- -pakṣa m. the hostile party ib
- ○krama m. doubling the other (i.e. second) letter of a conjunction of consonants RPrāt
- ○krāthin m. N. of a Kuru warrior MBh
- ○krānti f. the greatest declination, inclination of the ecliptic Sūryas
- ○kṣudrā f. pl. the very short verses (of Veda) VāyuP. (cf. kṣudrasū7kta)
- ○kṣetra n. another's field or wife (cf. kṣetra) Mn
- the body in another life Pāṇ. 5-2, 92 (cf. kṣetriya)
- ○khātaka mfn. dug by another AV.Pariś
- ○gata mfn. being with or relating to anṭanother MBh
- ○gāmin mfn. id. Pāṇ. 1-3, 72
- ○guṇa (ibc.) the virtues of anṭanother (-grâhin mfn. assuming them) Kāv
- mfn. beneficial to another or to a foe R
- ○gṛha-vāsa or m. dwelling in anṭanother's house Kāv
- ○geha-v○ m. dwelling in anṭanother's house Kāv
- ○granthi m. 'extreme point of a limb', an articulation, joint L
- ○glāni f. the subjugation of a foe W
- ○cakra n. the army of a foe MBh. Var. (Sch. 'a hostile prince')
- -sūdana m. destroyer of it BhP
- ○citta-jñāna n. knowing the thoughts of another L
- ○cintā f. thinking of or caring for anṭanother Kāv
- ○cchanda m. another's will BhP. (○dânuvartana n. following it L.)
- mfn. depending on another's will, subservient (also -vat) L
- ○cchidra n. another's fault or defect Kāv
- ○ja mfn. being behind another, inferior Kāṭh
- coming from a foe MBh. [Page 586, Column]
- ○jana m. another person, a stranger
- (coll.) strangers (opp. to sva-j○) Mn. xi, 9
- ○janman n. a future birth
- ○mika mfn. relating to it MW
- ○jāta m. 'born of another', a stranger or servant L. (vḷ. -jita, 'conquered by another')
- ○jñāna-maya mf(ī)n. consisting in knowledge of the Supreme Being VP
- ○taṅgaṇa (?), m. pl. N. of a people MBh
- ○tattva in -nirṇaya m. -prakāśikā f. -vāda m. N. of wks
- ○tantra n. a rule or formula for another rite KātyŚr
- mf(ā)n. dependent on or subject to another, obedient (opp. to sva-t○) MBh. Kāv. Suśr. &c
- n. (ibc.) and -tā f. (Sāh.) dependence on another's will Sāh
- -dṛṣṭi mfn. one who asserts the dependence of the will Jātakam
- -haṃsôpaniṣad f. N. of an Up
- ○trī-kṛta mfn. made dependent, brought into another's power Kull
- ceded, sold Kathās
- ○tama and mfn. superl. and compar. of para
- ○tara mfn. superl. and compar. of para
- ○tarkaka or m. a beggar Var
- ○tarkuka m. a beggar Var
- ○talpa m. pl. another's wife Āpast
- -gāmin m. one who approaches another's wife ib
- ○tas ind. = abl. of para Kāv. Pur
- farther, far off, afterwards, behind (itas-paratas, here-there
- sapta puruṣān itaś ca paraś ca, seven ancestors and seven descendants Gaut
- sani parataḥ, sc. sati, when san follows Pāṇ. 2-4, 48 Sch.) RPrāt. Hariv. R. &c
- high above (in rank) Rājat
- (with prec. abl.) after (in time) MBh. Yājñ. &c
- beyond, above (in rank) Bhag. Kām
- otherwise, differently W
- ○taḥ-poṣa mfn. receiving food from another BhP
- -"ṣtas-tva n. (the state of) being from elsewhere or without Sarvad
- ○tā f. highest degree, absoluteness, (ifc.) the being quite devoted to or intent upon Bhāshāp. Rājat
- ○tāpana m. 'paining-foes', N. of a Marut Hariv
- ○tīrthika m. the adherent of another sect L
- ○toṣayitṛ mfn. gratifying others Śiś
- ○tra ind. elsewhere, in another place, in a future state or world, hereafter Mn. MBh. &c
- below i.e. in the sequel (of a book) Vop. Sch
- -bhīru m. 'one who stands in awe of futurity', a pious or religious man W
- ○tvá n. distance, remoteness, consequence, posteriority, difference, strangeness, superiority to (gen.) Āpast. MBh. Pur. &c
- = -tā Kap
- -ratnâkara m. N. of wk
- ○dāra m. sg. or pl. another's wife or wives Mn. MBh. &c
- adultery Gaut. xxii, 29
- -gamana n. ○râbhigamana n. ○râbhimarśa m. ○rôpasevana n. (○vā f.) approaching or touching or courting anṭanother's wife or wives, adultery W
- -parigraha (R.), -bhuj (MārkP.), -"ṣdārin: (R.), m. one who takes or approaches or enjoys another's wife or wives, an adulterer R
- ○duḥkha n. another's pain or sorrow W
- ○dūṣaṇa m. (sc. saṃdhi) peace purchased by the entire produce of a country Kām. Hit. (vḷ. para-bhūṣaṇa and pari-bh○)
- ○devatā f. the highest deity ĀpŚr. Sch
- -stuti f. N. of a hymn
- ○deśa m. another or a foreign or a hostile country (opp. to sva-d○) Var. Kaṭh. Pañc
- -sevin mfn. living abroad, a traveller W
- ○śin mfn. foreign, exotic
- m. a foreigner or a traveller ib
- ○doṣa in -kīrtana n. the proclaiming of another's faults, censoriousness W
- -jña mfn. knowing another's faults Subh
- ○dravya n. pl. another's property Hit
- ○vyâpahāraka mfn. robbing another's property Mn
- ○droha m. injuring another ŚārṅgP
- -karma-dhī mfn. injṭinjuring another in deed or thought Mn
- ○hin mfn. tyrannizing over another W
- ○dveṣin mfn. hating another, inimical to another W
- ○dhana n. another's wealth VP
- ○nâsvādana-sukha n. feeding luxuriously at anṭanother's expense Hit
- ○dharma m. another's duty or business, the duties of another caste Mn. BhP
- another's peculiarity (-tva n.) Kap
- ○dhyāna n. intent meditation W
- ○nindā f. reviling others MW
- ○nipāta m. the irregular posteriority of a word in a compound (opp. to pūrva-n○) Pāṇ. Sch
- ○nirmita-vaśa-vartin m. 'constantly enjoying pleasures provided by others', N. of a class of Buddh. deities Lalit. (cf. MWB. 208)
- ○nirvāṇa n. the highest Nirvāṇa (with Buddhists) Sarvad
- ○ṃ-tapa mfn. destroying foes (said of heroes) MBh. R. &c
- m. N. of a son of Manu Tāmasa Hariv
- of a prince of Magadha Ragh
- ○pakṣa m. the other side, hostile party, enemy Hit
- N. of a son of Anu VP. (vḷ. paramêkṣu)
- ○patnī f. the wife of another or of a stranger Mn. Kathās
- ○pada n. the highest position, final emancipation Mahān
- ○parigraha m. another's property Āpast
- another's wife Mn. ix, 42, 43
- ○paribhava m. humiliation or injury suffered from others Mṛicch
- ○parivāda m. = -nirvā Pañc
- ○pāka m. another's food or meal Mn. &c
- -nirvṛtta m. one who cooks his own food without observing a partic. ceremony W. [Page 587, Column]
- -rata m. one who lives upon others but observes the due ceremonies ib
- -ruci m. a constant guest at others' tables ib
- ○kôpabhojin mfn. eating another's or a stranger's food Suśr
- ○pāra-bhūta m. N. of Vishṇu VP
- ○piṇḍa in -puṣṭaka m. 'nourished by another's food', a servant Mṛicch. viii, 25/26
- ○ḍâda m. 'eating another's food', id. L
- ○puraṃjaya mfn. conquering an enemy's city (said of heroes) MBh. R. &c
- m. N. of a king VP
- ○pura-praveśa m. entering an enemy's city (as a supernatural art), Sāṃkhyas. Sch
- ○puruṣa m. the husband of another woman Kālid
- 'the Supreme Spirit', N. of Vishṇu L
- ○puṣṭa mfn. nourished by anṭanother or a stranger L
- m. the Kokila or Indian cuckoo (cf. -bhṛt below and anya-p○) MBh. Kāv. &c
- (ā), f. a female cuckoo Var
- a harlot L
- a parasitical plant L
- N. of a daughter of a king of Kauśāmbi Kathās
- -maya mf(ī)n. being a cuckoo Hcar
- -mahôtsava m. 'the cuckoo's great feast', a mango tree L
- ○pūruṣa m. the husband of another woman Kathās
- ○pūrva-tva n. the state of preceding that which ought to follow Sāy. on RV. i, 53, 9
- ○pūrvā f. a woman who has had a former husband Mn. v, 163
- -pati m. her husband ib. iii, 166
- ○pauravatantava m. N. of a son of Viśvāmitra MBh
- ○prakāśaka and m. N. of 2 poets Cat
- ○praṇava m. N. of 2 poets Cat
- ○prayojana mf(ā)n. useful or beneficial to others Ragh
- ○pravādin m. a false teacher Divyâv
- ○prêṣya-tva n. the service of another, slavery Mn. xii, 78
- ○bala n. the foe's army Mn.vii, 174
- ○balīyas mfn. each more important than the preceding Gaut
- ○brahman n. the Supreme Spirit or Brahman Bhartṛ
- N. of anUp
- ○ma-prakāśikā f. ○ma-stotra n. ○mânanda-bodha m. ○mâṣṭôttara-śata-nāman n. ○môpaniṣad f. N. of wks
- ○bhāga m. superior power or merit, excellence, supremacy Kālid. (-tā f.) Pañc. Kathās
- good fortune, prosperity L
- the last part, remainder W
- ○bhāgya n. another's wealth or prosperity W
- ○gyôpajīvin mfn. living upon another's fortune MW. -1
- ○bhāva mf(ā)n. loving another MBh. -2
- ○bhāva m. the being subsequent or second member in a compound Pat. (cf. -bhūta)
- ○bhāṣā f. a foreign language L
- ○bhū in -jāti-nirṇaya m. -prakaraṇa n. N. of wks
- ○bhūta mfn. following or subsequent (said of words) Kāś. on Pāṇ. 8-1, 36
- ○bhūmi f. a foreign or hostile country
- -ṣṭha mfn. being in it Hit
- ○bhūṣaṇa n. another's ornament W. (wṛ. for pari-bh○ and para-dūṣaṇa)
- ○bhṛt mfn. nourishing another BhP
- m. a crow L. (cf. next)
- ○bhṛta m. 'nourished by another', the Kokila or Indian cuckoo (supposed to leave its eggs to be hatched by the crow) Kāv
- (ā), f. the female Kokila ib
- -maya mf(ī)n. consisting entirely of cuckoos Kād
- ○bhṛtikā f. a female cuckoo Mālav
- N. of a woman ib
- ○bhṛtya mfn. to be nourished or supported by another (-tva, n.) Hariv. R
- ○bhedaka (W.),
- ○bhedana (Śiś.), mfn. destroying enemies
- ○maṇi m. 'excellent jewel', N. of a prince Kathârṇ
- ○mata n. a different opinion or doctrine, heterodoxy W
- -kālânala m. N. of a pupil of Śaṃkara Cat
- -khaṇḍana-saṃgraha m. -bhaṅga m. -bhañjana n. N. of wks
- ○mada m. highest degree of intoxication, ŚārṅgS
- ○mantra vḷ. for mātra
- ○manthu or m. N. of a son of Kaksheyu Hariv. (vḷ. ○markṣa)
- ○manyu m. N. of a son of Kaksheyu Hariv. (vḷ. ○markṣa)
- ○marma (for -marman), in -jña mfn. knowing the secret plans or intentions of another Mn. vii, 154 Kull
- -bhāṣaṇa n. telling another's secrets Siṃhâs
- ○mātra m. or n. (with Buddhists) a partic. high number (vḷ. -mantra)
- ○māra m. N. of a son of the Ṛishi Śaunaka and ancestor of Bhoja-deva Inscr. Cat. (cf. -mṛtyu)
- ○mukhacapeṭikā f. 'slap in the face of another', N. of a controversial wk
- ○mṛtyu m. a crow L. (cf. -māra)
- ○mokṣa-nirāsa-kārikā f. pl. 'memorial rules for preventing another's final beatitude', N. of wk
- ○m-para mfn. one following the other, proceeding from one to another (as from father to son), successive, repeated MBh. Suśr
- (am), ind. successively. uninterruptedly VPrāt
- m. a great great-grandson or great-grandson with his descendants L
- a species of deer L
- -tas ind. successively continually, mutually W
- -bhojana n. eating continually L
- ○m-parā f. an uninterrupted row or series, order, succession, continuation, mediation, tradition (○rayā ind. by tradition, indirectly) MBh. Kāv. &c
- lineage, progeny L
- hurting, killing L
- -prâpta (Bhag.), -"ṣyāta (○rây○ Var.), mfn. received by tradition [Page 587, Column]
- -vāhana n. an indirect means of conveyance (e.g. the horse which draws a carriage) L
- -sambandha m. an indirect conjunction Pāṇ. 8-1, 24 Sch
- ○parāka m. immolating an animal at a sacrifice L
- ○parita mfn. forming an uninterrupted series, continuous Kpr
- ○parī́ṇa mf(ā)n. hereditary, traditional Bhaṭṭ
- ○yuvati-ga m. = -dārin Var
- ○yoṣit f. another's wife Gaut
- ○ramaṇa m. 'a strange lover', a paramour Pañc
- ○rāṣṭra n. the country of an enemy Kull. on Mn. vii, 153
- ○rūpa n. the following or subsequent sound (-tva n.) Pāṇ. Sāy
- ○loka m. the other or future world ŚBr. Mn. MBh. &c
- -ga, -gata mfn. going or gone to the future world, dying, dead MBh. Kāv
- -gama m. -gamana n. dying, death L
- -bādha, mḷoss of the future world MW
- -yāna n. = -gama ib
- -vaha mf(ā)n. (a river) flowing in or toward the other world MBh
- -vidhi m. rites for the other world, funeral rites Kum
- -sthāna n. the state of (being in) the other world ŚBr
- -hasta mfn. holding in hand (i.e. quite certain of) the oṭother world Mṛicch. viii, 46/0. -1
- ○vat ind. like a stranger Kathās. -2
- ○vat mfn. subject to or dependent on (instr., gen., loc. or comp.), subservient, obedient MBh. Kālid
- helpless, destitute Mālatīm. viii, 9/10
- -tā f. subjection, obedience to Vikr. Rājat
- ○varga m. the party or side of another Cāṇ
- ○vallabha m. pl. N. of a people VP
- ○vaśa mfn. subject to another's will, subdued or ruled by (comp.), subservient, obedient Mn. Pañc. Hit
- śâkṣepa m. an objection to anything under the pretext of being dependent on another Kāvyâd. ii, 150
- ○vaśya mfn. = -vaśa
- -tā f. R
- ○vastu m. N. of a poet Cat
- ○vācya mfn. blamable by others (-tā f.) MBh
- n. another's fault or defect Śiś. xvi, 30
- ○vāṇi m. (L.) a judge
- a year
- N. of Kārttikeya's peacock
- ○vāda m. the talk of others, popular rumour or report, slander Pañc. ŚārṅgP
- objection, controversy Sāṃkhyak
- ○din m. an opponent, controversialist Śatr
- ○vāraṇa m. one who averts or drives away enemies Vikr. iv, 19
- ○vitta n. another's wealth R. (wṛ. pari-)
- ○vīra-han m. killer of hostile heroes MBh
- ○veśman n. another's house Var
- the dwelling of the Supreme L
- ○vyākṣepin mfn. scattering foes Mcar
- ○vyūha-vināśana m. the destroyer of an enemy's ranks MBh
- ○vrata m. N. of Dhṛita-rāshṭra L
- ○śakti m. N. of an author of Mantras Cat
- ○śarīrâveśa m. = -kāya-praveśana ib
- ○śāsana n. the order of another MW
- ○śiva m. N. of an author of Mantras Cat
- -mahima-stotra n. N. of a Stotra
- ○vêndrasarasvatī m. N. of an author
- ○śuci m. N. of a son of Manu Auttama MārkP
- ○śrī f. another's good fortune Siṃhâs
- ○śvas ind. the day after to-morrow MBh. Hariv. &c. (cf. paraḥ-śvas under paras)
- ○saṃgata mfn. associated or engaged i.e. fighting with another MBh
- ○saṃcāraka m. pl. N. of a people VP
- ○saṃjñaka m. 'called Supreme', the soul L
- ○sambandha m. relation or connection with another
- ○dhin mfn. related or belonging to another W
- ○savarṇa mfn. homogeneous with a following letter Pāṇ
- ○ṇī-√bhu, to become homogeneous &c. Pat
- ○sasthāna mfn. = -savarṇa Prāt
- ○sāt-√kṛ to give (a woman) into the hands of another i.e. in marriage Pañc
- ○sevā f. service of another Kathās
- ○strī f. the wife of another or an unmarried woman depending on another Sāh
- ○sthāna n. another place, strange place Hit
- ○sva n. sg. or pl. another's property Mn. MBh. &c
- mfn. = sarvasva-bhūta MantraBr. Sch
- -graha m. seizing another's property Prab
- -tva n. another's right W. (-tvâpâdāna n. conferring a right upon another as by gift &c. ib.)
- -haraṇa n. = -graha L
- -hṛt (Var.), -"ṣsvâdāyin (Mn.), mfn. taking or seizing another's property
- -"ṣsvêhā f. desire of another's property
- -"ṣsvôpajīvika (W.), ○jīvin (R.), mfn. living upon anṭanother's property, dependent
- ○haṃsa m. = parama-h○ Cat
- ○han m. 'foe-killer', N. of a prince MBh
- ○hita mfn. friendly, benevolent W
- n. another's welfare Bhartṛ
- -grantha m. N. of wk
- -rakṣita m. N. of an author
- -saṃhitā f. N. of wk
- parâṅkuśa in -nātha m. N. of an author, -pañcaviṃśati f. -pādukā-pañcāśat f. ○kuśâṣṭaka n. N. of Stotras
- parâgama m. the arrival or attack of an enemy Var
- parâṅga n. the hinder part of the body Kāv
- a part of that which follows Pāṇ. 2-1, 2
- parâṅga-da m. 'giving form to another (sc. to Durgā with whom he forms one body, or to Kāma-deva whose body he restored after reducing it to ashes)', N. of Śiva L
- parâcita m. 'nourished by another', a servant L. [Page 587, Column]
- parâtman m. the Supreme Spirit BhP
- mfn. one who considers the body as the soul MBh. BhP
- parádhi m. or f. 'the paining of others (?)', hunting L
- parâdhīna mf(ā)n. = ○ra-vaśa Mn. MBh. &c
- (ifc.) entirely engaged in or intent upon or devoted to Kād. Rājat
- -tā f. (Kāv.), -tva n. (MW.) dependence upon another, subjection
- paránanda (or ○rân○? under. parā below), m. N. of an author
- -purāṇa n. N. of wk
- parânīka n. a hostile army Mālatīm
- parânta m. 'the last end', death (-kāla m. time of death) MuṇḍUp
- 'living at the remotest distance', N. of a people MBh
- parântaka m. a frontier Divyâv
- pl. N. of a people L
- parânna n. the food of another Kāv. KātyŚr. Sch
- -paripuṣṭatā f. the living on another's food Yājñ
- -bhojin mfn. eating another's food Hit
- m. a servant L
- parâpara mfn. remote and proximate, prior and posterior (as cause and effect), earlier and later, higher and lower, better and worse MBh. Kāv. &c
- m. = -guru below
- n. (in logic) a community of properties in a small class under the larger or generic, a species or class between the genus and individual W
- Grewia Asiatica Bhpr
- -guru m. a Guru of an intermediate class
- N. of the goddess Durgā W. (cf. parāt-parag○)
- -jña, knowing what is remote and proximate &c. MBh
- -tā f. -tva n. higher and lower degree, absolute and relative state, priority and posteriority
- the state of being both a genus and a species Bhāshāp
- -dṛṣṭârtha mfn. knowing the real nature of the remote and proximate &c. Hariv
- ○rêśa m. 'lord of the remote and property, &c.', N. of Vishṇu VP
- ○râitṛ (párâp○), mfn. going after another, going in a line (to the next world) AV. 1
- parâmṛta n. (for 2. See p. 590, col. 2) 'the best nectar', rain L. 1
- parấyaṇa n. (for 2. See p. 590, col. 3) final end or aim, last resort or refuge, principal object, chief matter, essence, summary (○ṇaṃ-√kṛ, to do one's utmost) ŚBr. Up. MBh. &c
- (in medic.) a universal medicine, panacea Car
- a religious order or division W
- (ifc
- f. ā) making anything one's chief object, wholly devoted or destined to, engaged in, intent upon, filled or occupied with, affected or possessed by (-tā f. Daś.) Mn. MBh. &c
- mf(ā)n. violent, strong (as pain) MBh. i, 8367 (Nīlak.)
- principal, being the chief object or final aim ib
- dependent on (gen.) R
- leading or conducive to (gen.) MBh
- m. N. of a pupil of Yājñavalkya VāyuP
- -vat mfn. occupying the principal point, most elevated MBh
- paráyatta mf(ā)n. dependent upon another R. Pañc
- (ifc.) wholly subdued or overwhelmed by Kād. Bālar
- parâyus m. 'one who has reached the highest age or 100 years, N. of Brahmā BhP
- parârtha m. the highest advantage or interest, an important object MBh
- sexual intercourse Pañc
- another's advṭadvantage or intṭinterest (ibc., ○rtham or ○rthe ind. for another or for others or for something else) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
- mfn. (also -ka) having another object
- designed for another
- dependent on something else (-tā f. -tva n.) ŚrS. Sāṃkhyak. Tarkas
- -cara mfn. intent upon another's welfare Jātakam
- -caryā f. care for another welfare ib
- -niṣṭha mfn. fixed on the supreme good MW
- -vādin mfn. speaking for another, a mediator, a substitute Yājñ. Sch
- ○rthin mfn. striving after the supreme good (emancipation) Cāṇ
- parârdhá m. the more remote or opposite side or half. Br. KaṭhUp. MBh
- mn. the highest number (100, 000 billions) VS. TS. MBh. &c
- the number of mortal days corresponding to 50 years of Brahmā's life Pur
- (as mfn. wṛ. for ○dhya.)
- parârdhaka m. or n. one half of anything Kāv
- parârdhyá mf(ā)n. being on the more remote or opposite side or half. ŚBr
- most distant in number, of the highest possible number ib
- highest in rank or quality, most excellent, best Br. ChUp. MBh. &c
- more excellent than (abl.) Ragh. x, 65
- n. a maximum (only ifc. 'amounting at the most to') GṛŚrS
- parârbuda m. a species of fire-fly L
- parâvajñā f. insulting another MW
- parā-vat (for ○ra-vat), mfn. offering beatitude Āpast
- parâvara mf(ā)n. distant and near, earlier and later, prior and subsequent, highest and lowest, all-including (-tva n.) MBh. Pur. &c
- handed down from earlier to later times, traditional MuṇḍUp
- each successive BhP
- m. pl. ancestors and descendants Mn. i, 105 ; iii, 38
- n. the distant and near &c
- cause and effect, motive and consequence, the whole extent of an idea, totality, the universe MuṇḍUp. MBh. Vedântas
- -jña (MBh.), -dṛś (MW.), -vid (BhP.), mfn. knowing or seeing both distant and near or past and future &c. [Page 588, Column]
- -vibhāgavid mfn. knowing the difference between the dṭdistant and near &c. MBh
- ○rêśa m. N. of Vishṇu VP. (cf. parâparêśa)
- parâvasatha-śāyin mfn. sleeping in another's house Hit
- paráśraya m. dependence on others Hariv
- a refuge to enemies BhP
- mfn. clinging to others, dependent on others Śiksh
- (ā), f. a parasitical plant L
- parâśrita mfn. = (and vḷ. for) prec. mfn
- a dependent, servant slave Hit
- parásaṅga m. cleaving or adhering to (comp.) Suśr
- parâskandin m. 'assailing another', a thief, robber L
- parâha m. the next day L
- parâhata m. struck by another, assailed, attacked W
- parâhṇa m. the afternoon Var. Pañc. (wṛ. ○hna)
- parêtara mfn. other than hostile, faithful, friendly Kir. i, 14
- parêśa m. 'the highest lord', N. of Brahmā or Vishṇu Pur
- ○śêśa m. 'lord of the highest lord', N. of Vishnu MBh
- parêṣṭi m. 'having the highest worship', N. of Brahman W
- parêṣṭukā f. 'highest desire (?)', a cow which has often calved L
- parâidhita m. 'nourished by another', the Indian cuckoo (cf. para-bhṛta)
- a servant L
- parôkta-khaṇḍana n. 'refutation of another's words', N. of wk
- parôḍhā f. another's wife Sāh
- parôdvaha m. 'descendant of another i.e. of the crow', the Indian cuckoo Gal. (cf. para-bhṛta)
- parôpakaraṇa n. = -kāra Cāṇ
- ○ṇī-√kṛ, to make one's self an instrument of others Hit
- parôpakāra m. assisting others, benevolence, charity Kāv
- ○râikarasa mfn. wholly devoted to the service of others
- (ā), f. a wife wholly devoted to her husband MW
- -dharma-kṣānti f. Dharmas. 107
- parôpakārin mfn. assisting others, beneficent, charitable merciful Kathās. (○ri-tva n. Bhartṛ.)
- m. N. of a king Kathās
- parôpakṛta mfn. helped or befriended by another MW
- parôpakṛti f. = -kāra ib
- parôpaga mfn. relating to something else (as an adjective) L
- parôpajāpa m. the dissension (or causing dissension) of enemies Daś
- parôpadeśa m. giving advice or instruction to others Hit
- parôparuddha mfn. besieged by an enemy, blockaded, invested MW
- parôpavāsa m. dwelling together with another Āpast
- parôpasarpaṇa n. approaching another, begging Bhām
≫para
- para in comp. for ○ras
- ○uru (○rá-), mf(vii)n. broad on the outside or behind ŚBr. (cf. paro-varīyas)
- ○uṣṇih f. a kind of metre Chanda?s. (also parôṣṇih ib.)
- ○ṛk-śatagātha mfn. containing 100 verses of the Veda as well as Gāthās AitBr
- paraḥ in comp. for ○ras
- ○kṛṣṇa mfn. more than black, extremely dark ChUp
- ○puṃsā́ f. (a wife) dissatisfied with her husband ŚBr
- ○puruṣa mfn. higher than a man ŚāṅkhŚr
- ○śatá mf(ā́)n. pl. more than 100 ŚBr. Kāṭh. MBh
- containing more than 100 verses TBr
- -rg-gātha (r for ṛ), mfn. = para-ṛk-śata-gātha ŚāṅkhŚr
- ○śvas ind. = para-śv○ L
- ○ṣaṣṭá mfn. pl. more than 60 ŚBr
- ○sahasrá (AV
- páraḥ-sahasra ŚBr.), mf(ā)n. pl. more than 1000
- ○sāman (pá○), mfn. having superfluous or surplus Sāmans
- m. pl. N. of partic. sacrificial days TS. TBr. Kāṭh
- paraka ifc. = para, 'the following sound or word', e.g. iti-śabda-p○, followed by the word iti Pāṇ. Sch
- parakīya mf(ā)n. belonging to another or a stranger, strange, hostile (-tā f.) Mn. (nipāna n. a tank belonging to another, iv, 201) Śak. Kām
- (ā), f. another's wife or a woman dependent on others (-tva n.) Sāh
- paramá mf(ā)n. (superl. of pára) most distant, remotest, extreme, last RV. &c. &c
- chief, highest, primary, most prominent or conspicuous
- best, most excellent, worst (○meṇa cetasā, with all the heart
- ○ma-kaṇṭhena, 'with all the throat', roaring, speaking aloud) ib
- (with abl.) superior or inferior to, better or worse than MBh. R
- m. N. of 2 authors Cat
- n. highest point, extreme limit (catur-viṃśati-p○, at the utmost 24) MBh. &c
- chief part or matter or object (ifc., f. ā = consisting chiefly of, completely occupied with or devoted to or intent upon) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
- (am), ind. yes, very well
- (also parama- in comp
- See below) very much, excessively, excellently, in the highest degree MBh. Kāv. &c
- ○kaṇṭha only in ○ṭhena-√kruś, to try with all one's throat i.e. might Lāṭy
- ○kāṇḍa m. or n. a very auspicious moment, Vāsav
- ○krānti f. = para-kr○
- -jyā f. the sine of the greatest declination Sūryas. Sch
- ○kruddha mfn. extremely angry R
- ○krodhin m. id., N. of one of the Viśve-devās MBh. [Page 588, Column]
- ○gati f. any chief resource or refuge (as a god or protector) W
- final beatitude ib
- ○gava m. an excellent bull L
- ○gahana mfn. very mysterious or profound W
- ○cetas n. all the heart MW
- ○jā́ f. = prakṛti TS. Sch. (prob. corrupted)
- ○jyā́ mfn. holding supreme power (as Indra) RV
- ○tattva n. the highest truth
- -prakāśikā f. -rahasyôpaniṣad f. N. of wks
- ○tas ind. in the highest degree, excessively
- worst of all MW
- ○tā (○má-), f. highest position or rank
- highest end or aim ŚBr
- ○dāruṇa mfn. very dreadful MBh
- ○duḥkhita mfn. deeply afflicted Nal
- ○durmedhas mfn. exceedingly stupid. MW
- ○dru m. Amyris Agallocha ib
- ○dharmâtman mfn. very dutiful or virtuous MBh
- ○nanda m. N. of a teacher Cat. (wṛ. for ○mân○?
- cf. parân○ under para)
- ○pada n. the highest state or position, eminence, final beatitude W
- -nirṇāyaka m. and -sopāna n. N. of wks
- ○dâtmavat mfn. whose essence is the highest of all states (i.e. Brahmā) VP
- ○parama mfn. highest or most excellent of all BhP
- ○puṃs m. the Supreme Spirit, N. of Vishṇu VP
- ○puruṣa m. id
- -prârthanā-mañjarī f. -mahôtsava-prâyaścitta n. -saṃhitā f. N. of wks
- ○pūruṣa m. = -pur○ RāmatUp
- ○prabha m. N. of a man L
- ○prīta mfn. exceedingly rejoiced MBh
- ○brahmacāriṇī f. N. of Durgā L
- ○brahman n. the Supreme Spirit W
- ○bhāsvara mfn. excessively radiant MW
- ○manyumat mfn. deeply distressed Nal
- ○mahat mfn. infinitely great Yogas
- ○mokṣa m. final emancipation Sāṃkhyapr
- ○rasa m. 'most excellent beverage', buttermilk mixed with water L
- ○rahasya n. the deepest mystery
- -japa-saṃgraha m. -vāda m. -saṃhitā f. ○syôpadeśa-saṃgraha m. ○syôpaniṣad f. N. of wks
- ○raja m. a supreme monarch Laghuk
- ○rkṣa (= ma-ṛkṣa), m. N. of a king Hariv. (vḷ. para-manthu and -manyu)
- ○rddhika m. (○ma-ṛddhika) excessively fortunate HPariś
- ○rṣi m. (○ma-ṛṣi) a great or divine sage MBh. Pur. &c
- ○laghumañjūṣā f. N. of wk
- ○vismita mfn. greatly surprised or amazed MW
- ○vyomnika mfn. dwelling in the highest heaven L
- ○śiva (with ācārya and ○vêndra-sarasvatī), m. N. of authors
- ○śobhana mfn. exceedingly brilliant or beautiful MBh
- ○saṃhitā f. N. of wk
- ○saṃhṛṣṭa mfn. = -prīta Nal
- ○saṃtuṣṭa mfn. highly pleased or satisfied R
- ○samudaya mfn. very auspicious or successful Mṛicch. i, 4
- ○sammata mfn. highly esteemed, much revered MBh. R
- ○sarvatra ind. everywhere, throughout L
- ○svadharman mfn. most exact in the observance of the duties of one's own (caste or tribe) W
- ○haṃsa m. an ascetic of the highest order, a religious man who has subdued all his senses by abstract meditation MBh. Pur. &c. (cf. RTL. 87)
- -kavaca m. or n. -dharma-nirūpaṇa n. -nirṇaya m. -pañcâṅga n. -paṭala m. or n. -paddhati f. -parivrājaka-dharma-saṃgraha m. N. of wks
- -parivrājakâcārya m. N. of Śāṃkarâcārya
- -parivrājakôpaniṣad f. -priyā f. -saṃhitā f. -sahasra-nāman n. -stava-rāja m. -stotra n. ○sôpaniṣad f. (○ṣad-hṛdaya n.), ○sôpâsana-prakāra m. N. of wks
- paramâkṣara n. the sacred syllable 'Om' or Brahmā VP. Sch
- paramâkhya mfn. called supreme, considered as the highest R
- paramâgama in -cūḍāmaṇi-saṃhitā f. and -sāra m. N. of wks
- paramâṅganā f. an excellent or beautiful woman MBh. R
- paramâṭika m. N. of a school of the Yajus AV.Pariś. (cf. ○mâvaṭ○)
- paramâṇu m. an infinitesimal particle or atom (30 are said to form a mote in a sun-beam) Yājñ. Yogas. MBh. &c. (cf. bhṛtya-p○)
- the passing of a sun-beam past an atom of matter Pur
- n. 1/8 of a Mātrā VPrāt
- -kāraṇa-vāda m. the atomistic system of the Vaiśeshikas, Saṃk
- -tā f. infinite minuteness, the state of an atom Ragh. BhP
- -maya mf(ī)n. consisting merely of atoms BhP
- ○ṇv-aṅgaka m. 'subtle-bodied', N. of Vishṇu L. 1
- paramâtmá m. a partic. personification MaitrS. 2
- paramátma in comp. = ○tman
- -gati-prakāśa m. -prakāśa m. -vinoda m. -saṃdarbha, m. -stava m. N. of wks
- -maya mf(ī)n. being entirely the soul of the universe Hcar
- paramâtmaka mf(ikā)n. the highest, greatest MBh
- paramâtman m. all the heart (only instr. = parameṇa cetasā, col. 1) MBh
- the Supreme Spirit Up. Mn. MBh. &c. (cf. RTL. 37). [Page 588, Column]
- paramâdī7śvara (l), m. N. of Sch. on Āryabh
- paramâdvaita m. 'the highest being without a second', N. of Vishṇu GāruḍaP
- n. pure, non-duality W
- paramânanda m. supreme felicity
- the Supreme Spirit, soul of the universe MBh. Bhartṛ. &c
- N. of sev. authors (also -cakravartin, -dāsa, -deva, -nātha, -pāṭhaka, -bhaṭṭâcārya, -yogī7ndra, -sarasvatī, ○dâśrama) Cat
- -tantra n. -mādhava-stava m. -laharī-stotra n. N. of wks
- paramânna n. 'best food', rice boiled in milk with sugar (offered to gods or deceased ancestors) Hariv. Var. &c
- paramâpakrama m. = para-krānti Sūryas
- paramâpad f. the greatest misfortune MW
- paramâpama m. 'greatest declination', the inclination of a planet's orbit to the ecliptic W
- paramâpsaras f. an excellent APsaras R
- paramâmṛta n. N. of wk
- paramâyuṣa m. Terminalia Tomentosa L
- paramáyus mfn. reaching to a very advanced age Var
- paramârādhya m. N. of a man Cat
- paramârta mfn. much pained or depressed
- -vat ind. very piteously R
- paramârtha m. the highest or whole truth, spiritual knowledge MBh. Kāv. Vedântas. &c. (ibc
- ○ena, āt, in reality)
- any excellent or important object W
- the best sense ib
- the best kind of wealth ib
- -tas ind. in reality, really, in the true sense of the word R. Kālid. &c
- -tā f. the highest truth, reality Kap. Sch
- -daridra mfn. really poor Mṛicch
- -darśana m. N. of a Samādhi Kāraṇḍ
- -nirṇaya m. -prakāśa m. -pradīpikā f. -prapā f. -bodha m. N. of wks
- -bhāj mfn. partaking of the highest truth Mcar
- -matsya m. a real fish Ragh
- -vid m. one who knows the highest truth, a philosopher W
- -vinda mfn. acquiring knowledge of truth, obtaining the best kind of wealth &c. ib
- -viveka m. -saṃvṛti-satya-nirdeśa m. -saṃgraha m. N. of wks
- -satya n. the real or entire truth L
- -saṃdarbha m. N. of wk
- -sarit f. really a river Vikr
- -sāra m. (○ra-saṃkṣepa-vivṛti f. ○ra-saṃgraha, m.) N. of wks
- -supta mfn. really asleep Mṛicch
- -stuti f. N. of wk
- paramárya m. a Bodhi-sattva (q.v.) L
- paramârhata m. 'most excellent Arhat', N. of Kumāra-pāla L
- paramâvaṭika m. pl. N. of a school of the white Yajus, Āryav. (cf. ○mâṭika)
- paramâvadhi m. utmost term or limit W
- paramâsana m. (with Śāktas) N. of an author of Mantras Cat
- paramâha m. an excellent day L
- paramêkṣu m. N. of a son of Anu VP. (vḷ. ○mêṣu)
- paramêśa m. the supreme lord, Supreme Being, N. of Vishṇu MBh
- -stotrâvali
- f. N. of wk
- paramêśvara m. the supreme lord, Supreme Being, God
- N. of Śiva
- of Vishṇu
- of Indra
- of any eminent prince or illustrious man MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. RTL. 35 &c.)
- a Jaina L
- N. of sev. authors (○rīya n. a work of Paramêśa) Cat
- (ī), f. N. of Durgā Hariv
- of Sītā RāmatUp. (○rī-dāsâbdhi m. N. of wk.)
- n. (sc. liṅga) N. of a Liṅga sacred to Śiva Cat
- -tantra n. N. of wk
- -tā f. -tva n. supremacy Sarvad
- -datta m. N. of an author
- -pañca-mukha-dhyāna n. -pañca-ratna n. N. of wks
- -praṇi-dhāna n. meditation on God Sarvad
- -rakṣita m. N. of an author
- -varman m. N. of a man L
- -saṃhitā f. N. of wk
- -sâkṣāt-kāra m. intuitive perception of God Sarvad
- -stuti f. -stotra n. N. of wks
- ○râstitva-vādin m. one who asserts the existence of God Sarvad
- paramêṣvāsa m. an excellent aecher, (-ta f.) MBh
- paramâiśvarya n. supremacy Sāy
- paramôpâsaka m. an excellent 'server' or layman Buddh. Hcar
- paramaka mf(ikā)n. the most excellent, highest, best, greatest, extreme MBh. R. &c. (wṛ. pār○ and paramika)
- parame loc. of ○ma in comp
- ○ṣṭha mfn. standing at the top, supreme, superior Pāṇ. 8-3, 97
- m. N. of Brahma or any supreme deity W
- (ā), f. a kind of metre L
- ○ṣṭhi m. a superior or a chief god of the Jainas Śatr
- -tā f. supremacy, superiority TāṇḍBr
- ○ṣṭhín mfn. standing at the head, highest, chief, principal AV. &c. &c
- m. N. of any supreme being, of Agni AV
- of Prajā-pati ib. &c
- a son of Prajā-pati Br
- of Brahmā MBh
- of Śiva ib
- of Vishṇu Ragh
- of Garuḍa MBh
- of Manu Cakshus MārkP
- (with Jainas) = -ṣṭhi L
- the teacher of the teacher of any one's teacher L
- a kind of Virāj RPrāt
- a kind of ammonite L
- N. of a son of Aja-mīḍha MBh
- of a son of Indradyumna (Devadyumna) Pur
- du. Vishṇu and Śrī BhP
- (nī), f. Ruta Graveolens L. [Page 589, Column]
- ○ṣṭhína = -ṣṭhín AV. xix, 9, 4
- paraś in comp. for ○ras
- ○catvāriṃśá mfn. pl. more than forty ŚBr
- parás ind. beyond, further, off, away
- in future, afterwards
- (as prep. with acc.) on the other side of, beyond, higher or more than
- (with instr.) id. (also pará enā́ or enā́ paráḥ)
- without
- (with abl.) beyond, on the other side of (also enā́ paráḥ)
- exclusive of, except, without
- (with loc.) over, more than (only triṃśáti tráyas paráḥ, three more than thirty, i.e. 33) RV. VS. AV. ŚBr
- (often in comp. with numerals to express a surplus or superiority
- prec. and under paraḥ)
- ○tarám (RV.),
- ○tarā́m (AV.), ind. further away, further
- parastarām par○, further and further away TāṇḍBr
- ○tāt (pár○), ind. further away, further on, towards (opp. to avastāt, arvāk
- with gen.) beyond, above RV. &c. &c
- from afar off, from before or behind Br
- aside, apart ib
- hereafter, afterwards, later (opp. to pūrvam) RV. &c. &c
- ○pa (○rás), mfn. protecting
- n. (VS.) = -tvá n. (ŚBr.) protection
- ○pā́ m. a protector, protecting RV. TBr. ŚrS
- paras-para (fr. nom. sg. m. of para + para
- cf. anyo'nya), mf(ā)n. mutual, each other's Bhaṭṭ
- pl. like one another MBh. xii, 2420
- (mostly in the oblique cases of m. sg. ○am, eṇa, āt, asya), ind. one another, each other, with or from one another, one another's, mutually, reciprocally Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
- so also ibc. (cf. below)
- rarely ifc., e.g. avijñāta-parasparaiḥ, 'not knowing each other' Ragh. xvii, 51
- ○jña m. 'knowing one another', a friend, an intimate W
- ○prīti f. mutual delight or content Pañc
- ○viruddha mfn. opposed to one another Mn
- ○vivāda m. quarrelling with one another Vet
- ○vyāvṛtti f. mutual exclusion, Saṃk
- ○sakhya n. mutual friendship Hit
- ○samāgama m. the meeting one another R
- ○sukhâiṣin mfn. wishing one another's happiness Nal
- ○sthita mfn. standing opposite to one another Ragh
- ○hata mfn. killed by oṭone another Nal
- ○hita n. one anṭanother's happiness or welfare R
- parasparâkrandin mfn. calling to oṭone another Kum
- parasparâdin mfn. consuming one anṭanother or one's own kind Mn
- parasparânumati f. mutual concurrence or assent W
- parasparâmiṣatā f. the being oṭone another's prey Kām
- parasparâśraya mfn. mutual, reciprocal Ragh
- m. mutual dependence (esp. as a fault in argument) L
- parasparôtpīḍana n. mutual pressing or squeezing, Ṛit
- parasparôpakāra m. mutual assistance
- ○rin m. an ally or associate W
- parasmai dat, of para in comp. (cf. ātmane and Pāṇ. 6-3, 8)
- ○pada n. 'word for another', the transitive or active verb and its terminations Pāṇ. 1-4, 99, &c
- (pl.) iii, 4, 82
- ○padin mfn. taking those terminations Pāṇ. Sch
- ○bhāṣa mfn. id. Pat
- (ā), f. = -pada Pāṇ. Sch
≫parā
- parā (for 2. See col. 2), f. of para in comp
- ○cintāmaṇi m. N. of wk
- ○triṃśikā f. N. of wk
- ○devī f. a partic. form of Devii
- -rahasya-tantra n. N. of wk
- ○púr f. a great body (?) VS. Sch
- ○pūjā f
- ○praveśikā f. N. of wks
- ○prasāda-mantra m. N. of a partic. mystical prayer L
- ○rahasya n. N. of wk
- ○vedī f. = bṛhatī L
- ○śakti f. (with Śāktas) a partic. form of Śākti Cat
- ○stotra n. N. of wk
- parāt abl. of para in comp
- ○para mfn. superior to the best W
- senior to the senior (cf. next)
- -guru m. the teacher of the teacher of the teacher of a teacher Cat. (cf., parâpara-g○ under para)
- ○priya m. a species of gourd L
- parāri ind. (para +?) in the year before last Pāṇ. 5-3, 22
- parāri-tna mfn. belonging to the year before last, iv, 3, 23 Vārtt
≫pare
- pare (for 2. See p. 606, col. 1), loc. of para in comp
- ○dyavi ind. to-morrow Naish. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-3, 22)
- ○dyus ind. id. W
- ○'pa mfn. (fr. ap) any place whence the water has receded L
- ○prâṇa mfn. of higher value or more precious than life Kathās
≫paro
- paro in comp. for ○ras
- ○'ṃhu (○ró-), mf(vii)n. narrow on the outside or at the top ŚBr
- ○'kṣa (○ró-), mf(ā)n. beyond the range of sight, invisible, absent, unknown, unintelligible AV. &c. &c
- past, completed (in a partic. sense, below. and Kāś. on Pāṇ. 3-2, 115)
- (ibc.) in an invisible or imperceptible manner (cf. below)
- (am), ind. out of sight, behind one's back, in the absence or without the knowledge of (instr
- later gen. or comp.) ŚBr. &c. &c
- (eṇa), ind. out of sight, secretly, mysteriously Br. Up
- (āt), ind. secretly, without the knowledge of (instr.) Br. [Page 589, Column]
- (e), ind. behind the back of (gen.) Mṛicch. Pañc. &c
- one's self not being present Pāṇ. 3-2, 115
- m. an ascetic L
- N. of a son of Anu BhP
- (ā), f. (sc. vṛtti) a past or completed action APrāt
- (sc. vibhakti) a termination of the perfect tense Kāt
- N. of a river VP
- -kāma (○kṣá-), mfn. liking what is secret or mysterious ŚBr
- -kṛta mfn. (a hymn) in which a deity is not addressed but only spoken of in the 3rd person Nir. vii, 1
- -jit mfn. victorious in an imperceptible manner BhP
- -tā f. (MBh.), -tva n. (Vedântas.) invisibility, imperceptibility
- -pṛṣṭha m. a partic. Pṛishṭhya ŚrS
- -priya mfn. = -kāma AitBr
- -bandhu (parôkṣa-), mfn. not clear in its relation MaitrS
- -buddhi mfn. regarding as something distant, indifferent to, Jātakam
- -bhoga m. enjoyment or possession of anything in the proprietor's absence W
- -manmatha mfn. inexperienced in love Śak
- -vṛtti mfn. living out of sight Kām
- formed in an obscure or indistinct manner Nir. Sch
- ○kṣârtha mfn. having a secret or recondite meaning
- n. an absent or invisible object Hit
- ○gavyūtí ind. beyond the area of pasture-land RV
- mfn. further than a Gavyūti (q.v.) Kāṭh
- ○goṣṭhâm ind. beyond the cowhouse MaitrS
- ○bāhú mfn. beyond the arm or reach ŚBr
- ○mātra (○ró-), mfn. immense, huge, vast RV
- ○rajas (○ró-), mfn. being beyond the dust or above the world ŚBr
- untouched by passion MW
- ○lakṣa mfn. (pl.) more than 100, 000 L
- ○'varám ind. from top to bottom, from hand to hand, in succession, one after another ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr
- ○rīṇa mfn. (fr. prec.) having both superior and inferior, prior and subsequent &c. Pāṇ. 5-2, 10 Sch
- ○varīyas (○ró-), mfn. broader on the outside or at the top TS. AitBr. Kāṭh
- better than good, most excellent of all ChUp. (-tva n. Bālar.)
- n. the highest happiness ib
- ○viṃśá mfn. pl. more than 20 ŚBr
- ○'śītá mfn. pl. more than 80 ib
- ○havis n. more than an oblation Āpast
- ○'hu wṛ. for 'ṃhu above
- paraṇa mfn. (√1. pṛ) crossing (cf. aritra-)
- n. wṛ. for pāraṇa, reading Hariv
- N. of a town Cat
- pararu m. a species of pot-herb L. (vḷ. pavaru)
- paraśa m. a species of gem BrahmaP
- paraśú m. a hatchet, axe, the axe of a woodcutter
- (Naigh. ii, 20) a thunderbolt RV. &c. &c
- N. of a king MBh
- wṛ. for parśu, q.v. [Cf. Gk. ?, [589,] &c.]
- ○dhara m. 'axe-bearer', N. of Gaṇêśa
- of Paraśu-rāma L
- ○palāśa m. the blade of an axe Kauś
- ○phāṇṭa m. or n. an infusion warmed by a heated axe ib
- ○mát mfn. having an axe RV
- ○rāma m. 'Rama with the axe', N. of one of the three Rāmas (son of Jamad-agni and sixth Avatāra of Vishṇu, he was a typical Brāhman and his history typifies the contests between the Brahmans and Kshatriyas) Kāv. Pur. MWB. xiii, 1 RTL. 110 ; 270 (also -ka)
- N. of a prince and of sev. authors (also with garjara, deva, miśra, muni) Cat
- -jayantī f. the third day in the light half of Vaisākha Cat
- -prakāśa m. -pratāpa m. -sūtra n. N. of wks
- ○mâvatāra m. (and ○tāra-kathana n.) N. of wks
- ○vana n. -pradur-bhāva m. -sahasra-nāman n. 'forest of axes', N. of a hell MBh
- ○hastā f. 'axe in hand', N. of a female attendant on Devii W
- paraśava (L.) and mfn. fr. paraśu (cf. pāraśavya)
- paraśaḍvya (Pāṇ. 4-1, 168), mfn. fr. paraśu (cf. pāraśavya)
- paraśvadha m. (ifc. f. ā) a hatchet, axe MBh. Var. Kāv. &c. (also written parasv○)
- paraśvadhâyudha mfn. armed with an axe L
- paraśvadhin mfn. furnished with an axe MBh
- paraśvat or ○śvan m. a kind of snake KaushUp. Sch. (cf. next)
- párasvat m. (prob.) the wild ass RV. AV. VS. Nyāyam. (cf. prec. and pārasvata)
- párā (for 1. See col. 1). ind. away, off, aside, along, on, (Lat. per
- it occurs only in -taram and -vat, and as a prefix to nouns and verbs
- it is prob. akin to para, paras, pra.)
- ○tarám ind. further away RV
- ○vát f. distance (opp. to arvā-vat) ib. AV. Br
- parāk parāka &c. See parāñc. [Page 589, Column]
- parā-kāśa m. (√kāś) distant view, remote expectation (only in āśā-parākāśan4) ŚBr
- parā-√kṛ P. -karoti (Pāṇ. 1-3, 79
- p. -kurvat Bhaṭṭ.), to set aside, reject, disregard
- parā-ḍkaraṇa n. setting aside, disdaining W
- parā-√kṛ--kṛta mfn. set aside, rejected, disdained ib
- parā-√kṛṣ (only ind. p. -kṛṣya), to draw away or down MBh
- ○kṛṣṭa mfn. disparaged, reviled ib
- parā-√kṝ (only ind. p. -kīrya), to throw away, lose, forfeit MBh
- parā-√kram P. Ā. -kramati, ○te (cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 39
- ind. p. -kramya AV. ŚāṅkhŚr
- aor. parâkraṃsta Bhaṭṭ.), to march forward, advance
- to show courage or zeal, excel, distinguish one's self AV. &c. &c
- to turn back MW
- ○krama m. (sg. and pl
- ifc. f. ā) bold advance, attack, heroism, courage, power, strength, energy, exertion, enterprise MBh. Kāv. &c
- going out or away L
- N. of Vishṇu L
- of a warrior on the side of the Kurus MBh
- of a chief of the Vidyā-dharas (associated with Ā-krama, Vi-krama and Saṃkrama) Kathās
- -kesarin m. N. of a prince (son of Vikrama-kesarin) Vet
- -jña mfn. knowing the strength (of an enemy) W
- -vat (MārkP.), ○min (MBh. Hariv.), mfn. showing courage or strength, exerting power
- ○krānta (párā-), mfn. advanced, valorous, strong, bold, active, energetic AV. &c. &c
- eagerly intent upon (with loc., e.g. palāyane, on fleeing) MBh
- n. displaying power or energy Jātakam
- ○krāntṛ mfn. showing courage, exerting power MBh
- parā-√kṣip P. Ā. -kṣipati, ○te, to throw over, upset, carry or tear away BhP
- ○kṣipta mfn. upset, wrested away
- -manas mfn. having the mind carried away or enraptured ib
- parā-√khyā (only pf. -cakhyau), to see afar off ŚBr
- parāga m. (prob. for apa-r○), the pollen of a flower Kāv. Pur. &c
- dust Ragh. iv, 30
- fragrant powder used after bathing L
- sandal L
- an eclipse of the sun or moon L
- fame, celebrity L
- independence L
- N. of a mountain L
- ○puṣpa m. a species of Kadamba L
- ○vat (W.),
- ○gin (Śiś.), mfn. laden or covered with pollen
- parā-√gam P. -gacchati, to go away, depart, die AV. ŚBr
- ○gata (párā-), mfn. gone, deceased ib
- come, arrived Kād
- covered with, full of (comp.) Śiś
- ○gantṛ = parā-yati Sāy. on RV. ix, 71, 7
- ○gama m. arrival Nalac
- approach or invasion (of an enemy) Var
- parā-gā √1. (only aor. -gās, -gāt), to go away, fly, escape RV. AV
- parāg-dṛś &c. See p. 590, col. 1
- parā-ghātana n. (√han, Caus.) place of execution, slaughter-house Car
- parāṅ-āvṛtta -manas &c. See p. 590, col. 1
- parāṅgava m. (fr. ?) the ocean L
- parā-√car P. -carati, to go away. depart RV
- parā-√ji Ā. -jayate (cf. Pāṇ. 1-3, 19
- pf. -jigye RV
- p. -jigyāna TS
- aor. parâjaiṣṭa MBh
- fut. -jayiṣye ib
- but also P., e.g. Pot. -jayet, or -jayyāt MBh
- pf. -jigyathur RV
- aor. parâjaiṣīt MBh
- inf. -jetum R
- ind. p. -jitya ib.), to be deprived of, suffer the loss of (acc.), be conquered, succumb RV. &c. &c
- to submit to, be overcome by (abl.) Pāṇ. 1-4, 26
- to conquer, win, vanquish, overthrow MBh. Kāv. &c
- to defeat in a lawsuit Yājñ. ii, 75
- ○jaya m. the being deprived of or conquered, loss, defeat (also in a lawsuit) MBh. Kāv. Yājñ
- conquest, victory MBh. R. Ragh
- turning away from, desertion MW
- ○jit m. N. a son of Rukma-kavaca Hariv
- ○jita (párā-), mfn. conquered, defeated, overthrown, cast (in a lawsuit), condemned by law RV. &c. &c
- ○jiṣṇu mfn. conquered, succumbing ( á-parāj○)
- victorious, triumphant MBh
- parāñc mfn. (fr. 2. añc
- nom. āṅ, ācī, āk, or āṅ) directed or going away or towards some place beyond (opp. to arvāñc) [Page 590, Column]
- turned away, averted, distant, turning from, being beyond or outside of (abl.), not returning, done away with, gone, departed RV. AV. TS. Br. Up
- having any one behind
- standing or going behind one another, following (abl.) ib
- directed outwards or towards the outer world (as the senses) KaṭhUp. BhP
- n. the body BhP. iv, 11, 10
- (k), ind. away, off KātyŚr. AitUp
- (k or ṅ), outwards, towards the outer world KaṭhUp. BhP
- parāk in comp. for ○rāñc
- ○tva n. not turning back, non-recurrence ŚāṅkhBr. Lāṭy
- ○puṣpī f. Achyranthes Aspera L
- parāká distance (only e and āt, at or from a distance) RV. (cf. Naigh. iii, 26)
- m. N. of a Tri-rātra Br. ŚrS
- of a sort of religious penance (said to consist in fasting for 12 days and nights and keeping the mind attentive and organs subdued) Mn. Yājñ
- a sacrificial sword L
- a kind of disease L
- a species of animal L
- mfn. small L
- parākā́ttāt ind. from a distance RV. viii, 81, 27
- parāg in comp. for ○rāñc
- ○dṛś mfn. having the eye tumed towards the outer world BhP
- ○vasu mfn. keeping off wealth Kauś. (opp to arvāg-v○
- cf. parā-v○)
- parāṅ in comp. for, ○rāñc
- ○āvṛtta mfn. turned away, flying Āpast
- ○manas (pár○), mfn. having the mind or thoughts directed backwards AV
- ○mukha mf(ī)n. having the face turned away or averted, turning the back upon (also am ind.)
- flying from
- averse from, hostile to, regardless of, shunning, avoiding (loc
- gen
- acc. with prati, or comp.) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
- unfavourable, unkind (as fate &c.) MBh. Kālid
- m. a spell or magical formula pronounced over weapons R
- n. (ch. cf MBh.), -tā f. (Amar.), -tva n. (Var.) turning away, aversion
- ○khaya Nom. P. ○yati, to turn back or away Bhaṭṭ. Sch
- ○khī-√kṛ, to cause any one to avert the face, put to flight MBh
- ○khī-√bhū, to become averted, turn away the face, take to flight, retreat Kāv. Vet
- -bhūta mfn. averse from, inauspicious, unfavourable (as fate) Pañc
- parācī f. of ○rāñc, in
- ○karman n. N. of wk. on funeral rites
- parācī́na mfn. turned away or downwards or opposite, averted VS. &c. &c
- being opposite or beyond or outside of BhP. averse from, indifferent to (abl.) MBh
- unfit, improper Hcar
- (am), ind. away from, beyond (abl.) ŚBr
- more than Kāṭh
- after TS
- before the time L
- ○rātra n. the second half of the night ĀpŚr
- parācaís ind. away, aside, off RV. AV
- parâñcana n. turning away from, bending aside Nir. xi, 25
- parâñḍcin mfn. not returning, non-recurring Br
- parāñja m. (only L.) an oil-mill
- froth or foam
- the blade of a sword or knife (cf. parañja)
- parâṇ (parā with √an), P. parâṇiti (Desid. parâṇiṇiṣati) Pāṇ. 8-4, 19 &c. 2
- parâṇ mfn. ib. 20
- parâṇa n. (with vāyoḥ) N. of a Sāman L
- parā-ṇī (√nī), P. Ā. -ṇayati, ○te, to lead away or back AV
- parā-ṇud (√nud), P. Ā. -ṇudáti, ○te (Ved. inf. -ṇúde), to push or drive away, banish, remove RV. &c. &c
- parā-ḍṇutti f. driving away, expulsion, removal TS
- parā-taṃsa m. (√taṃs) the being thrust or pushed aside Kāṭh
- parā-taram See parā, p. 589, col. 2
- parā-√tras only Caus. aor. parâtitrasat, to drive away AV
- parādana m. a horse of Persian breed L
- parā-dā √1. P. -dadāti, (pf. -dadātha aor. -dās, -dāt often as ṣubj., -dur
- Ved. inf. -daí), to give up or over, deliver, throw away RV. AV. ŚBr
- give in exchange for, barter against (dat.) RV. viii, 1, 5
- to exclude from BhP
- parā-tta mfn. given up &c. Pāṇ. 7-4, 47 Sch
- parā-dadí mfn. giving up, delivering over RV
- parā-dā́na n. the act of giving up &c. VS. [Page 590, Column]
- parā-√diś (only pf. -dideśa), to order off, remove AV
- parā-√dṛś (pf. -dadṛśur ind. p. -dṛ́śya), to perceive, behold AV. ŚBr
- parā-√dru P. -dravati, to run away, flee, escape BhP
- parā-dhāv √1. P. -dhāvati, to run away RV
- parā-√dhmā P. -dhamati, to blow away RV
- parānasā f. (fr. ?) administering remedies, medical treatment L
- parâpa n. (fr. parā + ap) Pāṇ. 6-3, 97 Vārtt. 1 Pat
- mfn. (a place &c.) whence water has retired W
- parā-√pat P. -patati, to fly awny or past, escape, depart RV. &c. &c
- to fall out, fail, be missing AV. Br. GṛS. Uttarar
- to fly or rush along Kād
- to fly towards, approach, arrive Hcar. Kād.: Caus. -pātayati, to drive away AV
- -pā́tam ind. p. flying away MaitrS
- parā-pātin mfn. flying off, getting loose ĀpŚr
- parā-pā́tuka mfn. miscarrying, abortive TS
- parā-√paś P. -paśyati, to look far off (or to a distance) AV. TS. ŚBr
- to see or perceive (at a distance) ŚBr. KātyŚr
- parā-√pū P. -punāti (ind. p. -pāvam), to purify, cleanse away VS. AV. ĀpŚr
- parā-pavana n. cleansing away, removing by purification ĀpŚr
- parā-pṛṣṭhī-bhūtvā ind. having the back turned (?) Divyâv
- parābaba n. N. of two Sāmans L. (vḷ. ○bava)
- parābhikṣa wṛ. for parṇa-bh○
- parā-√bhū P. -bhavati (fut. -bhaviṣyati
- Ved. inf. -bhúve), to perish, disappear, be lost, succumb, yield AV. Br. &c
- to overcome, conquer R. Kām
- (Pass. p. -bhūyamāna BhP.) to harm, hurt, injure MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -bhāvayati, to overthrow, destroy AV. Br. &c
- (Ā.) to vanish, perish, sustain a loss BhP
- parā-bhavá m. vanishing, disappearance, dissolution, separation R
- overthrow, defeat, humiliation, mortification, contempt, injury, destruction, ruin ŚBr. MBh. Kāv. &c
- N. of the 40th (or 14th) year in Jupiter's cycle of 6o years Var. (cf. parāvasu)
- -pada n. an object of contempt MW
- parā-bhāva m. defeat, overthrow MBh
- humiliation, contempt L
- parā-bhāvana n. suppression ĀpŚr. Sch
- parā-bhāvuka mfn. about to decline, going to pass away Kāṭh
- parā-bhūta (párā-), mfn. vanished, perished, forlorn ŚBr. (cf. á-parābh○)
- defeated, overcome, harmed, injured, degraded, humbled MBh. Kāv. &c
- parā-bhūti (párā-), f. defeat, overthrow, humiliation, injury AV. Kāv. Pur
- párā-bhṛta mfn. (√bhṛ) borne or taken off, put aside, hidden, concealed RV. AV
- parā-√mi or mī (only fut. p. -meṣyat), to come back, return AitBr
- parā-mṛta mfn. (for 1. See p. 587, col. 3) one who is beyond (i.e. no longer subject to) death Up. Śaṃk
- parā-√mṛś P. -mṛśati (inf. -marṣṭum ind. p. -mṛśya), to seize or lay hold of, touch, feel, stroke, handle, clutch ŚāṅkhŚr. MBh. &c
- to handle roughly, violate (as a woman or a temple) MBh. R
- to point or refer to (acc.) Śaṃk. Nīlak
- to consider, deliberate Bhām.: Pass. -mṛśyate, to be touched, be referred to or meant Kāś. Kull. (wṛ. -mṛṣ○)
- parā-marśa m. seizing, pulling (keśa-, by the hair) MBh
- bending or drawing (of a bow) R
- violation, injury, assault, attack MBh. R. Kād
- affection (by disease &c.) MārkP
- remembrance, recollection Vedântas
- referring or pointing touched Sāh
- reflection, consideration, judgment MBh. Bhāshāp
- (in logic) inference, conclusion, drawing conclusions from analogy or experience, knowledge of the minor premiss in its connection with the major
- N. of wk
- -kāraṇapakṣatā-vāda m. -karya-kāraṇa-bhāva-vicāra m. -grantha m. -grantha-rahasya n. -ṭippanī f. -pūrva-pakṣa-grantka-ṭīkā f. (○thakroḍa m. ○tha-dīdhiti-ṭīkā f. ○tha-prakāśa m. ○tha-vivecana n. ○thânugama m.), -pūrvapakṣa-rahasya n. -rahasya n. -vāda m. -vādârtha m. -vicāra m. -siddhânta-grantha-ṭīkā f. (○tha-kroḍa m. ○tha-prakāśa, m. ○tha-vivecana n. ○thâloka, m.), -siddhânta-rahasya n. -hetutā-vicāra m. N. of wks. [Page 590, Column]
- parā-marśana n. taking hold of, touching, seizing Kauś. Sch
- recollection, consideration L
- parā-marśin mfn. calling or bringing to mind, pointing or referring to (○śitva n.) Sāh
- parā-mṛṣṭa (párā-), mfn. seized or laid hold of, grasped, handled, touched, felt, roughly treated, violated, afflicted (by disease &c.) AV. MBh. &c
- recollected, considered, referred to RPrāt
- borne, endured W
- parâyaṇa n. (parā +√i) going away, departure or way of departure, final end, last resort RV. AV. ŚBr. (cf. 1. parâyaṇa, p. 587)
- parā-yáti m. (√yat) = parā-ganṭri RV. ix, 91, 7 (Sāy.)
- parâyatta &c. See p. 587, col. 3
- parā-√yā P. -yāti, to go away RV. AV.: Caus. -yāpáyati, to bid go away Kauś
- parārīka m. (or ○kā f.) leek Āpast. (vḷ. palārīka)
- parāru m. Momordica Charantia L. (vḷ. pavāru)
- parāruka m. a stone or rock L. (vḷ. pavāruka)
- parârtha parârdha &c. See under para, p. 587, col. 3
- parā-√vac P. -vakti, to contradict (opp. to anu-vac) ŚBr
- parā-vāká m. contradiction AV
- parôkta mfn. contradicted ŚBr
- parốcya mfn. to be contradicted TS
- parā-vat See under 2. parā, p. 589
- parāvata m. Grewia Asiatica L
- parā-√vad P. -vadati, to warn off or remove by speaking or reciting AV
- parā√vadh (only aor. -avadhīt, -vadhīt), to strike down, crush, tear RV. i, 38, 6 (párā-parā vadhīt) AV. TS
- parā-vap √2. P. -vapati, to lay aside, remove (as dead bodies, arrows &c.) AV. VS. MaitrS. Br
- parā-√vam P. -vamiti, or -vamati, to spit or vomit away Kāṭh
- parâvara &c. See p. 587, col. 3
- parā-varta &c. See parā-vṛt
- parā√-valg Ā. -valgate, to jump away TS
- parā-vásu mfn. keeping off wealth ŚBr. ŚāṅkhŚr. (cf. parāg-v○)
- m. N. of the 40th year of Jupiter's cycle of 60 years Var. (cf. parābhava)
- of a Gandharva (associated with Viśvā-vasu) BhP
- of a son of Raibhya (associated with Arvā-vasu) MBh
- parā-√vah P. -vahati (aor. Subj. -vakṣat), to carry off take away, bring to (dat.) RV. AV
- parā-ḍvaha m. N. of one of the 7 winds (the other 6 being called ā-vaha, ud-, pari-, pra-, vi- and saṃ-vaha) MBh. Hariv
- parā-vā √2. P. -vāti, to blow away, remove by blowing RV
- parā-vāka See parā-vac above
- parā-√vṛj P. -vṛṇakti (impf. vṛvak
- pf. -vavṛjur
- aor. -vark, -varktam), to turn away
- (with śīrṣā) to flee RV
- to wring off (as a head) ib
- to throw away, remove, reject, abandon ib
- parā-ḍvṛkta (párā-), mfn. rejected, cast off RV. iv, 30, 16
- parā-ḍvṛj m. an out-caste, wretch, miserable RV. (Sāy. 'N. of a person')
- parā-√vṛt Ā. -vartate (ind. p. -vṛtya), to turn back or round (intrans.), return, desist from (abl.) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -vartayati, to turn round (trans.) RV. i, 38, 9 [Page 591, Column]
- cause to return MBh. vii, 9201 (B. pari-vartaya)
- parā-ḍvarta m. turning back or round
- exchange, barter HPariś
- reversal of a sentence (in law) W
- restoration W
- parā-ḍvartana n. turning back or round MBh
- parā-ḍvartin mfn. turning back, taking to flight MBh. R. (a-parāv○)
- parā-ḍvartya mfn. (fr. Caus.) to be turned back or exchanged or reversed (as a sentence) or restored W
- -vyavahāra m. appeal (in law) ib
- parā-ḍvṛt m. N. of a son of Rukmakavaca VP
- parā-ḍvṛtta mfn. turned (also to flight) returned, averted from (abl.) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
- passed away, disappeared R. BhP. HPariś
- wallowing, rolling (n. as a subst.) L
- exchanged W
- reversed (as a judgment) ib
- given back, restored ib
- parā-ḍvṛtti f. turning back or round, returning, revolving Hariv. (cf. a-parāv○)
- change, interchange, exchange, barter Kāv
- reversion of a sentence or judgment W
- restoration of property ib
- recoiling, rebounding, not taking effect Cat
- parā-√vyadh P. -vidhyati, to hurl or fling away or out TS. MaitrS
- to strike, hit, wound MBh
- parā-ḍviddha m. N. of Kṛishṇa or Kubera L. (cf. pari-viddha under pari-vyadh)
- parā-ḍvyādha m. a stone's throw, the range of any missile ŚBr
- parā-śara See parā-śṝ below
- parā-śás f. (√śaṃs) calumny, curse, imprecation TS. AV
- parā-śātayitṛ m. (√śad, Caus.) crusher, destroyer Nir. vi, 30
- parā-śṝ P. -śṛṇāti (Impv. -śṛṇīhi, ○ṇītam, ○ṇantu RV
- aor. -śarīt, or -śarait AV.), to crush, destroy
- parā-ḍśará m. a crusher, destroyer RV. AV
- a partic. wild animal Bhagavatīg. (wṛ. ○sara)
- N. of a Nāga MBh
- N. of a son of Vasishṭha or of a son of Śakti and grandson of Vasishṭha (according to MBh. the father of Vyāsa
- said to be the author of RV. i, 65-73 and part of ix, 97)
- of a son of Kuṭhumi VP
- of the author of a well-known code of laws RTL. 51 &c
- of sev. writers on medicine and astrology &c. (with bhaṭṭa, N. of a poet) Cat
- -kṣetra-māhātmya n. -tantra n. -dharma m. -purāṇa, n. -mādhaviiya n. -vaṃśa-varṇana n. -vijaya m. -saṃhitā f. -sampāta m. -siddhânta m. -sūtra-vṛtti, f. -smṛti f. -smṛti-saṃgraha m. ○rôpapurāṇa n. N. of wks
- ○rin m. = pārāśarin L
- ○rêśvara m. N. of a Liṅga SkandaP
- ○vara-tīrtha n. N. of a Tīrtha ŚivaP
- parā-śīrṇa mfn. crushed, destroyed Nir. vi, 30
- parâśraya parâśrita, See under para, p. 588, col. 1
- parā-√śvas (only ind. p. -śvasya), to confide in (loc.) MBh
- parâs (parā +√2. as), P. parâsyati (impf. parâsyat
- pf. parâsa), to throw away or down, cast aside, expose (as a new-born child), abandon, reject, leave RV. &c. &c
- parâsa m. she range or distance of anything thrown ŚāṅkhŚr
- n. tin L
- parâsana n. killing, slaughter, massacre L
- parâsin mfn. throwing or measuring the distance of anything thrown TāṇḍBr
- parâsisiṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to drive away Kir
- desirous to throw or send W
- wishing to overcome ib
- parâsta mfn. thrown away, rejected, repudiated Sāh
- defeated W
- parâsya or mfn. to be thrown away ŚBr
- parâsyá mfn. to be thrown away ŚBr
- parā-√sic P. -siñcati (aor. -asicat
- Pass. -sicyate aor. -aseci), to pour or throw away, cast aside, remove RV. TS. AV. ŚBr. ŚrS
- parā-sikta mfn. poured or thrown away, spilled ŚBr. (cf. á-parās○)
- set aside, rendered useless MBh
- parâsu mfn. one whose vital spirit is departed or departing
- dying or dead MBh. Kāv. &c
- ○karṇa mfn. causing death, killing MBh
- ○tā f
- ○tva n. exhaustion, death MBh
- parā-√sū P. -suvati (aor. -sāviiḥ), to frighten away RV. AV. VS. TS
- parā-√sṛ P. -sarati, to come near, approach RV. [Page 591, Column]
- parā-√sṛj P. -sṛjati, to give away, bestow MBh
- parā-sedha m. (√1. sidh) arrest, imprisonment Nār
- parā-√stambh P. -stabhnāti, to hold back, hinder ŚBr
- parā-√han P. -hanti (impf. 2. 3. sg. párâhan pf. 3. pl. parā-jaghnúr), to strike down or away, hurl down, overthrow RV. MBh
- to touch, feel, grope VS. ŚBr
- parā-ḍhata (párā-), mfn. turned over, tilled (the earth) RV. v, 56, 3
- struck down or back, repelled, averted, rejected MBh. Kāv
- refuted, contradicted Nyāyam
- parā-ḍhati f. contradiction Sarvad
- parā-hā √2. Ā. -jihīte, to give way, let slip, abandon, evade (acc.) TS
- parā-hṛta mfn. (√hṛ) carried off, removed ĀpŚr. BhP
- pári ind. round, around, about, round about
- fully, abundantly, richly (esp. ibc. [where also parī] to express fulness or high degree) RV. &c. &c
- as a prep. (with acc.) about (in space and time) RV. AV
- against, opposite to, in the direction of, towards, to ib. (cf. Pāṇ. 1-4, 90
- also at the beginning of a comp. mfn
- ib. ii, 2, 18 Vārtt. 4 Pat. and pary-adhyayana)
- beyond, more than AV
- to the share of (with √as, or bhū, to fall to a person's lot) Pāṇ. 1-4, 90
- successively, severally (e.g. vṛkṣam pari siñcati, he waters tree after tree) ib
- (with abl.) from, away from, out of RV. AV. ŚBr. (cf. Pāṇ. 1-4, 93)
- outside of, except Pāṇ. 1-4, 88 Kāś. (often repeated ib. viii, 1, 5
- also at the beginning or the end of an ind. comp. ib. ii, 1, 12)
- after the lapse of Mn.iii, 119 MBh. xiii, 4672 (some read parisaṃvatsarāt)
- in consequence or on account or for the sake of RV. AV
- according to (esp. dhármaṇas pári, according to ordinance or in conformity with law or right) RV. [Cf. Zd. pairi
- Gk. ?.] [591,]
- pariṃśá m. (pari + aṃśa) the best part of (gen.) RV. i, 187, 8
- pari-√kath P. -kathayati, to mention, call, name Tattvas
- pari-kathā f. a religious tale or narrative Divyâv
- pari-kandala mf(ā)n. teeming with, full of (comp.) Bhojapr
- pari-√kamp Caus. -kampayati, to cause to tremble, shake BhP
- pari-kampa m. tremor, great fear or terror L
- pari-kampin mfn. trembling violently Uttarar
- pari-kara pari-karman &c. See pari-kṛ, col. 3
- pari-karkaśa mfn. very harsh Jātakam
- pari-karta ○tana &c. See pari-kṛt
- pari-karṣa See pari-kṛṣ
- pari-kal √2. P. -kālayati, to drive about, chase, persecute MBh. R
- pari-kālita mfn. persecuted, dogged MBh
- pari-kal √3. P. -kalayati, to seize, take hold of Bālar. ix, 18
- to swallow, devour Kād. Hcar
- to observe, consider as Śiś. viii, 9
- pari-kalayitṛ mfn. surrounding, encircling Mcar. v, 10 (read ○yitā)
- pari-kalitin mfn. = ○kalitaṃ yena saḥ g. iṣṭâdi
- pari-kalkana n. deceit, cheating Dhātup. (cf. kalkana)
- pari-kalpa ○pana &c. See pari-kḷp, p. 592, col. 1
- pari-kāṅkṣita m. (√kāṅkṣ) a devotee, religious ascetic L. (cf. pārikāṅkṣin)
- pari-kātara mfn. very timid or cowardly Jātakam
- parikāyana (?), m. pl. N. of a school L
- pari-kāsana n. (√kās) frequent coughing ĀpGṛ. [Page 591, Column]
- pari-kiraṇa -kīrṇa &c. See pari- √1. kṝ, p. 592
- pari-√kīrt P. -kīrtayati, to proclaim on all sides, announce, relate, celebrate, praise, declare, call, name GṛS. Mn. MBh. &c
- pari-kīrtana n. proclaiming, announcing, talking of, boasting, naming, calling Mn. MBh. &c
- pari-kīrtita mfn. proclaimed, announced, boasted of, said, called ib
- pari-√kup P. -kupyati, to become greatly moved or excited, to be in a rage, to be very angry MBh.: Caus. -kopayati, to excite violently, to make very angry ib
- pari-kupita mfn. much excited, very angry, wrathful ib
- pari-kopa m. violent anger, wrath Pañc
- pari-kopita mfn. (fr. Caus.) greatly excited, very angry MBh
- pari-kūṭa m. N. of a serpent-demon L
- a barrier or trench before the gate of a town L
- pari-kūla n. (prob.) the land lying on a shore Pāṇ. 6-2, 82 Sch
- pari-kṛ √1. P. -karoti &c. (cf. pari-ṣ-kṛ), to surround MBh
- to uphold Divyâv
- pari-kara mf(ī)n. who or what helps or assists W
- m. (ifc. f. ā) attendants, followers, entourage, retinue, train (sg. and pl.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- multitude, abundance Bhartṛ. Bālar
- a girth, zone, waist-band, (esp.) a girdle to keep up a garment (○ram-√bā́ndh, or ○raṃ-√kṛ, ('to gird up one's loins, make preparations', and so pari-kara = ārambha L.) Hariv. Kāv. Rājat. &c
- (in dram.) covert or indirect intimation of coming events in a plot, the germ of the Bīja Daśar
- (in rhet.) a partic. figure in which many significant epithets or adjectives are employed one after the other to give force to a statement Kpr. Sāh. &c
- -śloka Alaṃkārav
- discrimination, judgement L
- -bandha m. the binding on of a girdle in order to begin any work MW
- -bhūta mfn. being instrumental Āryabh. Sch
- -vijaya m. N. of wk
- -śloka m. versus auxiliaris Alaṃkārav
- pari-karita mfn. accompanied by (instr.) Vcar
- pari-kartṛ m. a priest who performs the marriage ceremony for a younger brother whose elder brother is not yet married L
- pari-karman m. a servant, assistant L
- n. attendance, worship, adoration BhP
- dressing, painting or perfuming the body (esp. after bathing) MBh. Kālid
- cleansing, purification Śiś
- preparation Kathās. (cf. ○kara)
- arithmetical computation or operation W
- ○makathā f. prayer (?) Divyâv
- ○mâṣṭaka n. the 8 fundamental rules of arithmetic (viz. addition, subtraction, multiplication, division, finding the square, extracting the square √, finding the cube, extracting the cube root) Col
- pari-karmaya Nom. P. ○yati, to anoint, decorate, adorn Gīt
- to make ready Divyâv
- ○mita mfn. arranged, prepared, put in order Var. Sarvad
- pari-karmin mfn. adorning, decorating W
- m. an assistant, servant, slave ŚrS. Suśr
- pari-kṛta mfn. surrounded MBh
- pari-kriyā f. surrounding, inclosing, intrenching L
- attending to, care of (comp
- cf. agni-parikriyā)
- exercise, practice, enjoyment (cf. rājya-parik○)
- (in dram.) illusion to future action (= parikara) Daśar
- pari-kṛt √2. P. -kṛntati, (ind. p. -kṛtya), to cut round, clip, cut off AV. R
- to exclude from (abl.) Mn. iv, 219
- pari-kartana mfn. cutting up or to pieces MBh
- n. cutting, cutting off or out, a circular incision Suśr
- = next ib
- pari-kartikā f. sharp shooting pain (esp. in the rectum) Suśr
- pari-kṛtta mfn. cut round, clipped, cut off ŚBr
- pari-kṛt √3. (only p. pres. Ā. -kṛtyamāna), to wind round AV
- pari-√kṛś only Caus. -karśayati, to harass, afflict BhP
- pari-kṛśa mfn. very thin, emaciate, wasted Vop
- -tva n. a slender size Lalit
- pari-√kṛṣ P. Ā. -karṣati, ○te, to draw or drag about (Ā. also 'each other') MBh
- to lead (an army) R
- to rule, govern, be master of (acc.) MBh
- to harass, afflict ib
- to ponder, reflect constantly upon (acc.) ib
- (P. -kṛṣati) to draw or make furrows, to plough ŚBr. KātyŚr
- to draw a circle, Śulbas.: Caus. -karṣayati, to drag to and fro, torment, harass, vex, trouble R. BhP. [Page 592, Column]
- to carry (as a nurse) Divyâv
- pari-karṣa m. dragging about MBh. (cf. g. nirudakâdi)
- pari-karṣaṇa n. id. ib
- a circle, Śulbas
- pari-karṣita mfn. (fr. Caus.) dragged about, harassed, tortured R. BhP
- pari-karṣin mfn. dragging away, carrying about (to different places) R
- pari-kṛṣṭa m. N. of a teacher VāyuP
- pari-kṝ √1. P. -kirati, (ind. p. -kīrya), to scatter or strew about ŚBr. KātyŚr
- to throw upon, impose, deliver over to (loc.), Rāgh. xviii, 32
- pari-kiraṇa n. scattering or strewing about Kauś. Sch
- pari-kīrṇa mfn. spread, diffused, scattered around, surrounded, crowded MBh. Kāv. &c
- pari-√kḷp Caus. -kalpayati (Pass. -kalpyate), to fix, settle, determine, destine for (with acc., artham ifc., loc. or an inf. with pass. sense) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
- to choose VarBṛS. lix, 11
- to perform, execute, accomplish, contrive, arrange, make Yājñ. Ragh. Kathās
- to distribute, divide (with an adv. in dhā) Mn. Var. MBh
- to admit or invite to (loc.) MBh
- to suppose, presuppose Sarvad
- pari-kalpa m. īllusion Buddh
- wṛ. for ○kampa
- pari-kalpana n. fixing, settling, contriving, making, inventing, providing, dividing, distributing
- (ā), f. making, forming, assuming ( See rūpa-parik○)
- reckoning, calculation Var
- pari-kalpita mfn. settled, decided
- fixed upon, chosen, wished for, expected, made, created, imagined, invented, contrived, arranged, distributed, divided (with khaṇḍa-śaḥ, cut or broken in pieces) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
- pari-kalpya mfn. to be settled &c
- to be calculated Var
- pari-kḷpta mfn. distributed, scattered, found here and there MBh
- pari-keśa m. g. nirudakâdi
- pari-√krand (only aor. Caus. -acikradat), to cry or make a noise round about (acc.) RV
- pari-√kram P. [-kr�Amati] (rarely Ā. ○te
- p. [-kr�Amat]
- pf. -cakrāma, -cakramur
- aor. -akramīt
- inf. -krāntum
- ind. p. -krā́mam, or -kramya), to step or walk round or about, circumambulate, roam over, walk through, visit (with acc.) RV. &c. &c
- to go past, escape AitBr
- to outstrip, overtake R.: Intens. -caṅkramati, to move or walk about perpetually BhP
- pari-krama m. roaming about, circumambulating, walking through, pervading MBh. Pur
- transition RPrāt. (vḷ. parā-kr○)
- following the course of a river down from its source to its mouth and then on the other bank up to its source again RTL. 348
- succession, series, order Lāṭy. Kauś. Mn. iii, 214 (read āvṛt-parikramam)
- a remedy, medicine Car
- -saha m. 'one who bears running about', a goat L
- pari-kramaṇa n. walking or roaming about ŚāṅkhBr
- pari-krānta mfn. walked round, stepped upon, trod
- n. the place stepped upon, foot-steps, traces R
- pari-krānti f. moving round, revolution BhP
- pari-krāmitaka n. (fr. Caus.) walking about (only ○kena, ind., in stage-directions) Bālar. Viddh. Pracaṇḍ
- pari-kriyā See pari-kṛ
- pari-√krī Ā. -krīṇīte (Pāṇ. 1-3, 18
- really more frequent in P., e.g. impf. -akrīṇam AV
- Pot. -krīṇīyāt ŚāṅkhŚr
- ind. p. -krīya Gobh.), to purchase, buy, barter, gain, acquire AV. ŚBr. Lāṭy. Gobh. (with instr. or dat. of the price, e.g. śatena, or śatāya, to buy for a hundred Pāṇ. 1-4, 44)
- to hire, engage for stipulated wages ŚBr. ŚrS
- to recompense, reward (only p. Ā. -krīṇāna) Bhaṭṭ
- pari-kraya m. giving up at the cost of (cf. prāṇaparikr○)
- hire, wages KātyŚr. Sch
- redemption, buying off W
- a peace purchased with money Kām. Hit
- pari-krayaṇa n. hiring, engaging Pāṇ. 1-4, 44
- pari-krī m. N. of an Ekaha ŚrS
- pari-krīta mfn. purchased, bought, hired MBh. (applied to a son = reto-mūlya-dānena tasyām eva [i.e. bhāryāyām] janitaḥ Nīlak.)
- pari-√krīḍ Ā. -krīḍate (Pāṇ. 1-3, 21
- but P. p. -krīḍat pf. -cikrīḍuḥ ŚBr.), to play about (Impv. Ā. -krīḍasva Bhaṭṭ.)
- pari-√krudh P. -krudhyati, to fly into a rage, become enraged R
- pari-√kruś P. -krośati (cf. -cukruśur ind. p. -kruśya), to go about crying, to wail, lament MBh. R. [Page 592, Column]
- pari-kruṣṭa mfn. lamented
- n. lamentation has been made by (instr.) R
- pari-krośá m. 'crier', prob. N. of a demon RV. i, 29, 7
- pari-√klam P. -klāmati, ○myati, to be tired out or exhausted Kād
- pari-klānta mfn. very tired, tired out, exhausted MBh
- pari-klinna mfn. (√klid) very wet, excessively moist or humid R
- pari-kleda m. humidity, wetness MBh
- pari-kledin mfn. wetting or wet Suśr
- pari-√kliś P. Ā. -kliśyati, ○te (p. -kliśyamāna Pāṇ. 3-4, 55), to suffer, feel pain, be troubled or vexed MBh. R
- (only ind. p. -kliśya) to pain, torment, vex, harass R
- pari-kliśa m. (?) vexation, trouble W
- pari-kliṣṭa mfn. much vexed or troubled, pained, harassed, afflicted, exhausted MBh. R. &c
- n. = ○kleśa L
- (am), ind. with uneasiness or reluctance, unwillingly
- pari-kleśa m. hardship, pain, trouble, fatigue MBh. Kāv. &c
- pari-kleṣṭṛ m. a tormentor, torturer MBh
- pari-kvaṇana mfn. (√kvaṇ) loud-sounding, loud Nir. vi, 1
- pari-√kvath P. -kvathati, to become boiling hot Bālar. v, 48/49
- pari-kṣata mfn. (√kṣan) wounded, hurt, injured, killed Mn. MBh. Kāv
- pari-kṣati f. wounding, injury, lesson Śiś
- pari-kṣaya See pari- √4. kṣi
- pari-√kṣar P. -kṣarati (aor. -akṣār), to cause to flow round (in a stream) RV
- to bestow by pouring forth in a stream ib
- pari-kṣal √2. P. -kṣālayati, (ind. p. -kṣālya), to wash out, rinse, wash off ŚBr
- pari-kṣālana n. water for washing KātyŚr
- pari-kṣavá m. (√kṣu) frequent or ill-omened sneezing AV
- pari-kṣā f. (√kṣai) clay, mud, dirt L
- pari-kṣāṇa mfn. charred or burnt to a cinder AitBr
- pari-kṣāma mfn. excessively emaciated, dried up, fallen away Kād. Rājat
- pari-kṣi √4. P. -kṣiṇoti, to destroy BhP.: Pass. -kṣīyate, to waste away, decay, become exhausted Hit
- pari-kṣaya m. disappearing, ceasing, dissolution, decay, destruction, loss, ruin, end Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
- pari-kṣīṇa mfn. vanished, disappeared, wasted, exhausted, diminished, ruined, lost, destroyed
- (in law) insolvent Mn. Yājñ. MBh. &c
- pari-kṣi √2. P. -kṣeti, to dwell around (with acc.) AitBr. vi, 32
- pari-kṣi m. vḷ. for next VP
- pari-kṣít mfn. dwelling or spreading around, surrounding, extending (as Agni, heaven and earth &c.) RV. AV. AitBr
- m. N. of an ancient king (son of Abhimanyu and father of Janam-ejaya) MBh. Hariv
- of a son of Kuru and father of another JanṭJanam Hariv
- of a son of A-vikshit and brother of JanṭJanam MBh
- of a king of A-yodhyā ib. (cf. parī-kṣit under 1. parī, p. 605, col. 1)
- pari-kṣita wṛ. for pari-cita, or -kṣit
- pari-√kṣip P. -kṣipati (pf. -cikṣepa
- ind. p. -kṣipya), to throw over or beyond R
- to put or lay or wind round Suśr
- to throw about, surround, encircle, embrace ib. MBh. R. &c
- to throw or put or fix in (loc.) MBh
- to throw away, squander (as a treasure) Kathās
- pari-kṣipta mfn. thrown, thrown about, scattered, surrounded, overspread MBh. R. &c
- left, abandoned W
- pari-kṣepa m. throwing about, moving to and fro Hariv
- surrounding, encircling, being (or that by which anything is) surrounded MBh. Kāv. &c
- circumference, extent Car
- abandoning, leaving W
- pari-kṣepaka mf(ikā)n. hung with (ifc.) Kāraṇḍ. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 146)
- pari-kṣepin mfn. who or what scatters or distributes W. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 142)
- pari-kṣība or ○va mfn. drunk, quite intoxicated W
- pari-khacita mfn. (√khac) strewn or inlaid with (comp.) Kāraṇḍ
- pari-khaṇḍa See pari-ṣaṇḍa
- pari-khaṇḍana See māna-parikh○
- pari-khaṇḍaya Nom. P. ○yati, to make small, break, conquer Bālar. Bhaṭṭ. [Page 592, Column]
- pari-√khan (only ind. p. -khāya), to dig round, dig up ĀśvGṛ
- pari-khā f. (once ibc. ○kha BhP.) a moat, ditch, trench or fosse round a town or fort (also applied to the sea surrounding the earth) Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
- N. of a village in the North country, g. palady-ādi (iv, 2, 110)
- -sthita mfn. impregnable, secure MBh. xii, 6250
- ○khī-kṛta mfn. made into a moat or ditch Ragh. i, 30
- pari-khāta mfn. dug round
- m. a furrow, rut BhP
- pari-√khid P. -khidyati, to be depressed or afflicted, feel uneasy BhP.: Caus. -khedayati, to trouble, afflict, destroy ib. &c
- pari-khinna mfn. depressed, afflicted, exhausted MBh. R. &c
- pari-kheda m. (ifc. f. ā) lassitude, weariness, exhaustion MBh. Kāv. &c
- pari-khedita mfn. (fr. Caus.) afflicted, exhausted, ruined, destroyed Kāv. BhP
- pari-√khyā P. -khyāti (Subj. -khyatam, -khyan RV.), to look round, look at, perceive RV. &c. &c
- to observe, regard, consider MBh. R
- to overlook, disregard RV.: Pass. -khyāyate, to be perceived ChUp
- pari-khyāta mfn. regarded as, passing for (nom.)
- called, named
- celebrated, famous MBh. R
- pari-khyāti f. fame, reputation W
- pari-√gaṇ P. -gaṇagati (ind. p. -gaṇya), to count over, reckon up completely, ascertain by calculation Suśr. Hcar. BhP
- to calculate, reckon, consider, reflect Megh. (cf. aparigaṇayat)
- pari-gaṇana n
- pari-gaṇanā f. complete enumeration, accurate calculation or statement Megh. Kull
- pari-gaṇanīya (Kull.),
- pari-gaṇya ( See a-parig○), mfn. to be enumerated completely or stated accurately
- pari-gaṇita mfn. enumerated, calculated, reckoned BhP. (cf. a-parig○)
- pari-gaṇitin mfn. one who has well considered everything Pāṇ. 2-3, 36, Kaś
- parigaṇa m. or n. (?), a house L
- pari-√gad (only inf. -gaditum), to describe, relate, tell Bhām. ii, 75
- pari-gaditin mfn. = parigaditaṃ yena saḥ g. iṣṭâdi
- pari-√gam P. -gacchati (aor. -agamat AV
- -gman RV
- pf. -jagmatuḥ MBh
- p. -jaganvas RV
- ind. p. [-gáty�A] RV. ŚBr
- -gamya MBh
- inf. -gantum R. ), to go round or about or through, circumambulate, surround, inclose RV. &c. &c
- to come to any state or condition, get, attain (acc.) MBh.: Pass. -gamyate MBh.: Caus. -gamayati, to cause to go round, to pass or spend (time) Ragh. viii, 91
- pari-ga mfn. going round, surrounding Pāṇ. 8-4, 38 Sch
- pari-gata mfn. gone round or through, surrounded, encompassed MBh. R. &c
- filled, possessed of, visited by, afflicted with (instr. or comp.) ib
- diffused, spread Kāv
- deceased, dead Bhartṛ. iii, 49
- experienced, known, learnt from (abl.) Kāv
- forgotten L
- obtained L
- = ceṣṭita L
- ○târṭha mfn. acquainted or familiar with anything Kālid
- pari-gantavya mfn. to be got or obtained L
- pari-gama m. going round, surrounding Bālar
- knowing, ascertaining, partaking of, occupation with (comp.) ib. Pracaṇḍ
- spreading, extending W
- obtaining ib
- pari-gamana n. id. MW
- pari-gamita mfn. (fr. Caus.) brought, conducted, driven, passed, spent (time). Ragh
- pari-gamya mfn. accessible, to be circumambulated (a-parig○) KātyŚr
- pari-√garj P. -garjati, to roar, cry, scold R
- pari-garvita mfn. (√garv) very proud or arrogant Cāṇ
- pari-√garh Ā. -garhate, to blame greatly, censure, despise, abuse MBh.: Caus. -garhayati id. ib
- pari-garhaṇa n. excessive blame, censure ib
- pari-galita mfn. (√gal) fallen down MBh
- sunk Pañc
- flowing, fluid, melted W
- pari-gahana n. g. kṣubhnâdi
- pari-√gā P. -jigāti (aor. -agāt, -gāt, -agur), to go round or through, circumambulate, permeate RV. AV
- to enter (acc.) VS. ĪśUp
- to come near, approach, reach, visit, afflict RV. MBh
- to go out of the way, avoid, shun RV
- to disregard, neglect AitBr
- to fail, miss, not to master or understand BhP. [Page 593, Column]
- pari-guṇita mfn. (fr. -guṇaya) reiterated, repeated BhP
- augmented by addition of (comp.) VarBṛS. lxv, 5
- pari-guṇṭhita mfn. (√guṇṭh) veiled in, hidden by (instr.) R
- pari-guṇḍita mfn. covered with dust, Śīl
- pari-√gup only Desid. -jugupsate, to beware of, be on one's guard against (abl.) MBh
- pari-gūḍhaka mfn. g. ṛśyâdi
- pari-gṛddha mfn. very greedy Divyâv
- pari-gredha (!), m. excessive greediness L
- pari-√gai P. -gāyati, to go about singing, sing or celebrate everywhere TS. ŚBr. ŚrS
- to proclaim aloud (esp. Pass. -gīyate) MBh. &c
- pari-gīta mfn. sung, celebrated, proclaimed, declared MBh. BhP
- pari-gīti f. a kind of metre Col
- pari-√gras P. Ā. -grasati, ○te, to devour NṛisUp
- pari-√grah P. Ā. -gṛhṇāti, ○ṇīte (Impv. 2. sg. -gṛhāṇa MBh. Kālid
- impf. -agṛhṇāḥ RV
- 3. sg. -agṛhṇat TS
- 3. pl. -agṛhṇan AV
- Ā. -agṛhṇanta MBh
- pf. 1. sg. -jagrábha RV
- 3. sg. -jagrāha MBh. &c
- ind. p. -gṛhya ŚBr. MBh. Kāv. &c.), to take hold of on both sides, embrace, surround, enfold, envelop VS. AV. Br. MBh. &c
- to fence round, hedge round TS. AV. ŚBr. KātyŚr
- to occupy on both sides (sarasvatīm) MBh
- to seize, clutch, grasp, catch ib
- to put on, wear (as a dress or ornament) ib
- to take or carry along with one ib. Kāv. &c
- to take possession of, master, overpower RV. AV. Br. Var
- to take (in war), take prisoner, conquer MBh
- to take (food) ŚBr
- to receive, (also as a guest) accept ib. MBh. Śak. BhP
- to take, adopt, conform to, follow Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
- to take by the hand, assist MBh
- to take (a wife), marry Śak. Pañc
- to surpass, excel Mn. Prab
- (in Ved. gram.) to enclose (iti) between a word twice repeated RPrāt. (cf. pari-graha)
- pari-gṛhīta mfn. taken hold of on both sides AV
- surrounded, embraced, enclosed, enveloped, fenced TS. ŚBr. MBh. &c
- seized, grasped, taken, received, obtained, accepted, adopted, admitted, followed, obeyed Br. MBh. Kāv. &c
- opposed, checked W
- m. g. ācitâdi
- pari-gṛhīti (pári-), f. grasping, comprehension TS. Br
- pari-gṛhītṛ wṛ. for ○grah○. 1
- pari-gṛhya ind. having taken or seized, in company or along with (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- considering regarding W
- -vat (○gríhya-), mfn. containing the word parigṛhya TS. 2
- pari-gṛhya mfn. to be taken or accepted or regarded W
- (ā), f. designation of a partic. kind of Vedi or sacrificial mound Kauś
- a married woman L
- pari-grahá m. (ifc. f. ā) laying hold of on all sides, surrounding, enclosing, fencing round (esp. the Vedi or sacrificial altar by means of three lines or furrows) ŚBr. KātyŚr. &c
- wrapping round, putting on (a dress &c.), assuming (a form &c.) Kāv
- comprehending, summing up, sum, totality, SāṅkhBr. Mn
- taking, accepting, receiving or anything received, 2 gift or present MBh. Kāv. &c
- getting, attaining, acquisition, possession, property (ifc. 'being possessed of or furnished with') ib
- household, family, attendants, retinue, the seraglio of a prince ib
- a house, abode Hariv
- √, origin, foundation MBh
- admittance (into one's house), hospitable reception Mn. MBh. R. Kāraṇḍ
- taking (a wife), marrying, marriage Mn. MBh. &c
- a wife (also collect.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- choice, selection ib
- understanding, conception Pāṇ. Sch
- undertaking, beginning, commission or performance of, occupation with Mn. R. Hariv
- homage, reverence, grace, favour, help, assistance MBh. Kāv. &c
- dominion, control (ifc. 'dependent on, subject to') R. Var. MārkP
- force, constraint, punishment (opp. to anu-graha) R
- claim on, relation to, concern with (loc.) Mn. MBh. &c
- (in Ved. gram.) the double mention of a word both before and after iti
- the form which precedes iti RPrāt
- a curse, imprecation, oath L
- an eclipse of the sun L
- the rear or reserve of an army L. (vḷ. prati-gr○)
- -tva n. state of a wife, marriage Daś
- -dvitīya mfn. āc4companied by one's wife or family MW
- -bahu-tva n. multitude of wives Śak
- -maya mf(ī)n. consisting of a family Prab
- -vat, or ○hin mfn. possessed of, wealth, having property MBh. [Page 593, Column]
- ○hârthīya mfn. having the sense of comprehension i.e. generalization Nir. i, 7
- pari-grahaka mfn. grasping, taking hold of, undertaking (ifc.) L
- pari-grahaṇa n. wrapping round, putting on Prab
- pari-grahītavya mfn. to be admitted or supposed, Saṃk
- to be ruled or controlled Pat
- to be taken hold of or got into possession Vajracch
- pari-grahītṛ mfn. taking hold of, seizing
- m. assister, helper VāyuP
- ruler Pat
- an adoptive father Pravar. Kull
- a husband Śak
- pari-grāhá m. the surrounding or fencing round of the Vedi or sacrificial altar with three lines or furrows TS
- pari-grāhaka mfn. favouring, befriending Bālar
- pari-grāhya mfn. to be treated or addressed kindly MBh
- pari-glāna mfn. (√glai) wearied out, languid, exhausted MBh. R. &c
- averse from (dat.) Pat
- pari-gha m. (√han) an iron bar or beam used for locking or shutting a gate (= argala) ChUp. MBh. Kāv. &c
- (fig.) a bar, obstacle, hindrance Ragh. Kathās
- (once n.) an iron bludgeon or club studded with iron MBh. R. &c
- a child which presents a peculiar cross position in birth Suśr
- a line of clouds crossing the sun at sunrise or sunset Var. MBh. &c
- (du.) two birds flying on each side of a traveller (regarded as an omen) Var
- the gate of a palace, any gate R
- a house L
- (in astrol.) N. of the 19th Yoga L
- a pitcher, water-jar L
- a glass pitcher L
- killing, striking, a blow L
- N. of one of the attendants of Skanda MBh
- of a Cāṇḍāla ib
- of a virtuous man Cat
- ○guru mfn. as heavy as an iron bar Mālav
- ○prâṃśu-bāhu in one whose arm is as long as an iron bar Śak
- ○bāhu m. one whose arm resembles an iron bar MBh
- ○saṃkāśa mfn. resembling an iṭiron bar MBh
- ○stambha m. a door-post Mālav
- parighôpama mfn. resembling an iron beam Nal
- pari-ghāta m. killing, destroying. removing Var
- a club, an iron bludgeon L
- pari-ghātana n. id. L
- pari-ghātin mfn. destroying, setting at nought, transgressing (a command &c.) R
- pari-√ghaṭṭ Caus. P. -ghāṭayati, to strike, cause to vibrate (as the strings of a musical instrument) Mṛicch
- pari-√ghaṭṭ P. -ghaṭṭayati, to press or rub on all sides, stir, excite, affect (as the ear with a tale) Śiś. ix, 64
- pari-ghaṭṭana n. stirring round, stirring up MBh
- rubbing Śiś. Sch
- pari-ghaṭṭita mfn. stirred about, touched or rubbed repeatedly MW
- pari-ghargharam ind. with loud murmuring or grunting VP. (wṛ. ○ghurgharam, or ○ghurghuram)
- pari-gharmya m. a vessel for preparing any hot sacrificial beverage ŚrS
- pari-ghāta &c. See under pari-gha
- pari-√ghuṣ (only p. -ghuṣyat), to proclaim aloud Sarvad
- pari-ghoṣa m. (L.) sound, noise
- thunder
- improper speech
- pari-√ghūrṇ P. -ghūrṇati, to whirl about, flutter, tremble MBh
- pari-√ghṛṣ P. -gharṣati, to rub or pound to pieces Hariv
- pari-ghṛṣṭika wṛ. for ○pṛcchika, or ○pṛṣṭika
- pari-√ghrā (only p. Ā. -jighramāṇa), to kiss passionately, cover with kisses MBh
- pari-cakra m. N. of a ch. of the Dvā-viṃśaty-avadānaka
- (ā), f. N. of a town (vḷ. ○vakra) L
- pari-√cakṣ Ā. -caṣṭe (3. pl. -cakṣate
- Pot. -cakṣīta Pass. -cakṣyate
- Ved. inf. -cákṣi), to overlook, pass over, despise, reject Br. Up. BhP
- to declare guilty, condemn ŚBr
- to forbid Āpast
- to mention, relate, own, acknowledge MBh
- to call, name Mn. MBh. &c
- to address (acc.), answer BhP
- pari-cakṣā́ f. rejection, disapprobation ŚBr
- pari-cákṣya mfn. to be despised or disapproved RV
- pari-caturdaśa and ○san (nom. acc. ○śa instr. ○śais), fully fourteen, more than fourteen MBh. Hariv. [Page 593, Column]
- pari-capala mfn. always moving about, very volatile MBh
- pari-caya &c. See under pari- √1. 2. ci
- pari-√car P. -carati (pf. -cacāra ind. p. -carya), to move or walk about, go round (acc.), circumambulate RV. &c. &c
- to attend upon or to (acc., rarely gen.), serve, honour ib.: Caus. P. -cārayati (ind. p. -cārya), to surround Kauś
- to wait on, attend to Divyâv
- to cohabit ib
- (Ā. ○te), to be served or waited upon ŚBr. KaṭhUp
- pari-cará mf(ā́)n. moving, flowing VS. AV
- m. an attendant, servant, follower ŚBr. Suśr
- a patrol or body-guard L
- homage, service Hariv
- (ā), f. N. of partic. verses which may be put at the beginning or middle or end of a hymn TāṇḍBr. Lāṭy
- pari-cáraṇa m. an assistant, servant ŚāṅkhBr
- n. going about ŚBr
- serving, attending to, waiting upon Kauś. GṛS. MBh
- pari-caraṇīya mfn. to be served or attended to Kull
- belonging to attendance Gobh
- pari-caritavya mfn. to be attended on or served or worshipped Bhartṛ
- pari-caritṛ m. an attendant or servant ChUp
- pari-carya mfn. = ○caritavya ChUp. MBh. Hariv
- (ā), f. circumanibulation, wandering about or through (comp.) Hāsy. i, 9 (wṛ. ○carcā)
- attendance, service, devotion, worship MBh. Kāv. &c
- ○ryāvat mfn. one who attends upon or worships MBh
- pari-cāra m. attendance, service, homage MBh
- a place for walking ib
- an assistant or servant ib
- pari-cāraka m. an assistant or attendant Mn. MBh. Kāv. &c
- executor (of an order &c.) Hariv
- (ikā), f. a female attendant, a waiting maid MBh. R. &c
- pari-cāraṇa n. (m. c. for ○caraṇa) attendance MBh. Daśar
- pari-cāraya Nom. P. ○yati, to take a walk, roam about SaddhP
- to cohabit Divyâv
- to attend to, wait on ib
- pari-cārika m. a servant, assistant MBh
- pl. fried grain L
- pari-cārita n. amusement, sport Divyâv
- pari-cārin mfn. moving about, moveable MBh
- attending on or to, serving, worshipping MBh. Hariv. &c
- m. man-servant (○cāriṇī f. maid) TāṇḍBr. MBh. R
- ○ri-tā f. Kām
- pari-cārya mfn. to be served or obeyed or worshipped W
- pari-cīrṇa mfn. attended to, taken care of MBh
- pari-cartana See pari-cṛt
- pari-carmaṇya n. (p○ + carman) a strip of leather ŚāṅkhBr
- pari-√cal Caus. -cālayati, to cause to move round, turn round MBh
- pari-ci √1. P. Ā. -cinoti, ○nute, to pile up ŚBr
- to surround or enclose with (instr.), Sulb
- to heap up, accumulate, augment, increase RV. &c. &c.: Pass. -cīyate, to be increased or augmented, to grow Ragh. 1
- pari-caya m. heaping up, accumulation Kauś
- -vat mfn. being at its height, complete, finished Mālav. iii, 20. 1
- pari-cayanīya mfn. to be collected or accumulated W
- pari-cāyya m. (sc. agni) a sacrificial fire arranged in a circle ŚBr. TS. Kāṭh. Śulbas
- raising the rent or revenue of a land W
- pari-cít mfn. piling up or arranging all around VS. 1
- pari-cita mfn. heaped up, accumulated, gathered Megh. Rājat. BhP
- (with instr.) filled with, containing, Bhp. 1
- pari-cetavya mfn. to be collected together W. 1
- pari-ceya mfn. to be collected all round or from every side ib
- pari-ci √2. (2. sg. Impv. -cinu
- p. -cinvat
- inf. -cetum), to examine, investigate, search MBh. R
- to find out, know, learn, exercise, practise, become acquainted with (acc.) Kāv. Rājat. Pañc.: Pass. -cīyate Kāv. Hit.: Caus. Ā. -cāyayate, to search, seek for Kāv. 2
- pari-caya m. acquaintance, intimacy, familiarity with, knowledge of (gen., loc., instr. with or sc. samam, or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- trial, practice, frequent repetition Kāv. (cf. rati-p○)
- meeting with a friend W
- ○yâvasthā f. (with Yogins) a partic. state of ecstasy Cat. 2
- pari-cayanīya mfn. to be known W. 2
- pari-cita mfn. known, familiar (○taṃ-√kṛ, to make a person's acquaintance) Hariv. Kāv
- -bhū mfn. having (its) place well known MW
- -vivikta mfn. familiarised to seclusion Śak. v, 10
- pari-citi f. acquaintance, familiarity, intimacy, Śāntiś. 2. [Page 594, Column]
- pari-cetavya or mfn. to be known
- pari-ceya mfn. to be known
- to be investigated or searched W
- pari-√cint P. -cintayati (ind. p. -cintya), to think about, meditate on, reflect, consider MBh. Kāv. &c
- to call to mind, remember ib
- to devise, invent ib
- pari-cintaka mfn. reflecting about, meditating on (gen. or comp.) MBh. BhP
- pari-cintanīya mfn. to be well considered Kāv
- pari-cintita mfn. thought of, found out R
- pari-cihnita mfn. marked, signed, subscribed MBh. Yājñ
- pari-√cud Caus. -codayati, to set in motion, urge, impel, exhort Mn. iii, 233
- pari-codita mfn. set in motion, brandished Hariv
- impelled, incited MBh
- pari-√cumb P. -cumbati (ind. p. -cumbya), to kiss heartily or passionately, cover with kisses Kāv
- to touch closely ib
- pari-cumbana n. the act of kissing heartily &c. Bālar. Caurap
- pari-cumbita mfn. kissed passionately or touched closely Caurap
- pari-√cṛt P. -cṛtati (ind. p. -cṛtya), to wind round
- to tie or fasten together Kauś
- pari-cártana n. pl. the part of a horse's harness from the girth to the breast and the tail TS
- pari-cchad (√chad), Caus. -cchādayati (ind. p. -cchādya), to envelop, cover, conceal MBh. Pañc
- pari-cchad mfn. furnished or provided or adorned with (comp.) Ragh. i, 19
- pari-cchada m. a cover, covering, garment, dress, ŚāṅkhŚr. MBh. &c
- paraphernalia, external appendage, insignia of royalty R
- goods and chattels, personal property, furniture Mn. MBh. &c
- retinue, train, attendants, necessaries for travelling MBh. Kāv. &c
- ifc. = -cchad ŚāṅkhŚr. MBh. Hariv. &c
- pari-cchanda m. train, retinue L
- pari-cchanna mfn. covered, clad, veiled, concealed, disguised MBh. R. Hit. &c
- pari-cchid (√chid
- inf. -cchettum ind. p. -cchidya), to cut on both sides, clip round, cut through or off or to pieces, mutilate ŚBr. Lāṭy. MBh. &c
- to mow or reap (corn), Kārand
- to limit on all sides, define or fix accurately, discriminate, decide, determine Kāv. Pañc. Pur
- to separate, divide, part Siddh
- to avert, obviate MW
- pari-cchitti f. accurate definition Kap
- limitation, limit, measure Pāṇ. 3-3, 20 Sch
- partition, separation W
- pari-cchinna mfn. cut off, divided, detached, confined, limited, circumscribed (-tva n.) R. BhP. &c
- determined, ascertained Kum
- obviated, remedied W
- pari-ccheda m. cutting, severing, division, separation Śaṃk. Suśr
- accurate definition, exact discrimination (as between false and true), right and wrong &c.), decision, judgment Kāv. Śaṃk. Kull
- resolution, determination Kād
- a section or chapter of a book Cat
- limit, boundary. W
- obviating, remedying ib
- -kara m. N. of a Samādhi L
- -vyakti f. distinctness of perception Mālatīm
- ○dâkula mfn. perplexed (through inability) to decide Śak
- ○dâtī7ta mfn. surpassing all definition Mālatīm
- pari-cchedaka mfn. ascertaining, defining Sarvad
- n. limitation, limit, measure L
- pari-cchedana n. (L.) discriminating, dividing
- the division of a book
- joyful laughter (?)
- pari-cchedya mfn. to be defined or estimated or weighed or measured Ragh. (a-paricch○) Pāṇ. Sch. Kull
- pari-cyavana n. (√cyu) descending from heaven (to be born as a man) HPariś
- loss, deprivation of (abl.) Āpast. Sch
- pari-cyuta mfn. fallen or descended from (abl.) MBh. Kāv
- fallen from heaven (to be born as a man) HPariś
- swerved or deviated from (abl.) R
- deprived or rid of (abl.) Gaut. MBh. Pur
- ruined, lost, miserable (opp. to sam-ṛddha) MBh
- streaming with (instr.) ib
- pari-cyuti f. falling down Kathās
- pari-jagdha m. (√jakṣ) a proper name Pāṇ. 6-2, 146 Sch
- pari-jana m. (ifc. f. ā) a surrounding company of people, entourage, attendants, servants, followers, suite, train, retinue (esp. of females) MBh. Kāv. &c
- a single servant Kālid. Kathās. Pañc
- ○tā f. the condition of a servant, service Kir. x, 9. [Page 594, Column]
- pari-janman m. the moon L
- fire L. (cf. pari-jman)
- pari-japita mfn. (√jap) muttered, whispered, prayed over in a low voice Gobh
- pari-ḍjapta mfn. id. Var
- enchanted Divyâv
- pari-jayya See pari-ji
- pari-√jalp P. -jalpati, to chatter, talk about, speak of (acc.) MBh. Hariv
- pari-ḍjalpita n. the covert reproaches of a mistress neglected by her lover W
- pari-jā́ f. (√jan) place of origin, source AV
- pari-jāta (pári-), mfn. begotten by, descended from (abl.) ib
- fully developed (a-parij○) ĀśvGṛ
- pari-jātaka n. N. of wk. on domestic rites
- pari-√ji P. -jayati (inf. -jetum), to conquer, overpower MBh
- pari-jayya mfn. to be conquered or mastered Pāṇ. 5-1, 93
- pari-jetṛ m. a victor, conqueror L
- pari-jihīrṣā f. (√hṛ Desid.) desire of avoiding or removing Kād
- pari-jihīrṣita mfn. kept away, avoided, shunned Gobh
- pari-jihīrṣu mfn. wishing to avoid L
- pari-√jṛmbh Ā. -jṛmbhate, to spread all around Prasannar
- pari-jṝ √1. P. Ā. -jīryati, ○te, to become worn out or old or withered
- to be digested Suśr
- pari-jīrṇa mfn. worn out, old, withered, faded, decayed MBh
- pari-jīryat mfn. becoming old MBh
- pari-√jñā P. Ā. -jānāti, ○nīte (inf. -jñātum ind. p. -jñāya), to notice, observe, perceive, learn, understand, comprehend, ascertain, know or recognise as (2 acc.) RV. &c. &c
- pari-jñapti f. (fr. Caus.) recognition or conversation Kathās. xxi, 128
- pari-jñā f. knowledge L
- pari-jñāta mfn. thoroughly known, recognised, ascertained, learned MBh. Kāv. &c
- pari-jñātṛ mfn. one who knows or perceives, an observer, knower Bhag
- wise, intelligent W
- pari-jñāna n. perception, thorough knowledge, ascertainment, experience, discrimination MBh. Hariv. R. &c
- -maya mf(ī)n. consisting in knowledge BhP
- ○nin mfn. having much knowledge, wise Kathās
- pari-jñeya mfn. to be recognised or ascertained, comprehensible MBh. Var. &c
- pári-jman mfn. (√gam) running or walking or driving round, surrounding, being everywhere, omnipresent (said of the sun, of the clouds, of sev. gods &c.) RV. AV. (as loc. or ind. all around, everywhere RV.)
- m. the moon L
- fire L. (cf. pari-janman)
- pari-jyāni See a-p○
- pári-jri mfn. (√jri) running round, spreading everywhere RV
- pari-jvan m. (Uṇ. i, 158) the moon L
- fire L. (cf. pari-jman)
- a servant L
- a sacrificer L
- Indra W
- pari-√jval P. -jvalati, to burn brightly, blaze, glare Kir
- pari-ḍīna or ○naka n. (√ḍī) the flight of a bird in circles, flying round MBh
- pari-ṇati See pari-ṇam
- pari-ṇad (√nad), P. -ṇadati, to utter loud cries Pāṇ. 8-4, 14 (-nadya MBh. vi, 3256 prob. wṛ.)
- pari-ṇam (√nam), P. Ā. -ṇamati, ○te (aor. pary-aṇaṃsīt ind. p. pari-ṇamya), to bend or turn aside AV
- to bend down, stoop Kāv
- to change or be transformed into (instr.) Vedântas. Madhus
- to develop, become ripe or mature Bālar
- to become old Kir
- to be digested MBh. Pañc
- to be fulfilled (as a word) Pañc.: Caus. -ṇāmayati (ind. p. -ṇāmya
- Pass. -ṇāmyate, p. ṇāmyamāna, or ○myat), to make ripe, ripen, mature ŚvetUp
- to bring to an end, pass (as a night) R
- to bend aside or down, stoop MBh
- pari-ṇata mfn. bent down (is an elephant stooping to strike with its tusks) Megh
- bent down or inclined by (comp.) Bhartṛ
- changed or transformed into (instr. or comp.) Kālid. Kād. Sāh
- developed, ripened, mature, full-grown, perfect
- full (as the moon) [Page 594, Column]
- set (as the sun) MBh. Kāv. &c
- advanced (vayasā, in age R
- also impers. ○taṃ vayasā, 'life is advanced, old age has come' Kathās.)
- digested (as food) Suśr
- elapsed (as time) BhP
- n. capital, wealth accumulated for the sake of profit(?) W
- -dik-karika mfn. containing mythical elephants ( See dik-karin) stooping to strike with their tusks Śiś
- -dvirada m. an elephant stooping &c. Kir
- -prajña mfn. of mature understanding MBh
- -pratyaya mfn. (an action) whose results are matured Divyâv
- -vayas mfn. advanced in age Veṇis. Suśr
- -śarvad f. the latter part of the autumn Megh
- ○târuṇa m. the setting sun Śak
- pari-ṇati f. bending, bowing W
- change, transformation, natural development Sāh. Pañc. Sarvad
- ripeness, maturity Megh. Mcar
- mature or old age Vikr. Śiś
- result, consequence, issue, end, termination (ibc. finally, at last
- śravaṇa-pariṇatiṃ-√gam, to come at last to a person's ears
- pariṇatiṃ-√yā, to attain one's final aim) Kāv
- fulfilment (of a promise), Śāntiś
- digestion L
- pari-ṇamana n. change, transformation, changing into (instr.) Kap. Sch
- (ā), f. (with Buddh.) a kind of worship Dharmas. xiv
- pari-ṇamayitṛ mfn. causing to bend or to ripen Megh. Viddh
- pari-ṇāma m. change, alteration, transformation into (instr.), development, evolution Sāṃkhyak. Yogas. Pur. Suśr
- ripeness, maturity Kir. Uttarar. Mālatīm
- alteration of food, digestion Suśr. Tarkas
- withering, fading ŚārṅgP
- lapse (of time) MBh. R
- decline (of age), growing old ib. Suśr
- result, consequence, issue, end (ibc. and ○me ind. finally, at last, in the end) Kāv
- (in rhet.) a figure of speech by which the properties of any object are transferred to that with which it is compared Kuval
- N. of a holy man RTL. 269
- -darśin mfn. looking forward to the issue or consequences (of any event), prudent, fore-sighted MBh
- -dṛṣṭi f. foresight, providence MW
- -nirodha m. obstruction (of felicity caused) by human vicissitude (as birth, growth, death &c.) W
- -pathya mfn. suited to a future state or condition ib
- -mukha mfn. tending or verging towards the end, about to terminate Śak
- -ramaṇīya mfn. (a day) delightful at its close ib
- -vat mfn. having a natural development (○ttva n.) Śaṃk
- -vāda m. the 'doctrine of evolution', the Sāṃkhya doctrine Sarvad
- -śūla n. violent and painful indigestion Cat
- pari-ṇāmaka mfn. effecting vicissitudes (as time) Hariv
- pari-ṇāmana n. bringing to full development Jātakam
- the turning of things destined for the community to one's own use (Buddh.) L
- pari-ṇāmika mfn. resulting from change L
- easily digestible Subh. (wṛ. for pāriṇ○?)
- pari-ṇāmin mfn. changing, altering, subject to transformation, developing VP. Śaṃk. (○mi-tva n. ib.)
- ripening, bearing fruits or consequences BhP
- ○mi-tva n. ib
- ○mi-nitya mfn. eternal but continually changing Sāṃkhyak. Sch
- pari-ṇinaṃsu mfn. (fr. Desid.) about to stoop or to make a side thrust (with the tusks, as an elephant) Śiś
- pari-ṇaya ○yana &c. See under pari-ṇī
- pari-ṇaś (√2. naś), P. -ṇasyati Pāṇ. 8-4, 36 Sch
- pari-naṣṭa (!), mfn. ib
- pari-ṇah (√nah
- only Pot. -ṇahet), to bind round, gird, embrace, surround MBh
- pari-ṇaddha mfn. bound or wrapped round Kālid. Var
- broad, large Ragh
- pari-ṇah = parīṇah, q.v
- pari-ṇahana n. binding or girding or wrapping round, veiling, covering Gobh. MānGṛ
- pari-ṇāha m. compass, circumference, extent, width, breadth, circumference of a circle, periphery MBh. Kāv. Sūryas. Suśr
- N. of Śiva L. (cf. parī-ṇāha)
- -vat mfn. = expensive, large Vikr
- ○hin mfn. id. Hariv. Kum
- (ifc.) having the extent of, as large as Pañc
- pari-ṇāya ○yaka, See pari-ṇī
- pari-ṇi for pari-ni, according to Pāṇ. 8-4, 17 before a number of roots, viz. gad, ci, dā, dih, drā, dhā ( See below), nad, pat, pad, psā, mā, me, yam, yā, vap, vah, viś ( See below), śam, so, han ( below)
- pari-ṇiṃsaka mfn. (√niṃs) tasting, eating, an eater (with gen.) Bhaṭṭ
- kissing W
- pari-ṇiṃsā f. eating, kissing W. [Page 595, Column]
- pari-ṇi-√dhā (Pāṇ. 8-4, 17), P. -dadhāti, to place or lay round ŚBr
- ind. p. -ni-dhāya (l) KātyŚr
- pari-ṇi-√viś (Pāṇ. ib.), to sit down about ŚBr
- pari-ṇiṣṭhā See pari-niṣṭhā
- pari-ṇi-√han (Pāṇ. 8-4, 17), P. -hanti, to encompass (with stakes &c. fixed in) around ŚBr
- to strike, smite MBh. (B. and C. -nighnantyaḥ!)
- pari-ṇī (√nī), P. Ā. -ṇayati, ○te (pf. Ā. -ṇinye Daś
- -ṇayām āsa MBh
- 3. pl. aor. -aneṣata RV
- ind. p. -ṇīya Kum.), to lead or bear or carry about or round RV. &c. &c., (esp.) to lead a bride and bridegroom round the sacrificial fire (with 2 acc.), to marry (said of a bridegroom) MBh. Kāv. &c
- to lead forward to, put or place anywhere (agram, at the head), Bṛ
- to carry away RV
- to trace out, discover, investigate Mn. MBh
- (with anyathā) to explain otherwise Śaṃk.: Caus. -ṇāyayati, to pass or spend (time) MBh
- (also ṇāpayati), to cause a man to marry a woman (acc.) Pañcad
- pari-ṇaya m. leading round, (esp.) leading the bride round the fire, marriage Gṛihyās. (cf. nava-pariṇayā)
- (ena), ind. round about ĀpŚr
- -vidhi m. marriage-ceremony Vcar
- pari-ṇayana n. the act of leading round (cf. prec.), marrying, marriage ŚrS. &c
- pari-ṇāya m. leading round
- moving or a move (at chess &c.) L
- pari-ṇāyaka m. a leader, guide (in a-parīṇ○, being without a guide) R
- a husband Śiś
- = -ratna Divyâv
- pari-ṇīta mfn. led round, married MBh
- completed, finished, executed ib
- n. marriage Uttarar
- -pūrvā f. a woman married before Śak
- -bhartṛ m. (prob.) a husband who has married (but not yet led home) his wife Vet
- -ratna n. (with Buddh.) one of the 7 treasures of a Cakra-vartin Dharmas. lxxxv
- pari-ṇetavya mfn. to be led round or married Pañcad
- to be exchanged or bartered against (instr.) Nyāyam. Sch
- pari-ṇetṛ m. 'one who leads round', a husband Kālid. Rājat
- pari-ṇeya mfn. to be led round ĀśvGṛ
- (ā), f. to be led round the fire or married (as a bride) Kathās
- to be investigated or found out Pat
- to be exchanged for or bartered against (instr.) Sāy
- pari-ṇuta mfn. (√4. nu) praised, celebrated BhP
- pari-ṇud (√nud), P. -ṇudati, to pierce, hurt, wound Suśr
- pari-√taṃs (only inf. of Caus. -taṃsayádhyai), to stir up RV
- pari-takana n. (√tak) running round or about L
- pári-takmya mfn. wandering, unsteady, uncertain, dangerous RV
- (ā), f. travelling, peregrination ib
- night (as the wandering, x,. 127) ib
- pari-√taḍ P. -tāḍayati, to strike against, touch Kathās
- pari-tāḍin mfn. striking or hurting everywhere Bālar
- pari-√tan P. Ā. -tanoti, ○nute (aor. -atanat
- ind. p. -tatya), to stretch round, embrace, surround RV. ŚBr. KātyŚr
- pari-tatnú mfn. embracing, surrounding AV
- pari-√tap P. -tapati (fut. -tapiṣyati MBh
- -tapsyati R
- ind. p. -tápya RV.), to burn all round, set on fire, kindle
- to feel or suffer pain
- (with tapas) to undergo penance, practise austerities RV. &c. &c.: Pass. -tapyate (○ti), to be purified (as by fire) Sarvad
- to feel or suffer pain, do penance, practise austerities MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -tāpayati, to scorch, cause great pain, torment R. Pañc. Hit
- pari-tapta (pári-), mfn. surrounded with heat, heated, burnt, tormented, afflicted RV. &c. &c
- pari-tapti f. great pain or torture, anguish L
- pari-tāpa m. glow, scorching, heat Kālid. MārkP
- pain, agony, grief, sorrow R. Kathās. BhP. &c
- repentance MBh. Pañc
- N. of a partic. hell L
- pari-tāpin mfn. burning hot, scorching Kām
- causing pain or sorrow, tormenting R. Śiś
- pari-√tam P. -tāmyati, to gasp for breath, be oppressed Suśr
- pari-√tark P. -tarkayati, to think about, reflect, consider MBh. R
- pari-tarkaṇa n. consideration, reflection MBh. [Page 595, Column]
- pari-tarkita mfn. thought about, expected (a-parit○) Hariv
- examined (judicially) R
- pari-√tarj Caus. -tarjayati, to threaten, menace R. Bhartṛ
- parí-tas ind. (fr. pari) round about, all around, everywhere (na-paritaḥ, by no means, not at all) MBh. Kāv. &c
- as prep. (with acc., once with gen.) round about, round, throughout AV. &c. &c
- pari-tāḍin mfn. (√tāḍ) striking or hitting everywhere Bālar
- pari-tāraṇīya mfn. (√tṝ, Caus.) to be delivered or saved (?) Cat. (perhaps wṛ. for -cāraṇīya = -caraṇīya)
- pari-tikta mfn. extremely bitter, jātakam
- m. Melia Azedarach L
- pari-tīra n. (prob.) = pari-kūla Pāṇ. 6-2, 182 Sch
- pari-√tud P. -tudati, to trample down, pound, crush MBh
- pari-√tuṣ P. -tuṣyati (○te BhP.), to be quite satisfied with (gen. or loc. or instr.), to be much pleased or very glad MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -toṣayati, to satisfy completely, to appease, delight, flatter ib
- pari-tuṣṭa mfn. completely satisfied, delighted, very glad Mn. MBh. &c
- ○ṭâtman mfn. contented in mind MW
- ○ṭârtha mfn. completely satisfied Kathās
- pari-tuṣṭi f. complete satisfaction, contentment, delight Tattvas
- pari-tuṣya ind. being delighted or glad Kathās
- pari-toṣa m. (ifc. f. ā) = ○tuṣṭi
- (with loc. or gen.) delight in Mn. MBh. &c
- N. of a man Cat
- -vat mfn. satisfied, delighted Kathās
- pari-toṣaka mfn. satisfying, pleasing Siṃhâs
- pari-toṣaṇa mfn. id. BhP
- n. satisfaction, gratification ib
- pari-toṣayitṛ mfn. any one or anything that gratifies, pleasing Śiś. (v. l. para-t○)
- pari-toṣita mfn. satisfied, gratified, delighted Hariv. R. Kathās
- pari-toṣin mfn. contented or delighted with (comp.) MBh. Kathās
- pari-√tṛd P. -tṛṇatti (Impv. -tṛndhi), to pierce or thrust through RV. ŚBr
- pari-√tṛp Caus. -tarpayati, to satiate or satisfy completely MBh. R
- pari-tarpaṇa mfn. satisfying, contenting BhP
- n. the act of satisfying Dhātup
- a restorative Car
- pari-tṛpta mfn. completely satisfied or contented Śaṃk
- pari-tṛpti f. complete satisfaction Up
- pari-tṛṣita mfn. (√tṛṣ) anxiously longing for (comp.) Kāraṇḍ
- pari-√tyaj P. -tyajati (○te R. MārkP
- ind. p. -tyajya), to leave, quit, abandon, give up, reject, disregard, not heed Mn. MBh. &c
- (with deham) to forsake the body i.e. die BhP
- (with prâṇān, or jīvitam) to resign the breath, give up the ghost Mn. MBh. Daś. Vet
- (with nāvam) to disembark MW.: Pass. -tyajyate, to be deprived or bereft of (instr.) Mn. Pañc. Hit. &c.: Caus. -tyājayati, to deprive or rob a person of (2 acc.) R
- pari-tyakta mfn. left, quitted &c
- let go, let fly (as an arrow) W
- deprived of, wanting (instr. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c
- n. anything to spare Divyâv
- (am), ind. without (comp.) Pañc
- pari-tyaktṛ mfn. one who leaves or abandons, a forsaker Mn
- pari-tyaj mfn. id. MBh
- pari-tyajana n. abandoning, giving away, distributing W
- pari-tyajya ind. having left or abandoned &c
- leaving a space, at a distance from (acc.) Var
- with she exception of, excepting ib
- pari-tyāga m. (ifc. f. ā) the act of leaving, abandoning, deserting, quitting, giving up, neglecting, renouncing Mn. MBh. &c
- separation from (sakāśāt) R
- (pl.) liberality, a sacrifice Hit
- N. of wk
- pari-tyāgin mfn. leaving, quitting, forsaking, renouncing (mostly ifc.) MBh. R
- pari-tyājana n. causing to abandon or give up MW
- pari-tyājya mfn. to be left or abandoned or deserted &c. MBh
- to be given up or renounced ib
- to be omitted Sāh
- pari-trasta mfn. (√tras) terrified, frightened, much alarmed Hariv. R. &c
- pari-trāsa m. (ifc. f. ā) terror, fright, fear MBh. Kāv
- pari-trigartam ind. round about or outside Tri-garta Pāṇ. 2-1, 11 ; 12 Sch. [Page 595, Column]
- pari-√trai P. Ā. -trāti, or -trāyate (Impv. -trāhi, -trātu, -trāyasva
- fut. -trāsyate
- inf. -trātum), to rescue, save, protect, defend (-trāyatām or ○yadhvam, help! to the rescue!) MBh. Kāv. &c
- pari-trāṇa n. rescue, preservation, deliverance from (abl.), protection or means of protection, refuge, retreat Mn. MBh. &c
- self-defence L
- the hair of the body L
- moustaches Gal
- pari-trāta mfn. protected, saved, rescued, preserved Kāv. Pur
- m. N. of a man L
- pari-trātavya mfn. to be protected or defended or saved from (abl.) Vikr. Bālar
- pari-trātṛ mfn. protecting, a protector or defender (with gen. or acc.) MBh. R. Pañc
- pari-daṃśita mfn. (√daṃś) completely armed or covered with mail MBh
- pari-daṣṭa mfn. bitten to pieces, bitten
- -dacchada mfn. biting the lips BhP
- pari-daśa mf(ā)n. pl. full ten Jātakam
- pari-√dah P. -dahati, to burn round or through or entirely, consume by fire, dry up Suśr.: Pass. -dahyate (○ti Divyâv.), to be burnt through or wholly consumed, to burn (lit. and fig.) MBh. Ṛit. &c
- pari-dagdha mfn. burnt, scorched MBh. Hariv. &c
- pari-dahana n. burning W. (cf. parīd○) W
- pari-dāha m. burning hot Suśr
- mental anguish, pain, sorrow MBh
- pari-dāhin mfn. burning hot L
- pari-dā √1. P. Ā. -dadāti, -datte, (pr. 1. pl. -dadmasi RV
- Impv. -dehi
- pf. -dadau, -dade
- ind. p. -dāya
- inf. -dātum), to give, grant, bestow, surrender, intrust to or deposit with (dat., loc. or gen.) RV. &c. &c.: Caus. -dāpayati (ind. p. -dāpya). to cause to be delivered or given up MBh
- pari-dā́ f. giving one's self up to the favour or protection of another, devotion ŚBr. KātyŚr
- pari-dāna n. id. ĀśvGṛ. Kauś
- restitution of a deposit L. (v. l. prati-d○)
- pari-dāyin m. a father (or another relation) who marries his daughter or ward to a man whose elder brother is not yet married L
- párī-tta (for 2. See p. 605, col. 1), mfn. (Pāṇ. 6-3, 124) given away, given up, delivered up to (loc.) VS. MBh
- parī-tti f. delivering TBr
- pari-div √1. P. -devati, ○vayati, (rarely Ā
- pr. p. f. -devatīm MBh
- aor. paryadeviṣṭa pf. pari-didevire Bhaṭṭ
- inf. -devitum R.), to wail, lament, cry, bemoan, weep for (acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- pari-deva m. lamentation MBh. Lalit
- pari-devaka mf(ikā)n. who or what laments or complains Bhaṭṭ. (Pāṇ. 3-2, 147)
- pari-devana (wṛ. -vedana), n. lamentation, bewailing, complaint MBh. Kāv. &c
- (ā), f. id. Yājñ. MBh. Hit
- pari-devita (wṛ. -vedita), mfn. lamented, bewailed MBh. R. &c
- plaintive, miserable (am ind.) ib
- n. wailing, lamentation ib
- impers. with instr., e.g. ○taṃ-ṛāmeṇa, 'wailing was made by R.'
- pari-devin mfn. lamenting, bewailing Śak
- pari-dyūna mfn. sorrowful, sad ŚBr
- made miserable by (instr. or comp.) MBh. R
- pari-√diś (pf. -dideśa), to announce, make known, point out Br
- pari-diṣṭa mfn. made known, pointed out MBh
- pari-√dih (only Subj. -dehat), to cover or smear over RV
- pari-digdha n. meat covered with meal L
- pari-dīna mfn. much dejected or afflicted
- -mānasa (R.), -sattva (MBh.), mfn. distressed in mind
- pari-√dīp Ā. -dīpyate (○ti), to flare up (lit. and fig.) MBh
- pari-du √2. Ā. -dūyate, to burn (instr.), be consumed by pain or grief MBh. R
- pari-durbala mfn. extremely weak or decrepit MBh. R
- -tva n. Jātakam
- pari-dṛṃhaṇa n. (√dṛṃh) making firm, strengthening ĀpŚr
- pari-dṛḍha mfn. very firm or strong
- m. N. of a man (cf. pāridṛḍha) L
- pari-√dṛś (pl. Ā. -dadṛśrām AV
- inf. -draṣṭum MBh.), to look at, see, behold, regard, consider, find out, know: Pass. -dṛśyate (pf. -dadṛśe), to be observed or perceived, appear, become visible KaṭhUp. R. &c.: Caus. -darśayati, to show, explain MBh. Bhāshāp. [Page 596, Column]
- pari-dṛṣṭa mfn. seen, beheld, perceived, learnt, known MBh
- -karman mfn. having much practical experience (○ma-tā f.) Car
- pari-draṣṭṛ m. a spectator, perceiver MBh
- pari-√dṝ (only 3. sg. Prec. Ā. -darṣīṣṭa), to break through (the foe) RV. i, 132, 6: Pass. -dīryate, to peel or drop off on all sides, to become dropsical TS. ŚBr
- pari-dara m. a disease of the gums in which the skin peels off and bleeds Suśr
- pari-dīrṇa (pári-), mfn. rent on all sides, swollen, dropsical ŚBr
- pari-dyūna See pari-div
- pari-draḍhaya Nom. P. ○yati (fr. pari-dṛḍha), to make firm or strong Pat
- pari-√dru P. -dravati, to run round RV
- pari-dvīpa m. N. of a son of Garuḍa. MBh. (v. l. sarid-dviipa)
- pári-dveṣas m. a hater RV
- pari-dhā √1. P. Ā. -dadhāti, -dhatte, (pf. -dadhur, -dadhire
- fut. -dhāsyati
- aor. -dhāt, -dhīmahi
- ind. p. -dhā́ya
- Ved. inf. pári-dhātavaí), to lay or put or place or set round RV. &c. &c
- to cast round, turn upon (dṛṣṭim, with loc. Hariv.)
- to put on, wear (with or sc. vāsas), dress VS. AV. ŚBr. &c
- surround, envelop, enclose RV. &c. &c
- to conclude or close (the recitation of a hymn) TS. Br.: Caus. -dhāpayati (ind. p. ○yitvā Pāṇ. 7-1, 38 Sch.), to cause a person to wrap round or put on (2 acc.) Br. &c
- to clothe with (instr.) AV.: Desid. -dhitsate, to wish to put on MBh
- pari-dhā́na (and ○dhāná), n. putting or laying round (esp, wood), wrapping round, putting on, dressing, clothing KātyŚr. R. Pañc
- a garment, (esp.) an under garment (ifc. f. ā) AV. ŚBr. &c. (also parī-dh○)
- closing or concluding (a recitation) ŚāṅkhBr
- -vastra n. an upper garment Pañc. iv, 63/64
- ○nī√kṛ, to make into an upper garment Śiś. Sch
- ○nīya n. an under garment
- (ā), f. (sc. ṛc) a concluding or final verse Br
- pari-dhāpana n. causing to put on (a garment) Kauś
- ○nīya mfn. relating to it ib
- pari-dhāya m. (L.) train, retinue
- the hinder parts
- a receptacle for water
- pari-dhāyaka m. a fence, enclosure L
- pari-dhí m. an enclosure, fence, wall, protection, (esp.) the 3 fresh sticks (called madhyama, dakṣiṇa, uttara) laid round a sacrificial fire to keep it together RV. &c. &c
- a cover, garment BhP
- (fig.) the ocean surrounding the earth ib
- a halo round the sun or moon Ragh. Var. BhP
- the horizon MBh. BhP
- any circumference or circle Var. Sūryas
- epicycle ib
- the branch of the tree to which the sacrificial victim is tied (?) W
- N. of a man, g. śubhrâdi
- pl. (ṣaḍ aindrāh) N. of Sāmans ĀrshBr
- -saṃdhi m. (prob.) the putting together of the 3 fire-sticks (cf. above) MānŚr
- -stha mfn. being on the horizon (as the sun) MBh
- m. a guard posted in a circle L
- ○dhī√kṛ, to hang about Mcar
- ○dhy-upânta mf(ā)n. bordered by the ocean (as the earth) BhP
- pari-dhin m. N. of Śiva MBh. (Nīlak.)
- pari-dheya mfn. to be put round &c
- = paridhi-bhava VS. (Mahīdh. TS. v. l. barhi-ṣad)
- n. an under garment (?) MW
- pári-hita mfn. put round or on, covered, invested, clothed RV. &c. &c
- pari-√dhāv P. -dhā́vati (ep. also ○te), to flow or stream round or through RV. Suśr
- to run or drive about (with mṛgayām, 'to hunt') MBh
- to run or move round anything (with acc.) AV. MBh. &c
- to run through or towards or after (with acc.) MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -dhāvayati, to surround, encircle MBh
- pari-dhāvana n. the running away from, escaping MBh
- pari-dhāvin m. 'running round', N. of the 46th (or 20th) of the 60 years' cycle of Jupiter Var
- pari-dhīra mfn. very deep (as a tone or sound) Ghaṭ
- pari-√dhū (only 3. pl. Ā. -dhunvate), to shake off BhP
- pari-dhūpana pari-dhūmana and pari-dhūmāyana n. = dhūmāyana Suśr
- pari-dhūsara mfn. quite dustcoloured or grey (-tva n.) Prasannar. [Page 596, Column]
- pari-√dhṛ P. -dhārayati, to carry about, bear, support AV. MBh
- pari-dhāraṇa n. bearing, supporting, enduring (with gen.) MBh
- (ā), f. patience, perseverance Mcar
- pari-dhārya mfn. to be preserved or maintained Hariv
- pari-dhṛta mfn. borne (in the womb) MBh
- pari-√dhṛṣ P. -dharṣayati, to attack, rush upon MBh
- pari-dharṣaṇa n. assault, attack, injury ib
- pari-dhvaṃsa m. (√dhvaṃs) distress, trouble, ruin MBh. Hit
- obscuration, eclipse ( See vidhu-)
- (also ā f.) loss of caste, mixture of castes Āpast. Mn. (also varṇa- Āp. Sch.)
- an outcaste Āpast
- pari-dhvaṃsin mfn. falling off Suśr
- destroying, ruining Kām. Hit. v, 118 (v. l.)
- pari-dhvasta mfn. covered with (comp.) R
- destroyed, ruined ib
- pari-√nand (only ind. p. -nandya), to rejoice greatly, give great pleasure to (acc.) MBh. xv, 522
- pari-nartana n. (√nṛt), g. kṣubhnâdi
- pari-nābhi ind. round the navel Śiś
- pari-niḥ-√stan P. -stanati, to groan loud R
- pari-√nind P. -nindati (or -ṇindati Pāṇ. 8-4, 33), to censure or blame severely MBh. BhP
- pari-nindana n. g. kṣubhnâdi
- pari-nindā f. strong censure MBh
- censoriousness Subh
- pari-nimna mfn. much depressed, deeply hollowed Suśr
- pari-nir-jita mfn. (√ji) vanquished, conquered MBh. R
- pari-nir-ṇij (√nij
- only ind. p. -ṇijya), to wash, cleanse MBh
- pari-nir-mita mfn. (√3. mā) formed, created (said of Vishṇu) Vishṇ
- marked off, limited R
- settled, determined MBh
- pari-vaśavartin m. pl. N. of a class of gods in Indra's world Yogas. Sch. (cf. paranirmita v"ṣ v○)
- pari-nir-luṭh √2. P. -luṭhati, to roll down Rājat
- pari-nirvapaṇa n. (√2. vap) distributing, dispensing, giving W
- pari-nirvivapsā f. (fr. Desid.) desire of giving, liberality
- pari-nirvivapsu mfn. desirous of giving Bhaṭṭ
- pari-nir-vā √2. P. -vāti, to be completely extinguished or emancipated (from individual existence), attain absolute rest Lalit.: Caus. -vāpayati, to emancipate completely by causing extinction of all re-births Vajracch
- pari-vāṇa mfn. completely extinguished or finished (a-parinirv○) Śak
- n. complete extinction of individuality, entire cessation of re-births MWB. 50 ; 122 &c
- N. of a place where Buddha disappeared L
- -vaipulya-sūtra n. N. of a Buddh. Sūtra
- pari-vāpayitavya mfn. to be completely extinguished or emancipated Vajracch
- pari-vāyin mfn. being completely exṭextinguished or emancipated Divyâv
- pari-nirviṇṇa mfn. (√3. vid) extremely disgusted with (loc.) MBh
- pari-cetas mfn. faint-hearted, despondent ib
- pari-nirvṛta mfn. (√1. vṛ) completely extinguished, finally liberated Divyâv
- pari-nirvṛti f. final liberation, complete emancipation Rājat
- pari-nir-√han (only Impv. -jahi), to drive away, expel AV
- pari-ni-√vṛt Ā. -vartate, to pass away MBh
- pari-niścaya m. fixed opinion or resolution MBh
- pari-ni-√śnath (only aor. -śiśnathaḥ), to push or strike down RV
- pari-ni-ṣad (√sad), P. -ṣīdati (3. pl. pf. Ā. -ṣedire ind. p. -ṣadya), to sit around RV. [Page 596, Column]
- pari-ni-ṣic (√sic), P. -ṣiñcati, to pour down upon, endow richly MBh. (cf. next)
- pari-ni-ṣev (√sev), Ā. -ṣevate MBh. xiii, 3087, prob. w. r. for -ṣecyate (√sic)
- pari-ni-ṣṭhā (√sthā), Caus. -ṣṭhāpayati, to teach thoroughly Uttarar
- pari-niṣṭhā f. extreme limit, highest point MBh. Kap
- complete knowledge, familiarity with (loc. or comp.) Śaṃk. Pur
- pari-niṣṭhāna (only a-n○). n. the being completely fixed L
- mfn. having a final end or object Nyāyam. Sch
- pari-niṣṭhāpanīya mfn. to be exactly fixed or defined ĀpŚr
- pari-niṣṭhita mfn. quite perfect, accomplished Śaṃk
- being in (loc.) Hariv. Pur
- completely skilled in or acquainted with (loc. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- pari-naiṣṭhika mf(ī)n. highest, utmost, most perfect MBh
- pari-niṣ-√pad Ā. -padyate, to change or turn into (nom.) Kāraṇḍ
- pari-niṣpatti f. perfection Vajracch
- pari-niṣpanna mfn. developed, perfect, real, existing Saṃk. Buddh
- -tva n. real being, reality Saṃk
- pari-niṣpādita mfn. (fr. Caus.) developed, manifested Kāraṇḍ
- pari-√nṛt P. -nṛ́tyati, to dance about or round (acc.) TS. AV. MBh
- pari-naiṣṭhika See under pari-ni-ṣṭhā
- pari-ny-asta mfn. (√2. as) stretched out, extended Kathās
- pari-nyāsa m. completing the sense of a passage W
- alluding to the development of the seed (bīja) or origin of a dramatic plot Daśar
- pari-√pac P. -pacati, to bring to maturity Divyâv.: Pass. -pacyate, to be cooked Pañc
- to be burnt (in hell) Hariv
- to become ripe, (fig.) have results or consequences Hariv. Var
- approach one's end or issue MBh.: Caus. -pācayati, to cook, roast Suśr
- to cause to ripen, bring to maturity or perfection Kāraṇḍ
- pari-pakva mfn. completely cooked or dressed W
- completely burnt (as bricks) Var
- quite ripe, mature, accomplished, perfect MBh. Kāv. Suśr
- highly cultivated, very sharp or shrewd SaddhP
- near death or decay, about to pass away MBh. Suśr
- fully digested W
- -kaṣāya mfn. = jitêndriya Kull. on Mn. vi, 1
- -tā f. being dressed or cooked, maturity
- digestion
- perfection
- shrewdness W
- -śāli m. ripe rice, Ṛit,
- pari-pacana n. = tailapācanikā Car. Sch
- pari-pāka m. being completely cooked or dressed Bhpr
- digestion Vedântas
- ripening, maturity, perfection Kāv. Sāṃkhyak. Suśr
- result, consequence (āt and atas, in consequence of) Mcar. Rājat
- cleverness, shrewdness, experience Naish. (cf. parī-p○)
- pari-pākin mfn. ripening, digesting W
- (inī), f. Ipomoea Turpethum L
- pari-pācana mfn. cooking, ripening Suśr
- (fig.) bringing to maturity Lalit
- n. and -tā f. the act of bringing to maturity Lalit
- pari-pācayitṛ mfn. cooking, ripening Megh. Sch
- pari-pācita mfn. cooked, roasted Suśr
- pari-√paṭh P. -paṭhati, to discourse Sarvad
- to enumerate completely, detail, mention, name MBh. Suśr. Pur
- pari-pāṭha m. complete enumeration
- (ena), ind. in detail, completely MBh
- pari-pāṭhaka mfn. enumerating completely, detailing Cat
- pari-paṇa m. n. (√paṇ) = nīvii (capital, stock ?) L
- pari-paṇana n. playing for, wagering Mudr
- pari-paṇita mfn. pledged, wagered, promised W
- pari-paṇḍiman m. complete whiteness Śiś
- pari-√pat P. -patati (3. pl. pf. -petur), to fly or run about, wheel or whirl round, rush to and fro, move hither and thither RV. &c. &c
- to leap down from (abl.) MBh
- to throw one's self upon, attack (with loc.) ib. Kāv.: Caus. -pātayati, to cause to fall down, shoot down or off MBh
- to throw into (loc.) Mṛicch
- to destroy Divyâv
- pari-patana n. flying round or about Śak
- pári-pati m. the lord of all around RV. VS. (Mahīdh. 'flying about')
- pari-√pad Caus. -pādayati, to change (m before r and the sibilants) into Anu-svāra RPrāt
- pari-pád f. a trap or snare RV
- pari-padin m. an enemy L. (wṛ. for ○parin ?). [Page 597, Column]
- pari-panna n. the change of m into Anusvāra (cf. above) RPrāt
- pari-pāda m. g. nirudakâdi
- pari-panthaka m. (√panth) one who obstructs the way, an antagonist, adversary, enemy Rājat
- pari-pantham ind. by or in the way L
- pari-panthaya Nom. P. ○yati, to obstruct the way, oppose, resist (with acc.) Rājat
- pari-panthika m. an adversary, enemy MBh
- pari-panthín mfn. standing in the way, hindering
- m. = prec. RV. &c. &c. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 89)
- ○thi-tva n. Sāh. Sarvad
- pari-panthī-√bhū to become the adversary of (gen.) Veṇis
- pari-para See a-pari-para
- pari-parín m. (prob. fr. pari + pari) an antagonist, adversary VS. (cf. Pāṇ. 5-2, 89)
- pari-pavana See pari-pū, col. 2
- pari-√paś P. -paśyati, to look over, survey RV. AV
- to perceive, behold, see, observe RV. TS. Br. Up
- to fix the mind or thoughts upon (acc.) MBh
- to learn, know, recognise as (2 acc.) MuṇḍUp. MBh. BhP
- pári-paśavya mfn. (paśu) relating to the sacrificial victim ŚBr. KātyŚr
- pari-pā √1. P. -pibati, to drink before or after (acc.) AitBr
- to drink or suck out, take away, rob Kād
- pari-pā́na n. a drink, beverage RV
- pari-pīta mfn. drunk or sucked out, gone through Kāv
- soaked with (comp.) Suśr
- pari-pā √3. P. -pāti, (aor. Subj. -pāsati RV.), to protect or defend on every side, to guard, maintain RV. &c.&c
- pari-pā́ṇa n. protection, defence, covert RV
- pari-pālaka mf(ikā)n. (cf. √pāl) guarding, keeping, maintaining Pur
- taking care of one's property SaddhP
- pari-pālana n. the act of guarding &c. Vishṇ. MBh. Kāv. &c
- fostering, nourishing Pañc
- (ā), f. protection, care, nurture Bālar
- pari-pālanīya mfn. to be guarded or preserved or kept or maintained Kād
- pari-pālayitṛ mfn. protecting, defending Śaṃk
- pari-pālya mfn. = ○pālanīya MBh. R. &c
- pari-pipālayiṣā f. (fr. Desid. of Caus.) desire of protecting or sustaining or preserving Śaṃk
- pari-pāka ○kin &c. See pari-pac
- pari-pāṭala mfn. of a pale red colour, pale red Kālid. Śiś. &c
- pari-lita m. dyed pale red Hariv
- pari-pāṭi ○ṭī f. succession, order, method, arrangement Var. Caṇḍ. Bhām. Sāh
- arithmetic Col
- pari-pāṇḍu mfn. very light or pale Kālid. Ratnâv
- pari-pāṇḍiman m. excessive pallor or whiteness Śiś
- pari-pāṇḍura mfn. dazzling white Bālar. Vcar
- pari-pāṇḍurita mfn. made very pale ib
- pari-pārśva mfn. being at or by one's side, near, at hand KātyŚr
- ○cara mfn. going at or by one's side MBh
- ○tas ind. at or by the side, on both sides of (gen.) MBh. Hariv
- ○vartin mfn. being at the side or near Kum. Prab
- pari-piṅga mfn. quite reddishbrown
- pari-piṅga-√kṛ to dye reddish-brown Śiś
- pari-piccha n. an ornament made of the feathers of a peacock's tail BhP
- pari-piñja mfn. full of (instr.) Kum
- pari-piñjara mf(ā)n. of a brownish red colour Kād. Vcar
- pari-piṇḍī-kṛta mfn. made up like a ball Divyâv
- pari-√piṣ (only pf. -pipeṣa), to crush, pound, strike R
- pari-piṣṭa mfn. crushed, trampled down MBh
- pari-piṣṭaka n. lead L
- pari-√pīḍ P. -pīḍayati, to press all round, press together, squeeze Kāv. Suśr
- to torment, harass, vex MBh. Kāv. &c
- (in augury) to cover, cover up Var
- pari-pīḍana n. squeezing or pressing out Suśr
- injuring, prejudicing Kām
- pari-pīḍā f. pressing, tormenting R
- pari-pīḍita mfn. pressed
- embraced
- tormented Kāv. [Page 597, Column]
- pari-pīvara mfn. very fat or plump Hariv
- pari-puṅkhita mfn. feathered (as an arrow) Bhām
- pari-pucchaya Nom. Ā. ○yate, to wag the tail Pāṇ. 3-1, 20 Sch
- pari-√puṭ Pass. -puṭyate, to peel off, lose the bark or skin Suśr
- pari-puṭana n. peeling, losing the bark or skin ib
- -vat mfn. peeling or dropping off ib
- pari-poṭa m. peeling off (a partic. disease of the ear) Suśr
- -ka m. id. ib
- -vat mfn. peeling off, losing the skin ib
- pari-poṭana n. peeling off, desquamation, losing the bark or skin ib
- pari-√puṣ Caus. -poṣayati (Pass. pr. p. -poṣyamāṇa), to nourish, foster
- pari-puṣṭa mfn. nourished, cherished (-tā f. Yājñ.)
- amply provided with, abounding in (comp.) Kull
- augmented], increased Sāh
- pari-poṣa m. full growth or development Sāh
- pari-poṣaka mfn. nourishing, confirming. Rājat
- pari-poṣaṇa n. the act of cherishing or furthering or promoting BhP
- pari-poṣaṇīya mfn. to be nourished or promoted Pañc
- pari-puṣkarā f. Cucumis Maderaspatanus L
- pari-√pū P. Ā. -punāti, ○nīte, to purify completely, strain
- Ā. (RV. -pavate), to flow off clearly
- pari-pavana n. cleaning, winnowing corn Kull
- a winnowing basket Nir
- pari-pūta mfn. purified, strained, winnowed, threshed RV. Mn. &c
- pari-pūti f. complete cleaning or purification Bālar
- pari-√pūj P. -pūjayati, to honour greatly, adore, worship MBh. Kāv
- pari-pūjana n. honouring, adoring W
- pari-pūjā f. id. MW
- pari-pūjita mfn. honoured, adored, worshipped ib
- pari-pṛcchaka &c. See pariprach
- pari-√pṝ Pass. -pūryate, to fill (intrans.), become completely full Rājat.: Caus. -pūrayati, to fill (trans.), make full, cover or occupy completely MBh. Kāv. &c
- to fulfil, accomplish, go through Kāraṇḍ
- pari-pūraka mfn. filling, fulfilling Bhartṛ
- causing fulness or prosperity Kull
- pari-pūraṇa n. the act of filling Kāv
- accomplishing, perfecting, rendering complete Śaṃk. Kāraṇḍ
- pari-pūraṇīya mfn. to be filled or fulfilled Hcat
- pari-pūrayitavya mfn. id. Kāraṇḍ
- pari-pūrita mfn. filled or occupied by, furnished with (comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- accomplished, finished, gone through, experienced Gīt
- pari-pūrin mfn. granting or bestowing richly Śiś
- pari-pūrṇa mfn. quite full Kauś
- completely filled or covered with, occupied by (comp.) MBh. R. &c
- accomplished, perfect, whole, complete ib
- fully satisfied, content R
- -candra-vimala-prabha m. N. of a Samādhi L
- -tā f. -tva n. completion, fulness, satiety, satisfaction L
- -bhāṣin mfn. speaking perfectly i.e. very wisely R
- -mānasa mfn. satisfied in mind R
- -mukha mf(ī)n. having the face entirely covered or smeared or painted with (comp.) Caurap
- -sahasra-candra-vatī f. 'possessing a thousand full moons', N. of Indra's wife L
- -vyañjanatā f. having the sexual organs complete (one of the 80 secondary marks of a Buddha) Dharmas. lxxxiv, 24
- ○ṇârtha mfn. having attained one's aim R
- full of meaning, wise (as a speech) MBh. R
- ○ṇêndu m. the full moon Mṛicch
- pari-pūrti f. fulness, completion RPrāt. Sch
- pari-pelava mf(ā)n. very fine or small, very delicate Var
- n. (also -pela L.) Cyperus Rotundus or a similar kind of grass Suśr
- pari-poṭa &c. See pari-puṭ
- pari-poṣa &c. See pari-puṣ
- pari-pra-√grah P. -gṛhṇāti, to hand or pass round KātyŚr
- pari-√prach P. Ā. -pṛcchati, ○te (pf. -papraccha
- fut. -prakṣyati
- ind. p. -pṛcchya
- inf. -praṣṭum), to interrogate or ask a person about anything, to inquire about (with 2 acc. or with acc. of pers. and acc. with prati loc. or gen. of thing) MBh. Kāv. &c
- pari-pṛcchaka m. an interrogator, inquirer GopBr
- pari-pṛcchanikā f. a subject for discussion Divyâv
- pari-pṛcchā f. question, inquiry L. [Page 597, Column]
- pari-pṛcchika mfn. one who receives anything only when asked for MBh. (Nīlak.)
- pari-pṛṣṭika mfn. id. ib
- pari-praśna m. question, interrogation Bhag
- inquiry about (comp.). Pāṇ. 2-1, 63 &c
- pari-pra-ṇī (√nī, only Pass. -ṇīyáte), to fetch from (abl.) RV. i, 141, 4
- pari-√prath (only pf. Ā. -paprathé), to stretch round or over (acc.) RV. vi, 7, 7
- pari-pra-√dhanv (only Impv. dhanva), to run or stream about RV
- pari-pra-√muc (only Impv. Ā. -muñcasva), to free one's self from (abl.) RV. x, 38, 5
- pari-pra-√yā (only 2. pl. pr. -yāthá), to travel round (acc.) RV. iv, 51, 5
- pari-pra-√vac (only aor. -pravocan), to tell anything earlier than another person (acc.), ChUP. iv, 10, 2
- pari-pra-√vṛt Caus. -vartayati, to turn hither RV. x, 135, 4
- pari-praśna See pari-prach
- pari-pra-√syand Ā. -syándate (aor. P. -ásiṣyadat), to flow forth or round RV
- pari-prâp (-pra + √āp), Caus. -prâpayati, to get done, bring about, accomplish Lalit. Divyâv
- pari-prâpaṇa n. taking place, occurrence Pat
- pari-prâpti f. obtaining, acquisition R
- pari-prâpya mfn. to be done Divyâv
- pari-prêpsu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to gain or obtain, desirous of (acc.) MBh
- pari-prârdha n. proximity, nearness ŚāṅkhBr
- pari-prī́ mfn. very dear, highly valued RV
- pári-prīta mfn. id. ib
- much gratified, delighted MBh
- pari-√pruṣ (only pr. p. -pruṣṇát), to sprinkle about TS
- pari-prúṣ mfn. sprinkling, splashing RV
- pari-pré (-pra +√i, only pr. p. -prayát), to run through on all sides RV. ix, 68, 8
- pari-prêraka mfn. (√īr) exciting, causing, effecting Sāy
- pari-prêṣ (-pra + √1. iṣ), Caus. prat9ṣayati, to send forth, despatch Bhaṭṭ
- pari-prêṣaṇa n. sending forth
- abandoning W
- pari-prêṣita mfn. sent forth
- abandoned ib
- pari-prêṣya m. a servant MBh. iv, 32 (v. l. pare pr○)
- pari-√plu Ā. -plavate (ind. p. -plutya MBh
- -plūya Pāṇ. 6-4, 58), to swim or float or hover about or through Br. &c. &c
- to revolve, move in a circle ŚBr
- to move restlessly, go astray Br
- to hasten forward or near MBh.: Caus. -plāvayati (ind. p. -plāvya), to bathe, water MBh
- pari-plavá mfn. swimming VS. Kāṭh
- swaying or moving to and fro ŚāṅkhBr
- running about, unsteady, restless Śiś
- m. trembling, restlessness Bhpr
- bathing, inundation W
- oppression, tyranny ib
- a ship, boat R. (v. l. pāripl○)
- N. of a prince (son of Sukhī-bala or Sukhī-vala or Sukhī-nala) Pur
- (ā), f. a sort of spoon used at sacrifices KātyŚr
- pari-plāvya mfn. to be poured over MBh
- pari-pluta mfn. bathed, one who has bathed in (loc. or comp.) MBh
- flooded, immersed, overwhelmed or visited by (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- n. a spring, jump Var
- (ā), f. spirituous liquor L
- pari-pluṣṭa mfn. (√pluṣ) burnt, scorched, singed L
- pari-ploṣa m. burning, internal heat Car
- pari-phulla mfn. widely opened (as eyes) Śiś
- covered with erected hairs ib
- pari-√bandh Ā. -badhnīte (impf. 3. sg. pary-abandhata MBh
- Pass. pary-abadhyata ib
- pf. Ā. pari-bedhiré AV.), to tie to, bind on, put on
- to surround, encircle: Caus. -bandhayati, to tie round, embrace, span Cat
- pari-baddha mfn. bound, stopped, obstructed R
- pari-bandhana n. tying round L
- pari-√bādh Ā. -bādhate, to ward or keep off, exclude from, protect or defend against (abl.) VS. Br. &c. [Page 598, Column]
- to vex, molest, annoy MBh. Kāv.: Desid. -bibādhiṣate, to strive to keep or ward off ŚBr
- pari-bā́dh f. hindrance or a hinderer RV
- pari-bādha m. a noxious or troublesome demon MantraBr
- (ā), f. trouble, toil, hardship Śak
- pari-bubhukṣita mfn. (Desid. of pari- √3. bhuj), very hungry MBh
- pari-bṛṃh (√2. bṛṃh, also written vṛṃh in verb. forms and deriv.), P. Ā. -bṛṃhati (or -bṛhati), ○te (p. pf. Ā. -babṛhāṇa, prob. solid, strong RV. v, 41, 12), to embrace, encircle, fasten, make big or strong Br.: Caus. -bṛṃhayati, to make strong, strengthen MBh
- pari-barha m. (ifc. f. ā) 'surroundings', retinue, train, furniture, attire, trim, property, wealth, the necessaries of life MBh. R. &c
- royal insignia L
- -vat mfn. (a house) provided with suitable furniture Ragh
- pari-barhaṇa n. retinue, train, attire, trim MBh
- worship, adoration BhP
- (ā), f. growth, increase Nir. Sch
- pari-bṛṃhaṇa n. prosperity, welfare BhP
- an additional work, supplement Mn. MBh
- pari-bṛṃhita (or ○vṛhita
- Pāṇ. 7-2, 21 Sch.), mfn. increased, augmented, strengthened by, connected or furnished with (instr. or comp.) MBh. BhP
- n. the roar of an elephant L
- pari-bṛḍha (pári-), mfn. firm, strong, solid ŚBr. Nir
- m. (only -vṛḍha) a superior, lord Rājat. (cf. Pāṇ. 7-2, 21)
- comp. -vraḍhīyas Pat
- superl. -vraḍhiṣṭha ib
- or -vṛḍha-tama (with brahma n. the supreme spirit) Saṃk
- Nom. P. -vraḍhaya, ○yati Pat
- -vraḍhiman m. (g. dṛḍhâdi) ability, capability Śiś. v, 41 (a-pariv○)
- pari-bodha m. (√budh) reason (-vat mfn. endowed with reason Śak. v, 21, v, l.)
- pari-bodhana n. exhortation, admonitinn (also ā f.) Kād
- pari-bodhanīya mfn. to be admonished ib
- pari-√brū P. -braviiti (Pot. -brūyāt), to utter a spell or charm, lay under a spell, enchant AV. Kāṭh
- pari-√bhakṣ P. -bhakṣayati, to drink or eat up (esp. what belongs to another), devour, consume MBh
- pari-bhakṣaṇa n. eating up, consuming MBh
- being eaten up by (instr.) ib
- pari-bhakṣā f. passing over any one at a meal, N. of a partic. observance ĀpŚr
- pari-bhakṣita mfn. drunk or eaten up, devoured, consumed ŚāṅkhBr. Lāṭy. Sch. MBh
- pari-bhagna mfn. (√bhañj) broken, interrupted, disturbed, stopped MBh. R
- -krama mfn. stopped in one's course, checked in one's progress MBh
- pari-bhaṅga m. breaking to pieces, shattering W
- pari-√bhaj (only ind. p. -bhajya), to divide MBh
- pari-bhaya m. or n. (√bhī) apprehension, fear Śaṃk
- pari-√bharts P. -bhartsati, or -bhartsayati, to threaten, menace, scold, chide MBh. R
- pari-bhartsana n. threatening, menacing R
- pari-bhartsita mfn. threatened, chided ib
- pari-bhava ○vana &c. See pari-bhū
- pari-bhāṇḍa n. furniture, utensils Āpast
- pari-bhāva ○vana &c. See pari-bhū
- pari-√bhāṣ Ā. -bhāṣate, to speak to (acc.), address, admonish MBh. Hariv. R
- to declare, teach, explain, define Gṛihyās. Hariv. Kāś
- to persuade, exhort, encourage MW
- to abuse Divyâv
- pari-bhāṣaka mfn. abusive Divyâv
- pari-bhāṣaṇa mfn. speaking much (a-paribh○) R
- n. speaking, talking, discourse Subh
- admonition, reprimand, reproof Mn. MBh. Lalit
- rule, precept W
- agreement (?) ib
- pari-bhāṣaṇīya mfn. to be addressed or spoken to
- reprehensible, deserving reproof W
- pari-bhāṣā f. speech, discourse, words MBh. BhP
- blame, censure, reproof (only pl.) Pat. Bālar
- any explanatory rule or general definition, (in gram.) a rule or maxim which teaches the proper interpretation or application of other rules Pāṇ
- (in medic.) prognosis
- a table or list of abbreviations or signs used in any work
- (also pl.) N. of sev. wks
- -kroḍa-pattra n. -"ṣṅka-sūtra (○ṣâṅk○), n. -chando-mañjarī f. -ṭīkā f. -prakaraṇa n. -prakāśa, m. -prakāśikā f. -pradīpa m. -pradīpârcis n. -bhāṣya-sūtra n. -bhāskara m. -mañjarī f. -rahasya, n. -"ṣrtha-mañjarī (○ṣârth○), f. -"ṣrtha-saṃgraha (○ṣârth○), m. -viveka m. -viśeṣa m. -vṛtti f. -śiromaṇi m. -saṃgraha m. -sāra m. -sāra-saṃgraha m. -sūtra n. ○ṣêndu-bhāskara m. ○ṣêndu-śekhara m. ○ṣêndu-śekharasaṃgraha m. ○ṣôpaskāra m. N. of wks. [Page 598, Column]
- pari-bhāṣita mfn. explained, said, stated as (nom.), taught, established as a rule, formed or used technically Hariv. Bālar. Bījag
- -tva n. RPrāt. Sch
- pari-bhāṣin mfn. speaking, telling (ifc.) R
- pari-bhāṣya mfn. to be stated or taught (a-paribh○) Pat
- pari-√bhās Ā. -bhāsate, to appear ŚBr
- pari-bhāsita mfn. (fr. Caus.) embellished, adorned Cat
- pari-√bhid Pass. -bhidyate, to be broken or destroyed MBh
- pari-bhinna (pári-), mfn. broken, split or cleft open, crumbled ŚBr. R
- disfigured, deformed MBh
- pari-bheda m. hurt, injury R
- pari-bhedaka mfn. breaking through Cat
- pari-bhuj √1. P. -bhujati, (-ábubhojīr RV. i, 33, 9), to span, encompass, embrace RV. VS. TāṇḍBr
- pari-bhugna mfn. bowed, bent Bhaṭṭ. (Pāṇ. 8-4, 31 Sch.)
- pari-bhuj √3. P. Ā. -bhunakti, -bhuṅkte, (inf. -bhoktum), to eat before another (with acc.) MBh
- to neglect to feed BhP
- to feed upon, eat, consume, enjoy Kāv. Sāh
- pari-bhukta mfn. eaten before another, anticipated in eating MBh
- eaten, enjoyed, possessed Kāv
- worn (as a garment) Divyâv
- pari-bhoktṛ mfn. eating, enjoying SaddhP
- living at another's cost Mn. ii, 201
- pari-bhoga m. enjoyment, (esp.) sexual intercourse MBh. Kāv. Var
- illegal use of another's goods W
- means of subsistence or enjoyment MBh
- pari-bhogya (!), n. use Divyâv
- pari-√bhū P. Ā. -bhavati, ○te (pf. -babhūva, ○bhūtha, ○bhūvuḥ RV
- aor. -abhūvan, -bhuvat
- Subj. -bhūtas, -bhūthas ib
- Impv. -bhūtu ib
- Ved. inf. -bhvé ib
- ind. p. -bhūya MBh. Kāv. &c.: Pass. -bhūyate R
- fut. -bhaviṣyate Bhaṭṭ.), to be round anything, surround, enclose, contain RV. AV. Br
- to go or fly round, accompany, attend to, take care of, guide, govern RV. AV
- to be superior, excel, surpass, subdue, conquer RV. &c. &c
- to pass round or over, not heed, slight, despise, insult MBh. Kāv. &c
- to disgrace MBh
- to disappear, be lost (= parā-bhū) ib.: Caus. -bhāvayati, ○te (ind. p. -bhāvya), to spread around, divulge, make known Uttarar
- to surpass, exceed BhP
- to soak, saturate, sprinkle Suśr. ŚārṅgS
- to contain, include BhP
- to conceive, think, consider, know, recognise as (acc.) Prab. Rājat. BhP. Pañc
- pari-bhava m. insult, injury, humiliation, contempt, disgrace MBh. Kāv. &c
- -pada n. an object or occasion of contempt Kālid. Hit
- -vidhi m. humiliation, Śṛiṅgār
- ○vâśpada n. = ○va-pada Vikr. MārkP
- pari-bhavana n. humiliation, degradation Mālav
- pari-bhavanīya mfn. liable to be insulted or offended or humiliated Mālav. Kād. Kathās
- pari-bhavin mfn. injuring, despising, ridiculing Inscr
- suffering disrespect W. (cf. Pāṇ. 3-2, 157)
- pari-bhāva (also pari-bh○), m. contempt Pañc. i, 258/259 (B. ○bhava)
- pari-bhāvana n. cohesion, union MBh
- (ā), f. thought, contemplation Uttarar
- (in dram.) words exciting curiosity Sāh
- pari-bhāvita mfn. enclosed, contained BhP
- (-tva n. RPrāt. Sch., wṛ. for ○bhāṣita-tva)
- penetrated, pervaded ib
- conceived, imagined ib
- pari-bhāvin mfn. injuring, despising, slighting, mocking, defying (ifc.) Kālid. Ratnâv
- pari-bhāvuka mf(ī)n. who or what shames or humbles or outstrips another (with acc.), Śis
- pari-bhū́ mfn. surrounding, enclosing, containing, pervading, guiding, governing RV. AV. TS. TBr. ĪśUp
- pari-bhūta mfn. overpowered, conquered, slighted, disregarded, despised Kāv. Pur
- m. (with bhaṭṭa) N. of a poet Cat
- -gati-traya mfn. surpassing three times the age of man BhP
- -tā f. humiliation, degradation Vajracch
- pari-bhūti (pári-), f. superiority RV
- contempt, humiliation, disrespect, injury Kathās. Pañc. BhP
- pari-√bhūṣ P. -bhū́ṣati, to run round, circumambulate RV
- to wait upon, serve, attend, honour, obey, follow ib
- to fit out, decorate ib. [Page 598, Column]
- to be superior, surpass in (instr.) ib. ii, 12, 1
- pari-bhūṣaṇa m. (sc. saṃdhi) peace obtained by the cession of the whole revenue of a land Kām. (v. l. para-bh○)
- pari-bhūṣita mfn. decorated, adorned MBh
- pari-√bhṛ P. Ā. -bharati, ○te (pf. P. -babhrima [!] BhP
- Ā. -jabhre RV.), to bring RV
- (Ā.) to extend or pass beyond ib. (also trans. = extend, spread, i, 97, 15)
- to roam or travel about, Bhp. (cf. above)
- pari-bheda ○dhaka, See pari-bhid
- pari-bhoga &c. See pari- √3. bhuj
- pari-√bhraṃś only pr. p. Ā. in a-paribhraśyamāna mfn. not escaping Kām
- pari-bhraṃśa m. escape Hariv
- pari-bhraṃśana n. falling from, loss of (abl.) Pañc
- pari-bhraṣṭa mfn. fallen or dropped off
- fallen from (often = omitting, neglecting)
- deprived of (abl. or comp., rarely instr.) Mn. MBh. &c
- fallen, lost, ruined
- sunk, degraded MBh. Kāv. &c
- escaped, vanished MBh. Kathās
- -satkarman mfn. one whose virtuous acts are lost or in vain BhP
- -sukha mfn. fallen from happiness MBh
- pari-√bhrajj only pr. p. -bhṛjjyat (with pass. meaning, Bh. B. xi, 97, C. -bhujyat) and Caus. -bharjayati (Bhpr.), to fry, roast, parch
- pari-bhṛṣṭa mfn. fried, roasted, parched Suśr
- pari-√bhram P. -bhramati, -bhrāmyati (ep. also ○te
- pr. p. -bhramat, -bhrāmyat and -bhramamāṇa
- pf. -babhrāma, 3. pl. -babhramuḥ, or -bhremuḥ
- ind. p. -bhramya
- inf. -bhramitum or -bhrāntum), to rove, ramble, wander about or through MBh. Kāv. &c
- (also with maṇḍalam) to turn or whirl round, move in a circle, describe a circle round, revolve, rotate MaitrUp. Hariv. R. BhP.: Caus. -bhrāmayati, to stir up, shake through Bhpr
- pari-bhrama mfn. flying round or about ( khe-paribhr○)
- m. wandering, going about BhP
- circumlocution, rambling discourse Mṛicch. i, 2/3
- error W
- pari-bhramaṇa n. turning round, revolving (as of wheels) BhP
- moving to and fro, going about Prasaṅg
- circumference Sūryas
- pari-bhrāmaṇa n. (fr. Caus.) turning to and fro BhP
- pari-bhrāmin mfn. moving hither and thither in (comp.) Bālar
- pari-√bhrāj (only pf. -babhrāja), to shed brilliance all around R
- pari-maṇḍala mf(ā)n. round, circular, globular ŚBr. MBh. &c
- of the measure of an atom A
- m. (sc., maśaka) a species of venomous gnat Suśr
- n. a globe, sphere, orbit, circumference MBh. BhP. Hcat
- -kuṣṭha n. a kind of leprosy Car
- -tā f. whirling about Kir
- roundness, rotundity, circularity Kād. Suśr. (also -tva n. MW.)
- pari-maṇḍalita mfn. rounded, made round or circular Kir
- pari-maṇḍita mfn. (√maṇḍ) adorned or decorated all around R
- pari-√math (only impf. -ámathnāt), to pluck (the Soma plant) RV. i, 93, 6
- pari-mathita mfn. (Agni) produced by attrition ib. iii, 9, 5
- pari-māthin mfn. torturing Mālatīm
- pari-√man (only Pot. -mamanyāt
- pf. -mamnā́the
- aor. Subj. -máṃsate), to overlook, neglect, disregard RV
- pari-mat mfn. Vop. xxvi, 78
- pari-mantrita mfn. (√mantr) charmed, consecrated, enchanted MBh
- pari-manthara mf(ā)n. extremely slow or tardy Śiś. Caṇḍ
- ○tā f. slowness, dullness Veṇis
- pari-manda mfn. very dull or faint or weak Śiś
- (ibc.) a little ib
- ○tā f. fatigue, ennui ib
- pari-manyú mfn. wrathful, angry RV
- pari-mara pari-marda, pari-marśa, See pari-mṛ, -mṛd, -mṛś, p. 599
- pari-mala m. (Prākr. fr. √mṛd?) fragrance, or a fragrant substance, perfume (esp. arising from the trituration of fragrant substances) Kāv. Pañc. &c
- copulation, connubial pleasure Kir. ( See below) [Page 599, Column]
- a meeting of learned men L
- soil, stain, dirt L
- N. of a poet (also called Padmagupta) Cat
- of sev. wks. and Comms
- -ja mfn. (enjoyment) arising from copulation Kir. x, 1
- -bhṛt mfn. laden with perfumes Bhartṛ
- -samā f. N. of Comm. on VarBṛS
- pari-malaya Nom. P. ○yati, to make fragrant Prasannar
- pari-malita mfn. soiled, deprived of freshness or beauty W
- perfumed ib
- pari-√mā Ā. -mimīte (pf. -mame
- Pass. -mīyate
- inf. -mātum), to measure round or about, mete out, fulfil, embrace RV. &c. &c
- to measure, estimate, determine MBh. Kāv. &c
- pari-mā f. measure, periphery MaitrS
- pari-mā́ṇa n. measuring, meting out KātyŚr. Var
- (also -ka n. Bhāshāp.) measure of any kind, e.g. circumference, length, size, weight, number, value, duration (ifc. 'amounting to' RV. &c. &c. cf. parīm○)
- -tas ind. by measure, in weight Mn. viii, 133
- -vat (L
- ○t-tva n.)
- ○ṇin Pāṇ.). mfn. having measure, measured, measurable
- pari-mita (pári-), mfn. measured, meted, limited, regulated RV. &c. &c
- moderate, sparing MBh. Kāv. &c
- -katha mf(ā)n. of measured discourse, speaking little Megh
- -tva n. moderation, limited condition Kap. Sch
- -bhuj mfn. eating sparingly, abstemious W
- -bhojana n. moderation in eating, abstemiousness MW
- ○tâbharaṇa mf(ā)n. moderately adorned Mālav. Pañc
- ○tâyus mfn. shortlived R
- ○tâhāra mfn. = ○ta-bhuj MBh
- ○têcchatā f. moderation in desire MW
- pari-miti f. measure, quantity, limitation Bhāshāp
- -mat mfn. limited Kāv
- pari-meya mfn. measurable, limited, few MBh. (a-parim○) Kāv. &c
- -tā f. measurableness, calculableness MW
- -puraḥ-sara mfn. having only few attendants Ragh
- pari-mā́d f. -māda m. (√mad) N. of 16 Sāmans which belong to the Mahā-vratastotra Br. Lāṭy
- pari-√mārg P. Ā. -mārgati, ○te (inf. -mārgitum), to seek about, search through, strive after, beg for (acc.) MBh. R. 1
- pari-mārga m. (for 2. See pari-mṛj) searching about Pratāp
- pari-mārgaṇa n. tracing, searching, looking for (gen.) MBh. R
- pari-mārgitavya mfn. to be sought after Bhag
- pari-mārgin mfn. tracking, going after, pursuing (comp.) MBh
- pari-mi √1. P. -minoti, to set or place or lay round TS. Kāṭh
- pari-mít f. the beam of a roof, joist, rafter &c. AV
- pari-milana n. (√mil) touch, contact Ratnâv
- pari-milita mfn. mixed or filled with, pervaded by (instr.) Śiś
- met from all sides Prasannar
- pari-mīḍha mfn. (√mih) sprinkled with urine PārGṛ
- pari-meha m. a magical rite in which urine is sprinkled about ib
- pari-mukham ind. round or about the face, round, about (any person, &c.) Pāṇ. 4-4, 29
- pari-mugdha &c. See pari-muh
- pari-√muc P. -muñcáti (ind. p. -mucya
- inf. -moktum), to unloose, set free, liberate, deliver from (abl.) AV. MBh. &c
- to let go, give up, part with (acc.) Kāv
- to discharge, emit Kathās.: Pass. -mucyate (○ti MuṇḍUp.), to loosen or free one's self, get rid of (abl., gen. or instr.) RV. &c. &c
- to be liberated or emancipated (from the ties of the world) Kauś. Up
- pari-mukta mfn. released, liberated from (comp.)
- -bandhana mfn. released from bonds, unfettered Śak
- pari-mukti f. liberation A
- pari-mocita mfn. (fr. Caus.) liberated, emancipated Vajracch
- pari-√muṣ P. -muṣṇāti, -muṣati (Pass. pr. p. -muṣyat MBh.), to steal, plunder, rob a persons of (2 acc.) AV. &c. &c
- pari-moṣá m. theft, robbery TS. &c. &c
- pari-moṣaka mfn. stealing MBh
- pari-moṣaṇa n. taking away Āpast
- pari-moṣin mfn. stealing
- a thief or robber ŚBr
- pari-√muh P. Ā. -muhyati, ○te, to be bewildered or perplexed, go astray, fail ŚvetUp. MBh. R.: Caus. -mohayati (○te Pāṇ. 1-3, 89), to bewilder, perplex, entice, allure, trouble, disturb Kauś. MBh. Kāv
- pari-mugdha mfn. bewitchingly lovely (-tā f.) Śiś
- pari-mūḍha mfn. disturbed, perplexed (-tā f.) Uttarar. Śiś. [Page 599, Column]
- pari-mohana n. (fr. Caus.) bewildering, fascination, beguiling Uttarar. Caurap
- pari-mohita mfn. bewildered, deprived of consciousness or recollection MBh. Hariv. R
- pari-mohin mfn. perplexed Śiś
- fascinating, bewitching W
- pari-√mṛ Ā. -mriyate (pf. 3. pl. -mamruḥ AitBr.), to die (in numbers) round (acc.) Br. Up
- pari-mará mfn. one round whom people have died TS
- m. the dying in numbers or round any one
- (with daivaḥ) the dying of the gods KaushUp
- (with brahmaṇaḥ) N. of a magical rite for the destruction of adversaries AitBr. TUp
- pari-mūrṇa mf(ī́)n. worn out, decrepit, old (as a cow) ŚBr. KātyŚr. (Sch. = vṛddhā)
- pari-√mṛg Ā. -mṛgayate (Pass. p. -mṛgyamāṇa), to seek, search for R
- pari-√mṛj P. -mārṣṭi, -mṛjati, -mārjati, mārjayati (rarely Ā., e.g. Pot. -mṛjīta Gobh
- ind. p. -mṛjya
- inf. -mārṣṭum, or -mārjitum), to wipe all round, wash, cleanse, purify RV. &c. &c
- (with cakṣuṣī) to wipe tears from the eyes MBh. R
- (also Ā.) to cleanse or rinse the mouth, Gant. Āpast. Gobh. MBh
- to touch lightly, stroke MBh
- to wipe off or away, remove, efface, get rid of (acc.) R. Kālid. BhP.: Pass. -mṛjyate, to be rubbed or worn out by use (as teeth) MBh. xii, 5303: Intens. -marmṛjyate, to sweep over (acc.) RV. i, 95, 8 (Sāy. 'to cover with radiance'). 2
- pari-mārga (for 1. See pari-mārg), m. wiping, cleaning
- friction, touch W
- pari-mārgya mfn. to be cleaned or rubbed Pāṇ. 3-1, 113 (cf. mṛjya)
- pari-mārja and See tundapari-mārja, ○jaka
- pari-mārjaka See tundapari-mārja, ○jaka
- pari-mārjana n. wiping off, cleaning, washing KātyŚr. Gaut
- wiping away, removing Hcat
- a dish of honey and oil L
- pari-mārjita mfn. cleaned, polished MBh
- pari-mṛj mfn. washing, cleaning (in kaṃśa-pari-mṛj) Pāṇ. 8-2, 36 Sch
- pari-mṛja See tunda-parimṛja
- pari-mṛjita mfn. wiped, rubbed, cleaned Prab
- pari-mṛjya mfn. to be cleaned or rubbed Pāṇ. 3-1, 113 (cf. ○mārgya). 1
- pari-mṛṣṭa mfn. (for 2. See pari-mṛś) wiped off, rubbed, stroked, smoothed, polished Āpast. R
- wiped or washed away, removed BhP
- paricchada mfn. trim, neat, spruce ib
- pari-√mṛd P. -mṛdnāti, -mardati (ep. also Ā. -mardate), to tread or trample down, crush, grind, wear out MBh. Kāv
- to rub, stroke MBh
- rub off, wipe away (as tears) R
- to excel, surpass MBh
- pari-marda m. crushing, wearing out, using up, destroying MBh
- pari-mardana n. id. L
- rubbing in Car
- a remedy for rubbing in ib
- pari-mṛdita mfn. trodden or trampled down, crushed, rubbed, ground, Bhavab
- pari-√mṛś P. Ā. -mṛśati, ○te (pf. -mamarśa
- 3. pl. ṛV. -māmṛśuḥ
- aor. -amṛkṣat
- ind. p. -mṛśya), to touch, grasp, seize RV. &c. &c
- to examine, consider, inquire into ib
- to observe, discover BhP.: Pass. -mṛśyate (with pavanais), to be touched i.e. fanned by the wind Suśr
- to be considered MBh.: Intens. -marmṛśat, to encompass, clasp, embrace RV
- pari-marśa m. touching, contact Dharmaś
- consideration, reflection MBh
- pari-mārkṣṇu mfn. Vop. xxvi, 144. 2
- pari-mṛṣṭa mfn. (for 1. See pari-mṛj) touched Bhaṭṭ
- seized, caught, found out Mālav
- considered ( See duḥ-parim○) Suśr
- spread, pervaded, filled with (instr.) Kir
- pari-√mṛṣ P. -mṛṣyati (Pāṇ. 1-3, 82), to be angry with, envy (dat.) Bhaṭṭ
- pari-marṣa m. envy, dislike, anger W
- v. l. for ○marśa, touching Hariv
- pari-√mokṣ P. -mokṣayati (ind. p. -mokṣya), to set free, liberate MBh
- pari-mokṣa m. setting free, liberation, deliverance MBh. R
- removing, relieving Ragh. ix, 62 (v. l. pari-moṣa)
- emptying, evacuation BhP
- escape from (abl. or gen.) MBh
- final beatitude (= nir-vāṇa) A
- pari-mokṣaṇa n. unloosing, untying Suśr
- liberation, deliverance from (gen.) MBh. Mṛicch
- pari-moṭana n. (√muṭ) snapping, cracking VarBṛS. (= caṭācaṭā-śabda Sch.)
- pari-√mlai Ā. -mlāyate, to fade or wither away, wane, faint Mṛicch
- pari-mlāna mfn. faded, withered Kāv. BhP
- exhausted, languid MBh. [Page 599, Column]
- become thinner, emaciated Car
- disappeared, gone Vām. iv, 3, 8
- n. change of countenance by fear or grief W
- soil, stain ib
- pari-mlāyin mfn. stained, spotted Suśr
- m. a kind of disease of the lens or pupil of the eye (liṅga-nāśa) ib
- ○yi-tva n. falling, sinking ib
- pari-√yaj P. -yajati (aor. 2. sg. pary-áyās), to obtain or procure by sacrificing RV. ix, 82, 5
- to sacrifice or worship before or after another, to perform a secondary or accompanying rite Br. ŚrS
- pari-yajña m. a secondary or accompanying rite (which precedes or follows another in any ritual) KātyŚr
- mfn. constituting a secondary rite ib
- pari-yaṣṭṛ m. a younger brother performing a Soma sacrifice antecedently to the elder Āpast. (v. l.)
- parī7ṣṭa m. an elder brother antecedently to whom the younger performs a Soma sacrifice ib
- pari-√yat Ā. -yatate, to surround, beset TāṇḍBr
- pári-yatta mfn. surrounded, beset, hemmed in RV. TS. AitBr
- pari-√yam P. -yacchati, to aim, hit RV.: Caus. -yamayati, to serve, assist Sāy
- pari-√yā P. -yāti, to go or travel about, go round or through (acc.) RV. &c. &c
- to run through i.e. assume successively (all shapes) RV. ix, 111, 1
- to surround, protect, guard RV
- to avoid, shun ib
- to flow off (as Soma) ib.: Caus. -yāpayati (ind. p. -yāpya), to cause to go round or circumambulate MBh
- pari-yāṇa n. going about &c. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 8-4, 29 (cf. paryāṇa)
- pari-yāṇi See a-pariyāṇi
- pari-yāṇika n. a travelling carriage Gal
- pari-yāṇīya mfn. Kāś. on Pāṇ. 8-4, 29
- pari-yāta mfn. come near, arrived from (abl.) R
- one who has travelled about Hcat
- pari-yu √2. Desid. -yuyūṣati, to strive to span or embrace RV. vi, 62, 1
- pari-yuta mfn. clasping, embracing Nir. ii, 8
- pari-yoga m. (√yuj) = pali-y○ Pāṇ. 8-2, 22 Vārtt. 1
- pari-yogya m. pl. N. of a school L
- pari-√rakṣ P. -rákṣati (ep. also ○te
- inf. -rakṣitum), to guard well or completely, rescue, save, defend from (abl.) RV. &c. &c
- to keep, conceal, keep secret Mn. MBh. &c
- to protect, rule, govern (acc.) R
- to avoid, shun Suśr
- (Ā.) to get out of a person's (gen.) way R
- pari-rakṣaka m. a guardian, protector L
- pari-rakṣaṇa mf(ī)n. guarding, protecting, a protector Hariv
- n. the act of guarding, defending, preserving, keeping, maintaining
- protection, rescue, deliverance Mn. MBh. &c
- care, caution Suśr
- pari-rakṣaṇīya mfn. to be completely protected or preserved Pañc. Prasannar
- pari-rakṣā f. keeping, guarding, protection Mn. v, 94 &c
- pari-rakṣita mfn. well guarded or preserved or kept MBh. Kāv. &c
- pari-rakṣitavya mfn. to be guarded, to be kept secret MBh
- pari-rakṣitin g. iṣṭâdi
- pari-rakṣitṛ mfn. keeping, protecting, a protector, defender MBh. R
- pari-rakṣin mfn. (ifc.) guarding, protecting MBh
- pari-rakṣya mfn. = ○rakṣitavya MBh. R
- pari-raṭana n. (√raṭ) the act of crying or screaming W
- pari-rāṭaka (Pāṇ. 3-2, 146)
- pari-rāṭin (142), mfn. crying aloud, screaming
- pári-rathya n. a partic. part of a chariot AV
- (ā), f. id. MBh
- a street, road A
- pari-randhita mfn. (√radh, Caus.) injured, destroyed BhP
- pari-√rabh Ā. -rabhate (pf. 3. pl. -rebhire
- fut. -rapsyate
- ind. p. -rabhya
- inf. -rabdhum), to embrace, clasp MBh. Kāv. &c.: Desid. -ripsate, to wish or try to embrace Ragh. Prab
- pari-rabdha mfn. one who has embraced R
- encircled, embraced BhP
- pari-rambha m. (cf. parīr○),
- pari-rambhaṇa n. embracing, an embrace Kāv
- pari-rambhita mfn. (fr. Caus.) embraced, quite occupied with or engrossed by (comp.) BhP
- pari-rambhin mfn. (ifc.) clasped, girt by ib
- embracing Śiś
- pari-ripsu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing to embrace Hariv
- pari-√ram P. -ramati (Pāṇ. 1-3, 83), to take pleasure in, be delighted with (abl.) Bhaṭṭ
- pari-ramita mfn. (fr. Caus.) delighted (by amorous sport) Chandom. [Page 600, Column]
- pari-√rāj P. Ā. -rājati, ○te, to shine on all sides, spread radiance everywhere R
- pari-rā́p (Padap. -rap), m. pl. (√rap) crying or talking all around, N. of a class of demons RV
- pari-rāpín mfn. whispering to, talking over, persuading AV
- pari-ripsu See pari-rabh
- pari-√rih P. -riháti, to lick or gnaw on all sides RV. i, 140, 9 (cf. pari-lih)
- pari-√ruc Ā. -rocate, to shine all around BhP
- pari-√ruj P. -rujáti, to break from all sides AV. xvi, 1, 2
- pari-rudh √2. (only ind. p. -rodham TBr., -rudhya Kpr.), to enclose, obstruct, keep back, hinder
- pari-ruddha mfn. obstructed by, filled with (comp.) R
- pari-rodha m. obstructing, keeping back, resistance Rājat
- parila m. N. of a man, g. śivâdi (cf. pārila)
- pari-lagna mfn. (√lag) stuck, held fast Śak. i, 32/33 (in Prākr.)
- pari-laghu mfn. very light or small Uttarar
- easy to digest Megh
- pari-√laṅgh P. -laṅghayati, to overleap, transgress Pañc
- pari-laṅghana n. leaping to and fro, jumping over R
- pari-√labh Ā. -labhatc, to get obtain Cat
- pari-√lamb Ā. -lambate, to remain behind, be slow, stay out Hariv. Sūryas
- pari-lamba m
- pari-lambana n. lagging, lingering Kād
- pari-lambya wṛ. for ○rabhya Gīt. xi, 25
- pari-√laṣ P. -laṣati, to desire, long for BhP
- pari-√las (only pr. p. -lasat), to shine all around Inscr
- pari-√likh P. -likhati, to draw a line or a circle or a furrow round (acc.) ŚBr. Kauś
- to scrape or smooth round about R
- to write down, copy Hcat
- pari-likhana n. smoothing, polishing MārkP
- pari-likhita (pári-), mfn. enclosed in a circle TS
- pari-lekha m. outline, delineation, picture Kauś. KātyŚr
- ○khâdhikāra m. N. of ch. of Sūryas
- pari-lekhana m. a sacred text beginning with parilikhitam ĀpŚr
- n. drawing lines round about KātyŚr
- pari-√lip P. -limpati, to smear or anoint all round ŚBr. Kauś. MBh. Suśr
- pari-√lih P. -leḍhi, to lick all round, lick over, lick Yājñ. R. Pañc.: Intens. (pr. p. -lelihat, ○hāna) to lick all round, lick repeatedly MBh. Pañc. BhP
- pari-līḍha mfn. licked all round, licked over R
- pari-lehin m. a partic. disease of the ear Suśr. (cf. pari-rih)
- pari-luṭh √2. P. -luṭhati, to roll about or up and down Daś
- pari-√luḍ Caus. -loḍayati, to stir up, disturb MBh
- pari-√lup P. -lumpati, to take away, remove, destroy AitBr.: Pass. -lupyate, to be taken away or omitted RPrāt. Daś
- pari-lupta mfn. injured, lost RPrāt. Sch
- -saṃjña mfn. unconscions, senseless MW
- pari-lopa m. injury, neglect, omission RPrāt. Kull
- pari-√lubh Ā. -lobhate, to entice, allure Mṛicch. viii, 33: Caus. -lobhayati id. R. Kām
- pari-lūna mfn. (√lū) cut off, severed Caṇḍ
- pari-leśa m. = pariṃśa Sāy. on RV. i, 187, 8
- pari-√lok P. -lokayati, to look around, view from all sides R
- pari-lolita mfn. (√lul, Caus.) tossed about, shaken, trembling Kir. [Page 600, Column]
- pari-vaṃśa m. ○śaka mfn. g. ṛśyâdi
- pári-vakrā f. a circular pit ŚBr
- N. of a town ib. Sch
- pari-√vañc P. -vañcati, to sneak about VS. TS
- pari-vañcana n. or taking in, deception L
- pari-nā f. taking in, deception L
- pari-vañcita mfn. (fr. Caus.) deceived, taken in Hariv. Hit
- pári-vat mfn. containing the word pari Br
- pari-vatsa m. a calf belonging to (a cow) Hariv. (v. l. ○vaṃsa and pārivatsa)
- pari-vatsaka m. a son MBh. (Nīlak.)
- pari-vatsará m. a full year, a year RV. TBr. Mn. MBh. &c
- the second of a cycle of 5 years AV. TS. Br. Kauś. Var
- pari-vatsarīṇa (RV. AV.),
- pari-vatsarīya (MānGṛŚr.), mfn. relating to a full year, lasting a whole year (cf. Pāṇ. 5-1, 92)
- pari-√vad P. -vadati, to speak out, speak of or about (acc.) AV. Br. MBh
- (also Ā.) to speak ill of, revile, slander, accuse MBh. Kāv
- pari-vadana n. reviling, accusing, clamouring W
- pari-vādá m. blame, censure, reproach, charge, accusation AV. &c. &c. (cf. parī-v○)
- an instrument with which the Indian lute is played L
- -kathā f. abusive language, censure, reproof MBh
- -kara m. a slanderer, calumniator Mālav
- -gir f. (pl.) = -kathā Prab
- pari-vādaka m. a complainant, accuser, calumniator W
- one who plays on the lute L
- pari-vādita
- pari-tin g. iṣṭâdi
- pari-vādin mfn. speaking ill of, abusing, blaming MBh
- crying, screaming W
- censured, abused ib
- m. an accuser, a plaintiff, complainant ib
- (ī), f. a lute with 7 strings Kāv
- pari-vivadiṣu mfn. (fr. Desid.) wishing or trying to accuse others Śiś
- pary-udita mfn. spoken, uttered ŚBr
- pari-vand P. -vandati, to praise, celebrate RV
- pari-vap √1. P. -vapati, (ind. p. a-pary-upya), to clip or shear round Kauś. PārGṛ. ĀpŚr
- pari-vapaṇa n. clipping, shearing Pāṇ. 8-4, 31 Sch
- pari-vāpaṇa (Āp. ○na), n. id. Pāṇ. 5-4, 67
- pari-vāpita mfn. shorn L
- pari-vap √2. P. -vapati, to scatter, strew Lāṭy
- pari-vāpá m. fried grains of rice Br. Kāṭh. &c. (= dadhi KātyŚr. Sch.)
- standpoint, place MBh. v, 3822 (Nīlak.)
- a reservoir, piece of water L
- furniture &c. (= pari-cchada) ib
- scattering, sowing ib. (cf. parī-v○)
- pari-vāpika and g. kumudâdi and prêkṣâdi
- pari-vāpin g. kumudâdi and prêkṣâdi
- pari-vāpī f. a partic. oblation ŚāṅkhŚr
- pari-vāpya mf(ā)n. having or requiring or deserving the Pari-vāpa ( See above) KātyŚr. (cf. parī-v○)
- pary-upta mfn. sown
- set (as a gem in a ring) W
- pari-upti f. scattering seed, sowing L
- pari-vapya m. (fr. vapā) the Homa which begins and concludes the rites to be performed with the caul or omentum ĀpŚr. &c. (wṛ. -vāpya)
- pari-varga -varjaka &c. See parivṛj, p. 601
- pari-varta -vartaka &c. See parivṛt, p. 601
- pari-vartula mfn. quite round or circular Subh
- pari-vartman mfn. going round about, describing a circle Kāṭh. Kauś
- pari-vardhaka ○dhana &c. See pari-vṛdh, p. 601, col. 3
- pari-vardhita mfn. (√vardh) cut, excavated MW
- pari-varman mfn. wearing a coat of mail, armed Lāṭy
- pari-varha ○haṇa, See pari-barha &c. under pari-bṛṃh, p. 598
- pari-valana n. winding round or that with which anything is wound round Hcar
- pari-vas √4. (only pr. p. Ā. -vásāna), to put on, assume RV. iii, 1, 5 [Page 600, Column]
- to surround, attend AV. xiii, 2, 22
- pari-vastrā f. a curtain Hcar. (v. l. ○tra n.)
- pari-vāsas n. (an upper garment ?), N. of 2 Sāmans ĀrshBr
- pari-vas √5. P. -vasati, (ind. p. pary-uṣya), to abide, stay, remain with (instr.) KātyŚr. R. &c
- (with saṃsargitayā) to associate with (acc.) Kull. on Mn. xi, 190: Caus. vāsayati, to let stand overnight ĀśvGṛ
- pari-vasatha m. a village L. 1
- pari-vāsa m. (2. See s.v.) abode, stay, sojourn KātyŚr. Mn. MBh
- the expulsion of a guilty member Buddh
- pari-vāsita mfn. respectfully attentive to superiors (?) W
- pary-uṣaṇa n. (or ○ṇā f.) spending the rainy season (Buddh.) HPariś. Kalpas
- ○ṇā-daśa-śataka-vṛtti f. ○ṇâṣṭâhnīkā (wṛ. paryūṣaṇ○), f. N. of wks
- pari-uṣita mfn. having passed the night Pañc. MārkP
- (ifc.) having stood for a time or in some place (e.g. niśā-p○, gomūtra-p○ Suśr.), not fresh, stale, insipid Mn. MBh. &c
- (with vākyam) a word that has not been strictly kept MBh
- -bhojin m. the eater of stale food (said to become a maggot or worm in the next birth) W
- pari-uṣitavya n. impers. (the rainy season) is to be spent Kalpas
- pari-uṣṭa mfn. old, faded, withered BhP
- pari-vas √8. P. -vāsayati, to cut off all around, cut out Br. ĀpŚr
- pari-vāsana n. a shred, chip ĀpŚr. KātyŚr. Sch
- pari-√vah P. -vahati (Pāṇ. 1-3, 82 Sch.), to carry about or round RV. &c. &c
- to drag about MBh
- to flow around TS. Āpast
- to lead home the nuptial train or the bride, take to wife, marry (Pass. -uhyáte, p. -uhyámāna) RV. BhP
- pari-vaha m. N. of one of the 7 winds (for the others See parā-vaha) MBh. Hariv. Śak. vii, 6
- of one of the 7 tongues of fire Col
- pari-vāha m. the overflowing of a tank, a natural or artificial inundation, a watercourse or drain to carry off excess of water MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. parī-v○)
- -vat m. 'having a channel', a tank, pool L
- pari-vāhita mfn. drained W
- pari-vāhín mf(ṇī)n. overflowing VS
- (ifc.) streaming with Śak
- pari-vāra ○raṇa &c. See pari-vri
- pari-√vāś (only Ā. impf. paryavāśanta), to cry about or together with (acc.) MBh. (B.) xvi, 49 (C. -arāsanta)
- pari-vāsa m. (√vās) fragrance, odour Mālatīm. (for 1. See pari- √5. vas)
- pari-viṃśat f. quite twenty, twenty at least MBh
- pari-vikrayin mfn. (√krī) selling, trading in (gen.) MBh
- pari-vikṣata mfn. (√kṣan) sorely wounded, much hurt MBh
- pari-vikṣobha m. (√kṣubh) shaking violently, destroying MBh
- pari-vighaṭṭana n. (√ghaṭṭ) scattering, destroying Cat
- pari-vi-√car P. -carati, to stream forth in all directions RV
- pari-viṇṇa = pari-vinna, See pari- √3. vid
- pari-vitarka m. thought or anything thought of Buddh
- examination Divyâv
- pari-vid √1. (pf. [-ved�A] for pres
- Gk. [600,] ?), to know thoroughly, understand fully RV. AV.: Caus. -vedayate Nir. xiv, 22
- pari-veda m. complete or accurate knowledge MBh
- pari-vedana n. id. ib. (v. l. pada-v○)
- pari-vedin mfn. knowing, shrewd W
- pari-vid √3. P. -vindati, to find out, ascertain Hariv
- to twine, twist round ( See below)
- to marry before an elder brother (only Pass. yayā [Mn. iii, 17] or yā [MBh. xii, 610] pari-vidyate, the woman with whom such a marriage is contracted)
- pari-vitta (pári-), mfn. twined or twisted round AV
- m. = -vitti VS. TS. &c. (pari-vittá TBr.)
- = ○vinna ĀpŚr
- pari-vitti m. an unmarried elder brother whose younger brother is married Mn. MBh. &c
- -tā f. Mn
- -tva n. Kull
- pari-vindaka m. a younger brother married before the elder W. [Page 601, Column]
- pari-vindat m. an unmarried elder brother ib
- pari-vinna (also written ○viṇṇa), m. = ○vitti MBh. xii, 6110
- an elder brother whom a younger has anticipated in receiving his share Āpast. Sch
- pari-vividāná m. a younger brother who marries before an elder VS. Kauś.: a younger brother who has taken his share before an elder Āpast. Sch
- pari-vettṛ m. = ○vindaka MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. parī-vettṛ)
- pari-vedaka m. id. Yājñ. iii, 238
- pari-vedana n. the marrying of a younger brother before the elder Mn. Yājñ. &c
- gain, acquisition W
- discussion ib
- (ā), f. shrewdness, wit, prudence ib
- pari-vedanīyā or f. the wife of a Parivettṛi ( See above) W
- pari-vedinī f. the wife of a Parivettṛi ( above) W
- pari-vedya n. the marrying of a younger brother before the elder VP
- pari-viddha See pari-vyadh
- pari-vi-√dhāv P. -dhāvati, to run through on all sides RV
- to run about R
- pari-vivadiṣu See pari-vad
- pari-vi-vas √2. (only pr. p. f. -vyucchántī), to shine forth from i.e. immediately after (abl.) RV. iv, 52, 1
- pari-√viś P. -viśati (fut. -vekṣyati), to beset, besiege TS. TBr. R. (often confounded with pari-viṣ)
- pari-veśa See ○veṣa under pari-viṣ
- pari-veśana n. circumference, the rim of a wheel MBh. (also written ○veṣaṇa)
- pari-veśas (pári-), m. a neighbour AV
- pari-viśrānta mfn. (√śram) quite rested or reposed MBh
- pari-vi-√śvas Caus. -śvāsayati, to comfort, console R
- pari-viśvasta mfn. feeling secure, confident MBh
- pari-√viṣ P. -veṣati MBh. (mostly Intens. -veveṣṭi Subj. -veviṣati Pot. -veviṣyāt AV. Br. Kāṭh
- -veviṣāṇi, -aveviṣat Pāṇ. 7-3, 87 Sch
- Ā. fut. p. -vekṣyamāṇa KātyŚr. BhP
- ind. p. -víṣya AV
- Ved. inf. -víṣe RV.), to serve, wait on, offer or dress food: Pass. -viṣyate, to be served &c. MBh
- to have a halo (said of sun or moon) ṢaḍvBr. Gobh. Hariv.: Caus. -veṣayati (ind. p. -veṣya, also written -veś○), to offer food, wait on (acc.) Mn. iii, 228 MBh. R. BhP
- to dress food Campak
- pari-viṣṭa (pári-), mfn. surrounded, beset, besieged RV. i, 116, 20 (fr. pari-viś ?)
- surrounded by a halo (sun or moon) MBh. Var
- dressed, offered, presented (as food) KātyŚr
- pari-viṣṭi (pári-), f. service, attendance RV
- pari-viṣyamāṇa mfn. being waited on, being at table ChUp
- pari-veṣá m. (also spelt ○veśa) winding round or that with which anything is wound round Hcar
- dressing or offering of food AV
- a circle, circumference, the disc of the sun and moon or a halo round them MBh. Kāv. &c. (cf. parī-v○)
- a wreath or crown (of rays) Viddh. Rājat
- anything surrounding or protecting (e.g. kṛtâṅgarakṣā-p○, surrounded by a bodyguard MW.)
- putting on, clothing, dressing L
- ○ṣa-vat, or ○ṣin mfn. surrounded by a halo MBh
- pari-veṣaka mf(ikā)n. (also ○veśaka) one who serves up meals, a waiter, servant MBh
- pari-véṣaṇa n. (cf. ○veśana under pari-viś) attendance, waiting, serving up meals, distributing food Br. Gobh. KātyŚr
- a circle, circumference MBh
- a halo round the sun or moon ib
- surrounding, enclosing W
- pari-veṣṭavya (Kull.),
- pari-veṣya (MW.), mfn. to be served up or offered or presented
- n. See paścāt-pariveṣya
- pari-veṣṭṛ́ mf(rī́)n. one who serves up meals, a waiter AV. Br. &c
- ○ṭrī-mat mfn. having a female servant KaushUp
- pari-viṣṇu ind. = sarvato viṣṇum, or viṣṇuṃ viṣṇum pari L
- pari-vihāra m. walking or roaming about, walking for pleasure BhP
- pari-vihvala mfn. extremely agitated, bewildered R
- ○tā f. bewilderment W
- pari-vī -viita, See pari-vye
- pari-√vīj Ā. -viijate, to blow upon, fan MBh.: Caus. -viijayati id. R. Pur. ○viijita mfn. fanned, cooled R
- pari-vṛ √1. P. Ā. -varati, ○te, (pf. -vavrur, p. -vavṛvás
- ind. p. -vṛtya), to cover, surround, conceal, keep back, hem in RV. &c. &c.: Caus. -vārayati, ○te (Pāṇ. 3-1, 87 Vārtt. 16 Pat. [Page 601, Column]
- ind. p. -vārya), to cover, surround, encompass, embrace (bāhubhyām) AV. &c. &c
- pari-vāra m. (also parī-v○) a cover, covering MBh. (also -ka KātyŚr. Sch.)
- surroundings, train, suite, dependants, followers (ifc. [f. ā] surrounded by) MBh. Kāv. &c
- a sheath, scabbard Śiś
- a hedge round a village Gal. (cf. parī-v○)
- -tā f. subjection, dependance Śiś. ii, 90
- -pāṭha m. N. of a Buddh. work MWB. 62
- -vat mfn. having a great retinue MBh
- -śobhin mfn. beautified by a retinue, R1gh
- ○rī-√kṛ, to use as a retinue, surround one's self with (acc.) Kathās
- pari-vāraṇa n. a cover, covering (ifc. 'covered with' i.e. 'only consisting of') MBh
- a train, retinue ib
- keeping or warding off ib
- pari-vārita mfn. (fr. Caus.) surrounded by, covered with, veiled in (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c
- pari-vṛta (pári-), mfn. id. Br. &c. &c
- n. a covered place or shed enclosed with walls used as a place of sacrifice ŚBr. KātyŚr. Gobh
- (párī.), mfn. = prec. mfn. RV. AV. AitBr
- surrounding RV
- filled by, full of (comp.) Cat
- pari-vṛti f. surrounding, standing round R
- pari-vṛ √2. Ā. -vṛṇīte, to choose RV
- pari-√vṛṃh or -vṛh, See paribṛṃh, p. 598, col. 1
- pari-√vṛj P. -vṛṇakti (Impv. -vṛṅdhi, -vṛṇaktu
- aor. Subj. -varjati Pot. -vṛjyāt), to turn out of the way of (acc.), avoid, shun, spare, pass over RV. AV. VS. Br. Āpast
- to cast out, expel AitBr
- (Ā.) to surround, enclose BhP.: Caus. -varjayati, ○te (ind. p. -varjya), to keep off, remove AV
- to avoid, shun, quit, abandon, not heed, disregard Mn. MBh. &c
- pari-vargá m. avoiding, removing, omitting RV. (cf. a-parivargam)
- dependance VarBṛS. xv, 32
- pari-vargyá mfn. to be avoided AV
- pari-varjaka mfn. (ifc.) shunning, avoiding, giving up MBh
- pari-varjana n. the act of avoiding, giving up, escaping, abstaining from (gen. or comp.) Mn. MBh. &c
- killing, slaughter L
- pari-varjanīya mfn. avoidable, to be avoided Var. Rājat
- pari-varjita mfn. (fr. Caus.) shunned, avoided Kathās
- abandoned or left by, deprived or devoid of (instr. or comp.) MBh. Kāv. &c. (with saṃkhyayā, countless, innumerable Pañc
- with aṣṭabhis, less by 8, minus 8 Rājat.)
- wound round, girt R
- pari-vṛktá (or pári-vṛkta), mfn. avoided, despised RV. AV
- (esp.) párivṛktā, or pari-vṛktī́ f. 'the disliked or despised one', N. of a wife lightly esteemed in comparison with the favourite wife (mahiṣī, vāvātā) TS. AV. Br. KātyŚr
- pari-vṛ́j f. avoiding, removing RV
- purification, expiation MW
- pari-vṛḍha See under pari-bṛṃh
- pari-√vṛt Ā. -vartate (ep. also ○ti
- ind. p. -vṛtya, or parī-vartam), to turn round, revolve, move in a circle or to and fro, roll or wheel or wander about, circumambulate (acc.) RV. &c. &c
- (with hṛdi or hṛdaye) to run in a person's mind MBh
- to return, go or come back to (acc.) ib
- to be reborn in (loc.) VP
- (also with anyathā) to change, turn out different MBh. Kāv
- to abide, stay, remain Mn. MBh. &c
- to act, proceed, behave R.: Caus. -vartayati, to cause to turn or move round or back or to and fro MBh. Kāv. &c
- (Ā.) to roll or bring near (Subj. -vartayāte) RV. v, 37, 3
- to overthrow, upset (a carriage) Hariv
- to invert, put in a reverse order Mṛicch. v, 9/10 (read -vartya for -vṛtya)
- to change, barter, exchange MBh. Hariv. &c
- to renew (an agreement) Mn. viii, 154 &c
- to understand or explain wrongly (words &c.) MBh. Kāv
- to turn topsyturvy i.e. search thoroughly R
- to destroy, annihilate ib
- to straiten, contract Car
- (Ā.) to cause one's self to be turned round (in having one's head shaved all round) TBr. ŚBr. (cf. -vartana): Intens. -vávartti, to turn (intrans.) continually RV. i, 164, 11
- pari-varta m. revolving, revolution (of a planet &c.) Sūryas
- a period or lapse or expiration of time (esp. of a Yuga, q.v.) MBh. R. &c
- (with lokānām) the end of the world R
- a year L
- moving to and fro, stirring Prasannar
- turning back, flight L
- change, exchange, barter (also parī-v○) Yājñ. MBh. Kāv. &c
- requital, return W
- an abode, spot, place Hariv
- a chapter, section, book &c. Lalit
- N. of a son of Do?-saha (son of Mṛityu) MārkP. [Page 601, Column]
- of the Kūrma or 2nd incarnation of Vishṇu (also parī-v○) L
- pari-vartaka mfn. causing to turn round or flow back Kathās. MārkP
- bringing to an end, concluding (gen. or comp.) MBh
- m. (in rhet.) the artificial separation of vowels and consonants to get another meaning of a word Vām. iv, 1, 6
- (in dram.) change of occupation Bhar. Daśar. Sāh. exchange, barter Vas
- N. of a son of Du?-saha (son of Mṛityu) MārkP
- (ikā), f. contraction of the prepuce, phimosis Suśr
- pari-vártana mf(ī)n. causing to turn round
- (ī), f. (with vidyā) N. of a partic. magical art Kathās
- n. turning or whirling round, moving to and fro (trans. and intrans.) Kāv. Suśr. Pañc. BhP
- rolling about or wallowing on (comp.) Kālid
- revolution, end of a period of time MBh. Hariv
- barter, exchange Kathās. Pañc. Mṛicch
- cutting or clipping the hair ŚBr
- protecting, defending Nalac
- = prêraṇa TBr. Sch
- inverting, taking or putting anything in a wrong direction W
- requital, return ib
- pari-vartanīya mfn. to be exchanged, capable of being exchanged Kull. on Mn. x, 94
- pari-vartita mfn. (fr. Caus.) turned round, revolved &c. MBh. Kāv. &c
- exchanged, bartered Hariv. Var. Kathās
- put aside, removed, destroyed Mṛicch. MārkP
- searched thoroughly R
- taken or put on in a wrong direction W
- n. the action of turning or wallowing BhP
- the place where anybody has wallowed on the earth R
- pari-vartin mfn. moving round, revolving, ever-recurring MBh. Kāv. &c
- (ifc.) changing, passing into Kathās
- being or remaining or staying in or near or about (loc. or comp.) MBh. R. &c
- flying, retreating W
- exchanging, requiting, recompensing ib
- (ī), f. (sc. vi-ṣṭuti) a hymn arranged according to the recurring form abc, abc TāṇḍBr. Lāṭy
- pari-vṛtta mfn. (also -ka g. ṛśyâdi) turned, turned round, revolved, rolling, moving to and fro MBh. Kāv. &c
- lasting, remaining Śak. vii, 34 (v. l.)
- passed, elapsed, finished, ended Hariv
- = pari-vṛta, covered, surrounded L
- retreated, returned W
- exchanged ib
- n. rolling, wallowing MBh. (v. l. ○tti) Mālatīm
- an embrace MW
- -tejas mfn. spreading brilliance all around BhP
- -nctra mfn. rolling the eyes R
- -phalā f. N. of a plant Gal
- -bhāgya mfn. whose fortune has changed or is gone Mālatīm
- ○ttârdha-mukha mf(ī)n. having the face half turned round Vikr
- pari-vṛtti f. turning, rolling, revolution MBh. Śiś
- return (into this world) Āpast
- exchange, barter (○ttyā ind. alternately) BhP
- moving to and fro or staying or dwelling in a place MBh
- end, termination Kir
- surrounding, encompassing ib
- (in rhet.) a kind of figure in which one thing is represented as exchanged with another (e.g. Mālav. iii, 16
- Vām. iv, 3, 16)
- substitution of one word for another without affecting the sense (e.g. vṛṣa-lāñchana for vṛṣadhvaja) Kpr
- contraction of the prepuce, phimosis (= ○vartikā) Suśr
- m. wṛ. for pari-vitti
- (ī), f. (pári-v○), prob. wṛ. for pari-vṛktī
- pari-√vṛdh Ā. -vardhate, to grow, grow up, increase Kāv. Rājat. Suśr.: Caus. -vardhayati, ○te, to bring up, rear, increase, augment MBh. Kāv
- to rejoice, delight (with gen.) Hariv
- pari-vardhaka m. 'rearer, sc. of horses', a groom, hostler Kād. Hcar
- pari-vardhana n. increasing, augmenting, multiplying MBh. Kām
- breeding, rearing (as of cattle) Mn. ix, 331. 2
- pari-vardhita (for 1. See p. 600), mfn. increased, augmented, grown, swollen (as the sea) Kālid
- reared, brought up (fam. also -ka) Śak. iv, 15
- pari-vṛddha mfn. grown, increased by (comp.), strong, powerful Hariv. Kāv. &c
- -tā f. increase, extension, the swelling and becoming sour of food (in the stomach) Suśr
- pari-vṛddhi f. increase, growth Āpast. MBh. Kāv. &c
- pari-√vṛṣ Ā. -varṣate, to cover with (instr.) as with rain R
- pari-vṛsti wṛ. for -vitti
- pari-√ve P. Ā. -vayati, ○te, to interweave BhP
- to fetter, bind ib
- páry-uta mfn. enclosed or set with ŚBr
- pari-vedana ○dita wṛ. for pari-devana, ○vita ( See pari-div)
- pari-√vep -vepate, to tremble R
- pari-√veṣṭ Caus. -veṣṭayati, to wrap up, cover, clothe, surround, embrace ŚBr. &c. &c. [Page 602, Column]
- to cause to shrink up, contract MBh. (B. saṃ-v○)
- pari-veṣṭana n. a cover, covering MBh
- a ligature, bandage Mṛicch. iii, 16
- surrounding, encompassing W
- circumference ib
- (ā), f. tying round or up Sāh
- pari-veṣṭita mfn. surrounded, beset, covered, veiled, swathed Hariv. R. &c. (-vat mfn. as pf. Kathās.)
- pari-veṣṭitṛ m. one who surrounds or encloses ŚvetUp
- pari-vyakta mfn. very clear or distinct
- (am), ind. very clearly or distinctly MW
- pari-√vyath only -vyathā iti PraśnUp. (according to Sch. = Caus. -vyathayatu) to disquiet, vex, afflict
- pari-√vyadh P. -vidhyati, to shoot at (acc.), hit, pierce with (instr.) MBh
- pari-viddha m. N. of Kubera L. (cf. parā-v○)
- pari-vyādha m. Calamus Fasciculatus or Pterospermum Acerifolium L
- N. of an ancient sage MBh
- pari-vyādhi wṛ. for prec. Car
- pari-vyaya m. (pari-vi-√i) condiment, spices Mn. vii, 127
- expense, cost Jātakam
- pari-vyākula mfn. much confused or disordered
- ○lī-√kṛ, to trouble or confound thoroughly Jātakam
- pari-vy-ā-√vṛj (only Impv. -vṛñjantu), to separate i.e. deliver from (abl.), ŚaṅkhGṛ
- pari-√vye P. Ā. -vyayati, ○te (aor. -avyata, -vyata RV
- ind. p. -vyāya and -viiya, Pāṇ. 6-1, 44), to wrap or tie round
- (Ā.) to wrap one's self up RV. &c. &c
- pari-vī́ mfn. wound round VS
- pari-vīta (pári-), mfn. veiled, covered, pervaded, overspread, surrounded, encompassed by (instr. or comp.) RV. &c. &c
- n. N. of the bow of Brahmā L
- pari-vyáyaṇa n. winding round, covering ŚBr. ŚrS
- the covered spot ŚBr
- pari-vyayaṇīya mfn. relating to wrapping round or binding on ŚrS
- pari-vyāṇa n. winding round ĀpŚr. Sch
- pari-√vraj P. -vrajati (ind. p. -vrajya), to go or wander about, walk round, circumambulate (acc.) ŚBr. GṛŚrS. &c
- to wander about as a religious mendicant Up. Mn. MBh. &c
- (with Jainas) to become a recluse HPariś.: Caus. -vrājayati, to cause a person to become a recluse ib
- pari-vrajya mfn. to be gone about (n. impers.) MBh
- (ā), f. strolling, wandering from place to place, (esp.) leading the life of a religious mendicant, abandonment of the world Mn. Kathās
- pari-vrāj m. (MBh. R. &c., nom. ṭ),
- pari-vrāja (Āpast.), m. a wandering mendicant, ascetic of the fourth and last religious order (who has renounced the world)
- pari-vrājaka m. (ikā, f
- ifc. f. akā) a wandering religious mendicant Mālav. Pañc. Hit
- pari-vrāj�ī f. Sphaeranthus Mollis L
- pari-vrājya n. religious mendicancy W
- pari-vraḍhiman ○ḍhiṣṭha &c. See pari-bṛṃh, p. 598
- pari-√vraśc P. -vṛścati, to cut ŚBr
- pari-vṛkṇa mfn. mutilated ChUp
- pári-śaktave inf. of pari-√śak, to overpower, to conquer RV
- pari-√śaṅk Ā. -śaṅkate (inf. -śaṅkitum), to suspect, doubt, distrust (acc.) MBh. R. &c
- to believe, fancy to be (2 acc.) ib
- pari-śaṅkanīya mfn. to be doubted or distrusted or feared or apprehended (n. impers. 'distrust must be felt') Kāv. Pur
- pari-śaṅkā f. suspicion, distrust Jātakam
- hope, expectation R
- pari-śaṅkita mfn. suspicious, distrustful, afraid of (abl. or comp.) MBh. R. Pur
- suspected, questionable MBh
- believed, expected (a-pariś○) MBh
- thought to be, taken for (nom ) Gīt
- pari-śaṅkin mfn. fearing, apprehending Ragh
- afraid on account of (comp.) BhP
- pari-śaṭha mfn. thoroughly dishonest or wicked Car
- pari-śanna mfn. (√śad) fallen away or by the side ĀśvŚr
- pari-śap P. Ā. -śapati, ○te, to curse, execrate TāṇḍBr
- to abuse, revile (aor. pary-aśāpsīt) Bhaṭṭ
- pari-śapta n. cursing, reviling, anathema TāṇḍBr
- pari-śāpa m. id. W. [Page 602, Column]
- pari-śabdita mfn. (√śabd) mentioned, communicated MBh
- pari-śamita mfn. (√śam, Caus.) allayed, quenched, destroyed Gīt
- pari-śāyana See pari-śī
- pari-śāśvata mfn. continuing for ever, perpetually the same MBh
- pari-śiñjita mfn. (√śiñj) made to hum or resound from all sides MBh
- pari-śithila mfn. very loose or lax Jātakam
- pari-√śiṣ P. -śinaṣṭi (Pot. -śiṃṣyuḥ), to leave over, leave as a remainder Br
- Ā. (pf. -śiśiṣe, ○ṣire
- fut. -śekṣyate) and Pass. -śiṣyate (p. -śiṣyamāṇa), to be left as a remainder, 10 remain behind AV. &c. &c.: Caus. -śeṣayati, to leave over, suffer to remain, spare Ragh. Rājat. Pur
- to quit or leave Bhaṭṭ
- to supply L
- pari-śiṣṭa (pári-), mfn. left, remaining TS. &c. &c
- n. a supplement, appendix (N. of a class of wks. supplementary to Sūtras)
- -kadamba m. or n. -paryāya m. pl., -parvan n. -prakāśa m. (and ○śasya-sāra-mañjarī f.), -prabodha m. -saṃgraha m. -siddhânta-ratnâkara m. -sūtra-pattra n. N. of wks
- pari-śeṣa mfn. left over, remaining ŚāṅkhŚr. Var
- m. n. remnant, remains, rest MBh. Var
- supplement, sequel MBh
- termination, conclusion L
- (eṇa), ind. completely, in full
- (āt), ind. consequently, therefore Śaṃk
- -khaṇḍa m. or n. N. of wk
- -vat mfn. having a supplement or appendix Cat
- -śāstra n. a supplementary work L
- pari-seṣaṇa n. remainder, residue BhP
- pari-śeṣita mfn. left over, remaining from (comp.) BhP
- pari-√śī Ā. -śete (impf. 3. pl. aśeran
- 2. du. -aśāyatam
- 3. sg. -aśāyata), to lie round or near or in, surround, remain lying RV. TS. ŚBr
- pari-śāyana n. causing to lie completely in, complete immersion Baudh
- pari-√śīl P. -śīlayati, to practise, use frequently Kāv
- to treat well, cherish, Prasann
- pari-śīlana n. touch, contact (lit. and fig.), intercourse with, application or attachment to, pursuit of (comp.), constant occupation, study Kāv. Sāh
- pari-śilita mfn. practised, used, employed, pursued, studied Kāv
- inhabited Pāṇ. 4-2, 52 Sch
- pari-√śuc P. Ā. -śocati, ○te, to mourn, wail, lament (trans. and intrans.) MBh.: Caus. -śocayati (ind. p. -śocya), to pain, torment MBh. (B.) vi, 1902
- to lament, bewail MBh. vii, 10
- pari-√śudh P. Ā. -śudhyati, ○te, to be washed off, become clean or purified Subh
- (Ā.) to purify or justify one's self, prove one's innocence Rājat.: Caus. -śodhayati, to clear, clean R
- to clear off, restore Yājñ. ii, 146
- to try, examine Kathās
- to solve, explain, clear up Gīt
- pari-śuddha mfn. cleaned, purified, pure
- cleared off, paid
- acquitted, discharged MBh. Kāv. Pur
- (ifc.) diminished by, that from which a part has been taken away MBh
- pari-śuddhi f. complete purification or justification, acquittal (○dhiṃ-√kṛ, to prove one's innocence) Ragh. Bālar. Kathās
- rightness, correctness Kāraṇḍ
- pari-śodha m. = next W
- pari-śodhana n. cleaning, purification Uttarar
- discharging, paying off Kull
- pari-√śubh (śumbh), P. -śúmbhati, to prepare AV
- Ā. -śobhate, to shine, be bright or beautiful MBh
- pari-śobhita mfn. adorned or beautified by (instr. or comp.) Hariv. R
- -kāyā f. N. of an Apsaras and a Gandharvii Kāraṇḍ
- pari-śuśrūṣā See pari-śru
- pari-√śuṣ P. Ā. -śuṣyati, ○te, to be thoroughly dried up, to shrivel, wither (lit. and fig.), pine, waste away MBh. Kāv. &c.: Caus. -śoṣayati (Pass. -śoṣyate), to dry up, emaciate Kāv. Pañc. Suśr
- pari-śuṣka mfn. thoroughly dried or parched up, withered, shrivelled, shrunk (as a vein), hollow (as the cheeks) &c. MBh. Kāv. Var. Suśr
- (with māṃsa), n. meat fried in ghee dried and spiced L
- -tālu mfn. having the palate dried up, Ṛit
- -palāśa mfn. having withered foliage R
- pari-śoṣa m. complete dryness, desiccation, evaporation (○ṣaṃ-√gam, to become dry or thin) R. Suśr. [Page 602, Column]
- pari-śoṣaṇa mfn. drying up, parching MBh. (v. l. ○ṣin)
- n. drying, parching, emaciating MBh
- pari-śoṣita mfn. dried up, parched Cat
- pari-śoṣin mfn. becoming dry or withered, shrivelling Rājat
- v. l. for ○śoṣaṇa MBh
- pari-śūnya mfn. quite empty, (ifc.) totally free from or devoid of Ragh
- pari-śṛta m. or n. (√śrā ?) ardent spirits, liquor L. (cf. pari-srut, -srutā under pari-sru)
- pari-√śṝ Pass. -śīryate (ep. also ○ti), to be cleft or rent asunder, to be split MBh
- pari-√śram (only ind. p. -śramya), to fatigue or exert one's self R.: Caus. -śramayati, to fatigue, tire Naish
- pari-śrama m. fatigue, exertion, labour, fatiguing occupation, trouble, pain MBh. Kāv. &c
- mâpaha mfn. relieving weariness MW
- pari-śramaṇa mfn. (?) free from fatigue or weariness BhP. Sch
- pari-śrānta mfn. thoroughly fatigued or worn out, (ifc.) tired of, disgusted with Mn. MBh. &c
- pari-śrānti f. fatigue, exhaustion
- labour, trouble W
- pari-śrāma m. fatiguing, occupation, trouble BhP
- pari-√śri P. -śrayati (ind. p. -śritya
- Ved. inf. pári-śrayitavaí), to surround, encircle, fence, enclose TS. Br. ŚrS.: Pass. -śrīyasva, be surrounded or surround thyself VS. xxxvii, 13
- pari-śraya m. an enclosure, fence (in sá-pariś○) ŚBr
- a refuge, asylum Pañc. (B.) i, 252
- an assembly, meeting L
- N. of a prince VP
- pari-śrayaṇa n. encompassing, surrounding with a fence KātyŚr. Sch
- pari-śrít f. pl. 'enclosers', N. of certain small stones laid round the hearth and other parts of an altar ŚBr. KātyŚr. (ifc. ○śritka)
- pari-śrita mfn. standing round MBh
- surrounded by (instr. or comp.) Kathās. BhP
- wṛ. for ○śruta MBh
- n. (pári-) = pári-vṛta n. ( See under pari- √1. vṛ) TS. Br. ŚrGṛS
- pari-√śru P. -śṛṇoti (ind. p. -śrutya), to hear, learn, understand R
- pari-śuśrūṣā f. complete or implicit obedience Śukas
- pari-śruta mfn. heard, learnt MBh. R. Hariv
- known as, passing for (nom.) ib
- famous, celebrated MBh. BhP
- wṛ. for prati-ś○ MBh
- m. N. of an attendant of Skanda ib
- pari-śrút f. = -srút AV. xx, 127, 9
- pari-ślatha mfn. quite loose or relaxed Vcar
- pari-śliṣṭa mfn. (√śliṣ) clasped, embraced W
- pari-śleṣa m. an embrace ib
- pari-ṣañj (√sañj), P. -ṣajati Pāṇ. 8-3, 63 Sch
- Ā. -sajjate, to have one's mind fixed on, be attached or devoted to MBh.: Desid. -ṣiṣaṅkṣati Pāṇ. 8-3, 64 Sch
- pari-ṣaṇḍa m. or n. a partic. part of a house L
- (ā), f. a valley (?) Divyâv, (v. l. ○khaṇḍa)
- ○vārika m. a servant ib
- pari-ṣad (√sad), P. -ṣadati RV
- -ṣīdati AV. MBh. (C. also -sīdati)
- to sit round, besiege, beset RV. AV. Kauś
- to suffer damage, be impaired MBh
- pari-ṣád mfn. surrounding, besetting RV
- f. an assembly, meeting, group, circle, audience, council ŚBr. Kauś. Mn. (○ṣat-tva n. xii, 114) MBh. &c
- N. of a village in the north, g. palady-ādi
- -vala mfn. surrounded by a council (as a king) Pāṇ. 5-2, 112 Sch
- forming or containing assemblies Bhaṭṭ
- m. a member of an assembly, assessor, spectator L
- pari-ṣada v. l. for pāri-ṣada, pārṣada
- pari-ṣádya mfn. to be sought after RV. vii, 4, 7 (Nir. 'to be avoided' Sāy. sufficient, adequate, competent')
- to be worshipped VS. v, 32 (Mahīdh. 'belonging to an assembly')
- m. a member of an assembly, spectator, guest L
- pari-ṣádvan mfn. surrounding, besetting RV
- pari-ṣanna (!), mfn. lost or omitted AV.Pariś
- pari-ṣaya See pari-ṣo
- pari-ṣah (√sah), Ā. -ṣahate (impf. pary-aṣahata or -asahata
- fut. pari-soḍhā [Vop. -ṣahitā]
- inf. -soḍhum Pāṇ. 8-3, 70 &c
- aor. pary-asahiṣṭa Bhaṭṭ.), to sustain, bear up against (acc.): Caus. aor. pary-asīṣahat Pāṇ. 8-3, 116
- pari-ṣahā f. forbearance, patience W. (cf. parī-ṣ○). [Page 603, Column]
- pari-ṣic (√sic), P. -ṣiñcati (impf. pary-aṣiñcat Pāṇ. 8-3, 63
- ind. p. -siñcitvā [!], Saddhp
- Pass. pr. p. -ṣicyamāna R.), to pour out or in (esp. from one vessel into another), to pour or scatter about, sprinkle, diffuse RV.: Caus. -ṣecayati, or -ṣiñcayati, to sprinkle MBh
- to soak, macerate Suśr.: Desid. -ṣiṣikṣati Pāṇ. 8-3, 64 Sch
- pari-ṣikta (pári-), mfn. poured out, sprinkled about, diffused RV. Lāṭy. Śiś
- pari-ṣeka m. sprinkling over, moistening Suśr
- a bath, bathing apparatus ib. MBh. Var. (cf. parī-ṣ○)
- pari-ṣecaka mfn. pouring over, sprinkling (comp.), g. yājakâdi (v. l. ○veṣaka Kāś.)
- pari-ṣecana n. pouring over, sprinkling ŚrS. Var. Suśr
- water for watering trees MBh
- pari-ṣidh (√sidh), P. -ṣedhati (impf. pary-aṣedhat) Pāṇ. 8-3, 63 ; 65 Sch.: Desid. -ṣiṣedhayiṣati, 64 Sch. (cf. pari-sidh)
- pari-ṣiv (√siv), P. -ṣīvyati (impf. pary-aṣīvyat Pāṇ. 8-3, 70), to sew round, wind round KātyŚr.: Caus. aor. pary-asīṣivat Pāṇ. 8-3, 116
- pari-ṣīvaṇa n. sewing round, winding round KātyŚr
- pari-ṣu-su √3. P. -ṣuṇoti, (impf. pary-aṣuṇot fut. pari-soṣyati) Pāṇ. 8-3, 63 &c. Sch
- pari-ṣū (√1. sū), P. -ṣuvati (impf. pary-aṣuvat) Pāṇ. 8-3, 63 ; 65 Sch
- -ṣauti, to grasp, bunch together (?) ĀpŚr
- pari-ṣavaṇa n. grasping, bunching together ib
- pari-ṣūtá mfn. urged impelled to come forth, elicited (sc. by the gods, said of young grass) TS
- pari-ṣūti (pári-), f. urging from all sides, beleaguering, oppression, vexation RV
- pari-ṣeṇa m. (p○ + senā) N. of a man ( pāriṣeṇya)
- pari-ṣeṇaya Nom. P. ○yati, (prob.) to surround with an army Pāṇ. 8-3, 65 Sch.: Desid. ○ṣiṣeṇayiṣati, 64 Sch
- pari-ṣev (√sec), Ā. -ṣevate (impf. pary-aṣevata
- pf. pari-ṣiṣeva Pāṇ. 8-3, 63 &c
- but there occurs also -sevate &c.), to frequent, practise, pursue, enjoy, honour Kāv. Pur. Pañc
- pari-ṣo (√so), P. -ṣyati Pāṇ. 8-3, 65 Sch
- pari-ṣaya m
- pari-ṣita mfn. ib. 70
- pari-ṣoḍaśa mfn. pl. full sixteen MBh
- pari-ṣkand (√skand), P. -ṣkandati, or -skandati (Pāṇ. 8-3, 74), to leap or spring about Bhaṭṭ.: Intens. -caniṣkadat, id. RV. viii, 58, 9
- pari-ṣkaṇṇa (Pāṇ. 8-3, 74) or (MBh.), spilled, scattered
- pari-skanna (MBh.), spilled, scattered
- m. = or wṛ. for next L. 1
- pari-ṣkandá (or ○skanda), m. (Pāṇ. 8-3, 75 Sch.) a servant (esp. one running by the side of a carriage) VS. AV. MBh. &c
- a foster-child, one nourished by a stranger W. 2
- pari-ṣkanda m. a temple Gaut. xix, 14 (v. l. ○ṣkandha)
- pari-ṣ-√kṛ (ṣ for s inserted, or perhaps original in a √skṛ = √1. kṛ, cf. upa-skṛ and saṃ-s-kṛ), P. -kṛṇoti (3. pl. -kṛṇvánti RV. ix, 14, 2 ; 64, 23
- p. -kṛṇvát ib. 39, 2
- impf. pary-aṣkarot, or -askarot Pāṇ. 8-3, 70 ; 71), to adorn, fit out, prepare, make ready or perfect RV. (cf. pari-kṛ and Pāṇ. 6-1, 137),
- pari-ṣ-kara m. ornament, decoration MBh. viii, 1477 (according to Nīlak. = 1. ○ṣkanda)
- pari-ṣ-kāra m. = prec. (ifc. f. ā) MBh. &c
- cooking, dressing W
- domestic utensils, furniture SaddhP
- purification, initiation ib
- self-discipline Lalit. (one of the ten powers of a Bodhi-sattva Dharmas. lxxiv)
- -cīvara n. a kind of garment L
- pari-ṣ-kṛta (pári-), mfn. prepared, adorned, embellished, furnished with, surrounded or accompanied by (instr. or comp.) RV. &c. &c
- cooked, dressed W
- purified, initiated ib
- pari-ṣkṛti f. finishing, polishing W
- (in rhet.) a partic. figure of speech = pari-kara ( See under pari-kṛ) Cat
- pari-ṣ-kriyā f. adorning, decorating MārkP
- v. l. for pari-kriyā in agni-p○, q.v
- pari-ṣṭambh (√stambh), P. -ṣṭabhnoti or -ṣṭabhnāti (Caus. aor. pary-astambhat) Pāṇ. 8-3, 67 ; 116 Sch
- pari-ṣṭi f. (√1. as
- cf. abhi-ṣṭi, upa-sti) obstruction, impediment, distress, dilemma RV. [Page 603, Column]
- pari-ṣṭu (√stu), P. -ṣṭauti (impf. pary-aṣṭaut, or -astaut Pāṇ. 8-3, 70), to praise Kām
- pari-ṣṭavana n. praise L
- pari-ṣṭavanīya mfn. intended for a praise (as a hymn) SāṅkhŚr
- pari-ṣṭuta mfn. praised, sung ib
- pari-ṣṭuti (pári-), f. praise, celebration RV
- pari-ṣṭoma m. = paristoma L
- pari-ṣṭubh (√stubh), P. -ṣṭobhati (Pāṇ. 8-3, 63 ; 65), to cry or exult on every side RV. TāṇḍBr
- pari-ṣṭúbh mfn. exulting on every side RV
- pari-ṣṭobha m. embellishing a Sāman with Stobhas (s.v.) TāṇḍBr
- pari-ṣṭhala n. (Pāṇ. 8-3, 96) surrounding place or site W
- pari-ṣṭhā (√sthā), P. Ā. -tiṣṭhati, ○te (pf. -taṣṭhau
- fut. -ṣṭhāsyati Pāṇ. 8-3, 64. Sch
- 3. pl. pf. -tasthuḥ RV. Pañc
- aor. -ṣṭhāt, -ṣṭhuḥ RV
- -ṣṭhāḥ Padap
- -sthāḥ AV.), to stand round, be in a person's way, obstruct, hinder RV. &c. &c
- to crowd from all sides Pañc
- (Ā.) to remain, survive MBh.: Caus. -sthāpayati (ind. p. -sthāpya), to beset, surround AV
- to place near, cause to stay close by Kathās
- pari-ṣṭhā́ mfn. obstructing, hindering
- f. obstruction, impediment RV. AV
- pari-ṣṭhiti f
- pari-sthāna (!), n. abode, residence, fixedness, firmness MW
- pari-ṣyandá or -syanda m. (√syand
- Pāṇ. 8-3, 72) a river, stream (fig. of words) Bhartṛ
- moisture L
- (with ṣ) a sandbank, island ŚBr. KātyŚr
- keeping or entertaining (a sacred fire) MBh. (v. l. -spanda)
- decoration of the hair L. (v. l. -spanda)
- pari-ṣyandana or n. dropping, oozing W
- pari-syandana n. dropping, oozing W
- pari-ṣyandin or mfn. flowing, streaming L
- pari-syandin mfn. flowing, streaming L
- pari-ṣvaj (√svaj, svañj), Ā. -ṣvajate, rarely P. ○ti (impf. pary-aṣvajata, or -asvajata Pāṇ. 8-3, 65 ; 70
- pr.p. -ṣvajāna R
- pf. -ṣasvajé AV. MBh
- -ṣasvajire R
- -ṣasvajaḥ BhP
- ind. p. -ṣvajya MBh
- inf. -ṣvaktum R
- inf. -ṣváje RV.), to embrace, clasp, occupy RV. &c. &c.: Desid. -ṣiṣvaṅkṣate Pāṇ. viii, 3. 64 Sch
- pari-ṣvakta mfn. embraced, encircled, surrounded MBh. Kāv. &c
- pari-ṣvaṅga m. embracing, an embrace MBh. R. &c
- touch, contact with (comp.) Kām. Hit
- N. of a son of Devakī BhP
- pari-ṣvaṅgin mfn. succumbing, Sāṃkhyas. Sch
- pari-ṣvajana n. embracing, an embrace Nir. ii, 27
- pari-ṣvajīyas (pári-), mfn. clasping more firmly AV
- pari-ṣvajya mfn. to be embraced MBh
- pari-ṣvañjana n. embracing, an embrace (putrasya Pāṇ. 3-116 Sch.)
- pari-ṣvañjalya (pári-), m. or n. a partic. domestic utensil AV
- pari-ṣvan (√svan), only Intens. -saniṣvaṇat, to sound, whiz RV. viii, 69, 9
- pari-ṣvaṣkita n. (√ṣvaṣk) the act of leaping about L
- pari-saṃ-√lih P. -leḍhi (pr. p. -lihat), to lick all round, lick over, lick MBh
- pari-saṃvatsara m. a whole or full year Mn. iii, 119 MBh
- mfn. a full year old (or older), inveterate, chronic (as a disease) Suśr. Car
- waiting a full year Gobh
- pari-saṃ-√vad P. -vadati, to speak together about, agree with regard to (acc.) MBh
- pari-saṃ-śuddha mfn. (√śudh) perfectly clean or pure BhP
- pari-saṃ-sṛṣṭa mfn. (√sṛj) got at from all sides MBh
- pari-saṃ-√stambh (only ind. p. -stabhya), to strengthen, comfort MārkP
- pari-saṃ-stu (only Pass. pr. p. -stūyamāna), to praise, celebrate MBh
- pari-saṃ-√stṛ (only ind. p. -stīrya), to spread i.e. kindle a fire at different places MBh
- pari-saṃ-sthita mfn. (√sthā) standing together on every side MBh
- standing i.e. stopping, remaining (in a-paris○) R. [Page 603, Column]
- pari-saṃ-√spṛś P. -spṛśati, to touch at different places, stroke MBh. R
- pari-saṃ-hā √2. (only pr. p. -jíhāna), to start or spring from (abl.) RV. vii, 33, 10
- pari-saṃ-hṛṣṭa mfn. (√hṛṣ) greatly rejoiced, delighted R
- pari-sakhya n. perfect or true friendship PārGṛ
- pari-saṃ-√krīḍ P. -krīḍati, to play about, amuse one's self R
- pari-saṃ-√kṣip P. -kṣipati, to encompass, surround R
- pari-saṃ-√khyā P. -khyāti (inf. khyātum), to count, enumerate ŚāṅkhŚr. Mn. MBh
- to limit to a certain number KātyŚr. Sch
- to reckon up, calculate, add together MBh. R. Suśr
- to make good, restore Car. Jaim. Sch
- pari-khyā f. enumeration, computation, sum, total, number ŚāṅkhŚr. Mn. MBh. &c
- (in phil.) exhaustive enumeration (implying exclusion of any other), limitation to that which is enumerated Jaim. Kull. on Mn. iii, 45
- (in rhet.) special mention or exclusive specification Kpr. Sāh
- pari-khyāta mfn. reckoned up, enumerated, specified exclusively W
- pari-khyāna n. enumeration, total, a number MBh
- exclusive specification BhP
- a correct judgment. proper estimate Yājñ. iii, 158
- pari-saṃ-ghuṣṭa mfn. (√ghuṣ) filled with cries or noise, resonant on all sides MBh
- pari-saṃ-√cakṣ (only 3. pl. pr. -cakṣate), to enumerate Gobh
- to avoid ( See next)
- pari-cakṣya mfn. to be avoided Pāṇ. 2-4, 54 Vārtt. 9 Pat
- pari-saṃ-cara mfn. (√car) roving about, vagrant Bhar
- m. 'a very difficult pass or defile', a critical period VāyuP
- pari-saṃ-cita mfn. (√1. ci) collected, accumulated Sāh
- pari-satya n. the full or pure truth ĀśvŚr
- pari-saṃ-√tap (only ind. p. -tapya), to be tormented or afflicted R
- pari-tapta mfn. scorched, singed ib
- pari-saṃtā́na m. (√tan) a string, cord TS
- pari-sabhya m. (sabhā) a member of an assembly, assessor L
- pari-samanta m. (ifc. ○taka) circumference, circuit L
- pari-sam-√āp Pass. -āpyate, to be fully completed, arrive at completion BhP
- to be contained in (loc.) Bhag
- to relate or belong to (loc. or prati) Pat
- pari-sam-āpana n. the act of finishing completely W
- pari-sam-āpanīya or mfn. to be completely finished Jaim. Sch
- pari-payitavya mfn. to be completely finished Jaim. Sch
- pari-sam-āpta mfn. finished, complete Śak
- centred, comprehended Śiś
- pari-sam-āpti f. entire completion, end, conclusion Śaṃk. Sāh. Pāṇ. Sch
- relating or belonging to (loc. or prati) Pat
- pari-samutsuka mfn. very anxious, greatly agitated or excited R
- pari-sam-ūh √1. P. Ā. -ūhati, ○te, to heap or sweep together ŚBr. GṛŚrS
- pari-samūhana n. heaping up or sweeping together GṛŚrS. BhP